2013 Nissan Rogue | Owner's Manual USA

User Manual: 2013-rogue

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 371

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Black plate (3,1)

Foreword
S35-D-110201-2C8F8855-48D9-450E-9DBD-72BB250FC3EB

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN
owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with
confidence. It was produced using the latest
techniques and strict quality control.
This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your
vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of
driving pleasure. Please read through this
manual before operating your vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet
explains details about the warranties covering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service
and Maintenance Guide explains details
about maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Additionally, a separate Customer
Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will
explain how to resolve any concerns you
may have with your vehicle, as well as
clarify your rights under your state’s lemon
law.
In addition to factory installed options, your
vehicle may also be equipped with additional
accessories installed by NISSAN or by your
NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is important
that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures,
warnings, cautions and instructions concerning
proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSAN
dealer for details concerning the particular

accessories with which your vehicle is
equipped.
Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.
When you require any service or have any
questions, we will be glad to assist you with the
extensive resources available to us.

READ FIRST
— THEN DRIVE SAFELY
S35-D-110201-B218D0A8-57A0-41E1-A4DD-B79D22675806
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s
Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with
controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!
Follow these important driving rules to
help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
for you and your passengers!
.

NEVER drive under the influence of
alcohol or drugs.

ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for
conditions.

ALWAYS give your full attention to
driving and avoid using vehicle
features or taking other actions that
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

could distract you.
.

ALWAYS use your seat belts and
appropriate child restraint systems.
Pre-teen children should be seated
in the rear seat.

ALWAYS provide information about
the proper use of vehicle safety
features to all occupants of the
vehicle.

ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for important safety information.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
DRIVING
This vehicle will handle and maneuver
differently from an ordinary passenger
car because it has a higher center of
gravity. As with other vehicles with features of this type, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss of
control or an accident. Be sure to read
“On-pavement and off-road driving precautions”, “Avoiding collision and rollover” and “Driving safety precautions” in
the “5. Starting and driving” section of
this manual.

Black plate (4,1)

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification could affect its performance,
safety or durability, and may even violate
governmental regulations. In addition,
damage or performance problems resulting from modification may not be covered
under NISSAN warranties.

WHENS35-D-110201-41CBDCB4-5922-422C-A89A-4A85949C893D
READING THE MANUAL
This manual includes information for all
options available on this model. Therefore,
you may find some information that does
not apply to your vehicle.
All information, specifications and illustrations in
this manual are those in effect at the time of
printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change
specifications or design at any time without
notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT
THIS MANUAL
S35-D-110201-B6107263-0162-499E-BBDC-7A3AA04EA482
You will see various symbols in this manual. They
are used in the following ways:

WARNING
This is used to indicate the presence of
a hazard that could cause death or
serious personal injury. To avoid or
reduce the risk, the procedures must
be followed precisely.
SIC0697

CAUTION
This is used to indicate the presence of
a hazard that could cause minor or
moderate personal injury or damage to
your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,
the procedures must be followed carefully.

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do not
do this” or “Do not let this happen”.
NOS1274

If you see a symbol similar to those above in an
illustration, it means the arrow points to the front
of the vehicle.
NOS1275

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those
above indicate movement or action.
NOS1276
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those

Black plate (5,1)

above call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
S35-D-110201-5162FF38-51AA-4296-B991-BA8FEE3F93CA

WARNING
Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products
of component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects
or other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY S35-D-110201-20F77A4E-7DE2-4265-993D-651056B34FCB
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries, may contain perchlorate material.
The following advisory is provided: “Perchlorate Material - special handling may
apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and
licensed to Visteon Corporation.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires
subscription, sold separately.
Not available in Alaska, Hawaii or
Guam. For more information, visit
www.siriusxm.com.

C 2012 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
*

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or
by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,
Ltd.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (6,1)

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE
PROGRAM
GUID-FAF59CA8-D831-4D51-9C86-8BABA427B71A

NISSAN CARES ...
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are
our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your
NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you
would like to provide NISSAN directly with
comments or questions, please contact the
NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using
our toll-free number:
For U.S. customers
1-800-NISSAN-1
(1-800-647-7261)
For Canadian customers
1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for
the following information:
.
.

.
.
.
.
OR

Your name, address, and telephone number
Vehicle identification number (attached to
the top of the instrument panel on the
driver’s side)
Date of purchase
Current odometer reading
Your NISSAN dealer’s name
Your comments or questions

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:
For U.S. customers
Nissan North America, Inc.
Consumer Affairs Department
P.O. Box 685003
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
or via e-mail at:
nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com
For Canadian customers
Nissan Canada Inc.
5290 Orbitor Drive
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
or via e-mail at:
information.centre@nissancanada.
com
If you prefer, visit us at:
www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or
www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and
thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (2,1)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Black plate (1,1)

Table of
Contents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental
restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone
and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (2,1)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Black plate (7,1)

0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) ............................................................................
...
Exterior front ...............................................................................
...
Exterior rear ................................................................................
...
Passenger compartment .........................................................
...

0-2
0-3
0-4
0-5

Instrument panel .......................................................................
...
0-6
Meters and gauges ..................................................................
...
0-8
Engine compartment ...............................................................
...
0-9
QR25DE engine ................................................................
...
0-9
Warning and indicator lights ..............................................
...
0-10

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (8,1)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
S35-D-110201-0600BAC4-D762-43D4-AC45-17AA1784F842

11.
12.

SSI0348

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

0-2

Supplemental front-impact air bags (Page 1-39)
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bags (P.1-39)
Seat belts (P.1-10)
Head restraints (P.1-6)
— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-9)
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

supplemental air bags (P.1-39)
Rear center seat belt (P.1-16)
Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)
— Advanced air bag system (P.1-45)
Front seats (P.1-3)
Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-51)
Rear seats (P.1-6)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Illustrated table of contents

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

— Child restraints (P.1-22)
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) System (P.1-24)
Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap
child restraint) (P.1-36)

Black plate (9,1)

EXTERIOR FRONT
S35-D-110201-EC0978FC-F07A-49EA-9574-1FE5707C4FA0

9.
10.
11.

12.

13.

14.
*:

Recovery hook (P.6-14)
License plate installation (P.9-11)
Fog lights*
— Switch operation (P.2-34)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)
Tires
— Wheel and tires (P.8-31, P.9-7)
— Flat tire (P.6-2)
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P.2-11, P.5-3)
Doors
— Keys (P.3-2)
— Door locks (P.3-4)
— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-10)
— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7)
— Security system (P.2-25)
Child safety rear door lock (P.3-6)
if so equipped

JVC0165X

1.
2.
3.

Front view camera* (P.4-13)
Hood (P.3-19)
Headlight and turn signal lights
— Switch operation (P.2-30)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)
Windshield wiper and washer
— Switch operation (P.2-28)

5.
6.
7.
8.

— Blade replacement (P.8-17)
— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)
Roof rack (rail)* (P.2-44)
Moonroof* (P.2-47)
Outside mirrors (P.3-25)
— Side view camera* (P.4-13)
Power windows
(P.2-45)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (10,1)

EXTERIOR REAR
S35-D-110201-A327354A-0E76-48C0-B44E-12F48CC4E9C8

9.
10.

SSI0762

1.
2.
3.

0-4

Lift gate (P.3-20)
— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-10)
Rear view camera* (P.4-9)
Rear window wiper and washer
— Switch operation (P.2-29)
— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)
Rear window defroster (P.2-30)

5.
6.
7.
8.

High-mounted stop light
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)
Antenna (P.4-68)
— Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-30)
Sonar sensors*
— Sonar system* (P.5-22)
Back-up light
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Illustrated table of contents

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)
Rear combination light
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)
Fuel-filler door
— Operation (P.3-21)
— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
if so equipped

Black plate (11,1)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
S35-D-110201-D17BF6FB-2377-4353-8AA4-6003C390EDA9

11.
12.

13.
*:

— Luggage hooks (P.2-42)
— Cargo light (P.2-51)
— Spare tire (P.6-4)
Rear cup holders (P.2-38)
Console box (P.2-40)
— Power outlet* (P.2-37)
— iPod® or USB outlet connector* (P.4-47)
Front cup holders (P.2-38)
if so equipped

SSI0351

1.
2.
3.
4.

Cargo cover* (P.2-41)
Coat hooks (P.2-43)
Ceiling light (P.2-50)
Door armrest
— Power window switch (P.2-45)
— Power door lock switch (P.3-5)
Sun visors (P.3-24)

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Moonroof* (P.2-47)
Front map lights (P.2-49)
Sunglasses holder (P.2-39)
Inside rearview mirror (P.3-24)
— Anti-glare adjustment* (P.3-25)
Cargo area
— StoragesIn(P.2-41)
f
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (12,1)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
S35-D-110201-8C8F180E-0520-4D0C-9AA2-07D387D3F374

7.
8.
9.
10.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
JVC0173X

1.
2.
3.

0-6

Side ventilator (P.4-23)
Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch
(P.2-30)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*
— Audio control* (P.4-67)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control* (P.4-69)

5.
6.

Steering wheel
— Horn (P.2-35)
— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-39)
— Electric power steering system (P.5-27)
Meters and gauges (P.2-4)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
— Cruise control
switches
(P.5-19)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Illustrated table of contents

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
*:

Wiper and washer switch (P.2-28)
Center ventilator (P.4-23)
Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)
Audio system (P.4-30)/Navigation system**
— Clock (P.4-6, P.4-43, P.4-52)
— Rear view monitor* (P.4-9)
— Around viewTM monitor* (P.4-13)
Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-39)
Outside remote mirror control switch (P.3-25)
Headlight aiming control* (P.2-33)
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch* (P.5-23)
Fuse box cover (P.8-20)
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
(P.2-36, P.5-29)
Hood release handle (P.3-19)
Tilting steering wheel lever (P.3-23)
Parking brake (P.5-19)
Ignition switch (P.5-10)
Heated seat switch* (P.2-35)
“Camera” Around view TM monitor display
switch* (P.4-13)
Sport mode switch (P.5-16)
Power outlet (P.2-37)
Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-24)
Selector lever (P.5-14)
Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-46)
Rear window and outside mirror* defroster
switch (P.2-30)
Glove box (P.2-40)
if so equipped

Black plate (13,1)

**:

See a separate Navigation System Owner’s
Manual (if so equipped)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (14,1)

METERS AND GAUGES
S35-D-110201-BA7643A9-5590-4C58-9A41-1AA8C68ABF1F

JVC0301X

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

0-8

Tachometer (P.2-5)
Warning/indicator lights (P.2-8)
Vehicle information display (P.2-16)
Speedometer (P.2-4)
Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-6)
switch (twin trip odometer control and
brightness control) (P.2-5, P.2-7)

7.
8.

switch (settings control and trip computer
control) (P.2-16)
Fuel gauge (P.2-6)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Illustrated table of contents

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (15,1)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
S35-D-110201-9403BD0A-8FC0-4429-95F9-7EE0FBDAD869

SDI2127

QR25DE
ENGINE
S35-D-110201-F5728C95-8AB7-4D3F-9C26-000F8895595E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9)
Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-11)
Air cleaner (P.8-16)
Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)
Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-12)
Engine drive belt location (P.8-15)

7.
8.
9.
10.

Engine oil dipstick (P.8-9)
Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)
— Vehicle overheat (P.6-11)
Battery (P.8-13)
— Jump starting (P.6-9)
Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-19)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (16,1)

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
GUID-65B13399-03E2-4AC9-B527-1CEEE81B9182

Warning
light

Name
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning
light (AWD models)*

2-9

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
warning light

2-9

Brake warning light

Indicator
light

Page

2-10

Name

Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
indicator light (AWD models)*

2-13

Exterior light indicator

2-13

Front passenger air bag status
light

2-14

High beam indicator light

2-14

Malfunction Indicator Light
(MIL)

2-14

Charge warning light

2-10

Overdrive off indicator light

2-15

Electric power steering warning
light

2-10

Security indicator light

2-15

Engine oil pressure warning
light

2-11

SPORT mode indicator light

2-15

Low fuel warning light

2-11

Turn signal/hazard indicator
lights

2-15

Low tire pressure warning light

2-11

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
off indicator light

2-15

Master warning light

2-12

Seat belt warning light

2-12

Supplemental air bag warning
light

2-13

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
warning light

2-13

if so equipped

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (17,1)

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental
restraint system
Seats ............................................................................................
...
1-2
Front seats ............................................................................
...
1-3
Rear seats .............................................................................
...
1-6
Head restraints ....................................................................
...
1-6
Seat belts .................................................................................
...
1-10
Precautions on seat belt usage ....................................
...
1-10
Pregnant women ..............................................................
...
1-13
Injured persons .................................................................
...
1-13
Three-point type seat belt ..............................................
...
1-13
Seat belt extenders ..........................................................
...
1-19
Seat belt maintenance ....................................................
...
1-19
Child safety ..............................................................................
...
1-20
Infants ..................................................................................
...
1-21
Small children ....................................................................
...
1-21
Larger children ..................................................................
...
1-21
Child restraints ........................................................................
...
1-22
Precautions on child restraints .....................................
...
1-22
Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren
System (LATCH) ..............................................................
...
1-24

Rear-facing child restraint installation
using LATCH ...................................................................
...
1-26
Rear-facing child restraint installation using the
seat belts ..........................................................................
...
1-28
Forward-facing child restraint installation
using LATCH ...................................................................
...
1-31
Forward-facing child restraint installation using the
seat belts ..........................................................................
...
1-32
Installing top tether strap .............................................
...
1-36
Booster seats ..................................................................
...
1-36
Supplemental Restraint System ........................................
...
1-39
Precautions on Supplemental Restraint System .....
... 1-39
NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
(front seats) .....................................................................
...
1-45
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag systems .....................
...
1-49
Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) .............
...
1-51
Supplemental air bag warning labels .......................
...
1-52
Supplemental air bag warning light ..........................
...
1-52
Repair and replacement procedure ..........................
...
1-53

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (18,1)

SEATS
S35-D-110201-E7A0F37F-C118-45BC-AF57-B050BFBD9D51

The seatback should not be reclined
any more than needed for comfort.
Seat belts are most effective when
the passenger sits well back and
straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding
under the lap belt and being injured
is increased.

CAUTION
SSS0133

well back in the seat with both feet
on the floor and adjust the seat
properly. See “Precautions on seat
belt usage” later in this section.

WARNING
.

1-2

Do not ride in a moving vehicle
when the seatback is reclined. This
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
will not be against your body. In an
accident, you could be thrown into it
and receive neck or other serious
injuries. You could also slide under
the lap belt and receive serious
internal injuries.
For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit

After adjustment, gently rock in the
seat to make sure it is securely
locked.

Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or damages.

Black plate (19,1)

SSS0792

FRONTS35-D-110201-0B2F8171-4FBB-4017-8E6D-A2ADBA98B68B
SEATS
Front manual
seat adjustment
S35-D-110201-39869990-85F6-41BF-8D6F-13366F5484E7
Forward and backward:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1 up and hold it while you slide
Pull the lever *
the seat forward or backward to the desired
position. Release the lever to lock the seat in
position.

seatback for occupants of different sizes for
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”
later in this section.) Also, the seatback can be
reclined to allow occupants to rest when the
vehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P
(Park) position with the parking brake fully
applied.

Reclining:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
2 up and
To recline the seatback, pull the lever *
lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull
the lever up and lean your body forward. Release
the lever to lock the seatback in position.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the

SSS0793

Seat lifter (if so
equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to
adjust the seat height until the desired position
is achieved.

Front power
seat adjustment
S35-D-110201-E3D911AF-69FD-43AC-9099-E36EA61A5234
Operating tips:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. The seat motor has an auto-reset overload
protection circuit. If the motor stops during
operation, wait for a while, then reactivate
the switch.
. Do not operate the power seat for a long
period of time when the engine is off. This
will discharge the battery.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-3

Black plate (20,1)

SSS1051

Forward and backward:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1 forward or backward will
Moving the switch *
slide the seat forward or backward to the
desired position.

vehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P
(Park) position with the parking brake fully
applied.

Reclining:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
2 backward until the
Move the recline switch *
desired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback
2 forward.
forward again, move the switch *
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
seatback for occupants of different sizes for
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”
later in this section.) Also, the seatback can be
reclined to allow occupants to rest when the

1-4

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS1052

Seat lifter (if so
equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pull up or push down the adjusting switch to
adjust the height of the seat.

Black plate (21,1)

section.)

WARNING

SSS1053

Lumbar support
(if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The lumbar support feature provides lower back
support to the driver.
Push the front or back end of the switch to
adjust the seat lumbar area.

If you fold the front passenger’s
seatback down to carry longer objects, be sure this cargo is properly
secured and not near an air bag. In a
crash, an inflating air bag might
force that object toward a person.
This could cause severe injury or
even death. Secure objects away
from the area in which an air bag
would inflate. See “Precautions on
Supplemental Restraint System” later in this section.

Never allow anyone to ride in the
cargo area or on the front passenger’s seat when it is in the folddown position. Use of these areas
by passengers could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden
stop.

SSS0796

Folding front passenger’s seat (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-C19042A4-37EC-4F5E-A2F3-CC2DCE9D4829
The front passenger’s seatback can be folded
down. Some long objects may be loaded in the
vehicle when the rear seats are also folded
down. (See “Rear seats” later in this section for
folding rear seats.)
To fold the front passenger’s seatback, pull the
1 .
reclining lever all the way *
When returning the front passenger’s seatback
to a seating position, lift it up to an upright
position. Pull the reclining lever and lean the
seatback to a proper seating position. (See
“Front manual seat adjustment” earlier in this
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-5

Black plate (22,1)

To fold down the seatback of each rear seat, pull
A .
the adjusting knob *

sliding or shifting. Do not place
cargo higher than the seatbacks. In
a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal
injury.

To return the seatback to the seating position, lift
up each seatback and push it to the upright
position until it is latched.
.

WARNING
.

SSS0797

REAR SEATS
S35-D-110201-F1069FCA-D94F-46E4-9FA4-8088C2EFB096
Folding S35-D-110201-F3098F1C-3843-46A3-9934-E20A6D0E0E98
Before foldingGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the rear seats:
. Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks
on the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks” later
in this section.)
. Release the connector tongue of the rear
center seat belt from the buckle, and store
the connector and seat belt tongues into the
retractor base on the ceiling. (See “Rear
center seat belt” later in this section.)
. If necessary, move the front seats forward to
provide enough clearance so that the rear
seats can be folded down completely.

1-6

Do not use the rear seat belts when
the buckles are stowed in the seat
pockets. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire
restraint system and increase the
chance or severity of injury in an
accident.
Do not fold down the rear seats
when occupants are in the rear seat
area or any objects are on the rear
seats.

Never allow anyone to ride in the
cargo area or on the rear seats
when they are in the fold-down
position. Use of these areas by
passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury
in an accident or sudden stop.

Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

When returning the seatbacks to the
upright position, be certain they are
completely secured in the latched
position. If they are not completely
secured, passengers may be injured
in an accident or sudden stop.

HEAD RESTRAINTS
S35-D-110201-8707514E-311A-4F34-AD80-2FBAE21FA9C7

WARNING
Head restraints supplement the other
vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury
in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the
head restraints properly, as specified in
this section. Check the adjustment after
someone else uses the seat. Do not
attach anything to the head restraint
stalks or remove the head restraint. Do
not use the seat if the head restraint
has been removed. If the head restraint
was removed, install and properly adjust the head restraint before an occu-

Black plate (23,1)

pant uses the seating position. Failure
to follow these instructions can reduce
the effectiveness of the head restraints.
This may increase the risk of serious
injury or death in a collision.

SSS0992

SSS1019

The illustration shows the seating positions
equipped with head restraints. The head restraints are adjustable.
Indicates the seating position is equipped
with a head restraint.

ComponentsGUID-DDD8B264-2306-4776-B3E1-9A8CEBB2AF8D
1. Head restraint
2. Adjustment notches
3. Lock knob
4. Stalks

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-7

Black plate (24,1)

SSS0993

SSS0997

Adjustment
S35-D-110201-805BC978-8292-4E16-AEC0-DF1F8262FAB3

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

Adjust the head restraint so the center is level
with the center of your ears.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-8

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push
the head restraint down.

Black plate (25,1)

SSS0995

Removal

GUID-C561A9AF-CBB2-4542-89D6-BD973A7B3031

Use the following procedure to remove the
adjustable head restraints.
1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest
position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure
place so it is not loose in the vehicle.

SSS0996

Install

GUID-6FFAC965-3169-4B2F-AEA8-863C33C198E2

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes
in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint
is facing the correct direction. The stalk with
1
the adjustment notches *
must be in2 .
stalled in the hole with the lock knob *
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
head restraint down.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an
occupant uses the seating position.

5. Install and properly adjust the head restraint
before an occupant uses the seating position.

SSS0508

Front-seat Active
Head Restraints
GUID-807E7618-FD6F-421A-A613-6003E38F8273
The Active Head Restraint moves forward
utilizing the force that the seatback receives
from the occupant in a rear-end collision. The
movement of the head restraint helps support
the occupant’s head by reducing its backward
movement and helping absorb some of the
forces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.
Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said
that whiplash injury occurs most.
Active Head Restraints operate only in certain
rear-end collisions. After the collision, the head
restraints return to their original position.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-9

Black plate (26,1)

SEAT BELTS
S35-D-110201-AC80E8BC-300A-4AA0-B891-3F74F65091FC

Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as
described earlier in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGES35-D-110201-EF0341D0-1574-4F9D-8E0C-2681E0EC6E69
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well
back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your
chances of being injured or killed in an accident
and/or the severity of injury may be greatly
reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and
all of your passengers to buckle up every time
you drive, even if your seating position includes a
supplemental air bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces
or territories specify that seat belts be
worn at all times when a vehicle is being
driven.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (27,1)

SSS0136

SSS0016

SSS0134

SSS0014

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-11

Black plate (28,1)

WARNING
.

Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times. Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and,
if appropriate, in a child restraint.
The seat belt should be properly
adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do
so may reduce the effectiveness of
the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of
injury in an accident. Serious injury
or death can occur if the seat belt is
not worn properly.
Always route the shoulder belt over
your shoulder and across your
chest. Never put the belt behind
your back, under your arm or across
your neck. The belt should be away
from your face and neck, but not
falling off your shoulder.
Position the lap belt as low and
snug as possible AROUND THE
HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt
worn too high could increase the
risk of internal injuries in an accident.

Be sure the seat belt tongue is
securely fastened to the proper
buckle.

Do not wear the seat belt inside out
or twisted. Doing so may reduce its
effectiveness.

Do not allow more than one person
to use the same seat belt.

Never carry more people in the
vehicle than there are seat belts.

If the seat belt warning light glows
continuously while the ignition is
turned ON with all doors closed and
all seat belts fastened, it may indicate a malfunction in the system.
Have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

No changes should be made to the
seat belt system. For example, do
not modify the seat belt, add material, or install devices that may
change the seat belt routing or
tension. Doing so may affect the
operation of the seat belt system.
Modifying or tampering with the
seat belt system may result in
serious personal injury.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Once a seat belt with pretensioner
has activated, it cannot be reused
and must be replaced together with
the retractor. See a NISSAN dealer.

Removal and installation of the
pretensioner system components
should be done by a NISSAN dealer.

All seat belt assemblies, including
retractors and attaching hardware,
should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN
recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be
replaced unless the collision was
minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use
during a collision should also be
inspected and replaced if either
damage or improper operation is
noted.

All child restraints and attaching
hardware should be inspected after
any collision. Always follow the
restraint manufacturer’s inspection
instructions and replacement recommendations. The child restraints
should be replaced if they are

Black plate (29,1)

injuries. You could also slide under
the lap belt and receive serious
internal injuries.

damaged.

PREGNANT
WOMEN
S35-D-110201-2A5432EA-9682-462A-BBA2-91F344E24C4C
NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use
seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,
and always position the lap belt as low as
possible around the hips, not the waist. Place
the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across
your chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt over
your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for
specific recommendations.

INJURED
PERSONS
S35-D-110201-6EA4B080-DF25-4064-9479-6435EFE1B055
NISSAN recommends that injured persons use
seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with
your doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT
TYPE SEAT BELT
S35-D-110201-EE5B8B35-634E-4A7E-8C28-8020915E39DA

WARNING
.

Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times.

For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
well back in the seat with both feet
on the floor and adjust the seat belt
properly.

suitable tool (such as a knife or
scissors) to release the seat belt.

Fastening
the seat belts
S35-D-110201-DE724EE3-6830-4B45-BDB6-208527FD1AE3
1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in this
section.)

Do not allow children to play with
the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic
Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat
belts. If the seat belt becomes
wrapped around a child’s neck with
the ALR mode activated, the child
can be seriously injured or killed if
the seat belt retracts and becomes
tight. This can occur even if the
vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat
belt to release the child. For the
center of the rear seat, the connector tongue may also be released.
Release the connector tongue by
inserting a suitable tool (such as a
key) into the connector buckle A. If
the seat belt can not be unbuckled
or is already unbuckled, release the
child by cutting the seat belt with a
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-13

Black plate (30,1)

of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat
belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or
during certain impacts.
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for
child restraint installation.

SSS0292

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear and feel the latch engage.
. The retractor is designed to lock
during a sudden stop or on impact.
A slow pulling motion permits the
belt to move and allows you some
freedom of movement in the seat.
. If the seat belt cannot be pulled from
its fully retracted position, firmly pull
the belt and release it. Then
smoothly pull the belt out of the
retractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug
on the hips as shown.
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the
shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder
and across your chest.
The front passenger seat and the rear seating
positions three-point seat belts have two modes
of operation:
. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
allows the seat belt to extend and retract to
allow the driver and passengers some freedom
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

When ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat belt
tongue is detached from the buckle and fully
retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode
after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional
information, see “Child restraints” later in this
section.
The ALR mode should be used only for
child restraint installation. During normal
seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR
mode should not be activated. If it is
activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat
belt tension.

WARNING
When fastening the seat belts, be
certain that seatbacks are completely
secured in the latched position. If they
are not completely secured, passengers
may be injured in an accident or sudden
stop.

Black plate (31,1)

If the retractor does not lock during this check or
if you have any question about seat belt
operation, see a NISSAN dealer.

SSS0326

SSS0351A

Unfastening
the seat belts
S35-D-110201-11A952B5-692A-47B8-966D-B4A69BA2A046

Shoulder beltGUID-D8387696-338B-4786-A52E-9891FB597B2C
height adjustment

To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the
buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

The shoulder belt anchor height should be
adjusted to the position best for you. (See
“Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier in this
section.)

Checking
seat belt operation
S35-D-110201-FDCB1C8F-6FB1-42E1-A49D-FC53E5629F4C
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat
belt movement by two separate methods:

1 , and
To adjust, pull the adjustment button *
then move the shoulder belt anchor to the
2 , so that the belt passes
desired position *
over the center of the shoulder. The belt should
be away from your face and neck, but not falling
off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment
button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into
position.

When the belt is pulled quickly from the
retractor.
. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.
Check the operation as follows:
.

Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
quickly. The retractor should lock and
restrict further belt movement.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-15

Black plate (32,1)

WARNING
.

After adjustment, release the adjustment button and try to move the
shoulder belt anchor up and down
to make sure it is securely fixed in
position.

The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
best for you. Failure to do so may
reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
the chance or severity of injury in an
accident.

SSS0798

SSS0391

Seat belt
hooks
S35-D-110201-89C01315-89B4-4608-B0A9-9E385C8C5405

Rear center
seat belt
S35-D-110201-1849A6AA-6297-47D0-B281-8CF75EFC9D96

When the rear seat belts are not in use and
when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear
outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks.

The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue
1
2 . Both the
and a seat belt tongue *
*
connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must
be securely latched for proper seat belt operation.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (33,1)

SSS0241

WARNING
.

Always fasten the connector tongue
and the seat belt in the order shown.

Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue
are secured when using the seat
belt or installing a child restraint. Do
not use the seat belt or child
restraint with only the seat belt
tongue attached. This could result
in serious personal injury in case of
an accident or a sudden stop.

SSS0703

The center seat belt buckle and the tongue are
identified by the CENTER mark. The center seat
belt tongue can be fastened only into the center
seat belt buckle.

SSS0799

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-17

Black plate (34,1)

Stowing rear center
seat belt:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When folding down the rear seat, the rear center
seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position
as follows:

in the correct position, serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop.

1 so that the
1. Hold the connector tongue *
seat belt does not retract suddenly when the
tongue is released from the connector
buckle. Release the connector tongue by
A into
inserting a suitable tool such as key *
the connector buckle.

2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractor
2 .
base first *
3. Then secure the connector tongue into the
3 .
retractor base *

WARNING
.

Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.

When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position and the rear
center seat belt connector is completely secured.

If the rear center seat belt connector
and the seatbacks are not secured

SSS0800

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (35,1)

Attaching rearGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
center seat belt:
Always be sure the rear center seat belt
connector tongue and connector buckle are
attached. Disconnect only when folding down
the rear seat.

center seat belt connector is completely secured.
.

To connect the buckle:
1. Pull out the connector tongue from the
1 .
retractor base *
2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the
2 .
retractor base *
3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connector
3 .
buckle until it clicks *
The center seat belt connector tongue can be
attached only into the rear center seat belt
connector buckle.
To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seat
belts” earlier in this section.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
GUID-EE8D5105-6862-4626-B3E3-5740C9C87D87
If, because of body size or driving position, it is
not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt
and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with
the installed seat belts is available that can be
purchased. The extender adds approximately 8
in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either
the driver or front passenger seating position.
See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with
purchasing an extender if an extender is
required.

Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position and the rear

WARNING
.

Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,
made by the same company which
made the original equipment seat
belts, should be used with NISSAN
seat belts.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Adults and children who can use the
standard seat belt should not use an
extender. Such unnecessary use
could result in serious personal
injury in the event of an accident.

Never use seat belt extenders to
install child restraints. If the child
restraint is not secured properly, the
child could be seriously injured in a
collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT
MAINTENANCE
S35-D-110201-C896C95E-BD55-4C8D-B00A-8645F8B01CF9

WARNING
.

If the rear center seat belt connector
and the seatbacks are not secured
in the correct position, serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop.

To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a
mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.
Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat
belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the
seat belts to retract until they are completely
dry.
If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt
guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat
belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder
belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
Periodically check to see that the seat
belt and the metal components, such as
buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires
and anchors, work properly. If loose parts,
deterioration, cuts or other damage on the
webbing is found, the entire seat belt

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-19

Black plate (36,1)

CHILD SAFETY
GUID-3CD18BAA-767F-4097-9C72-8CB7C220AB43

assembly should be replaced.

WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
seat belts. Most seating positions are
equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the
seat belt becomes wrapped around a
child’s neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured
or killed if the seat belt retracts and
becomes tight. This can occur even if
the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat
belt to release the child. For the center
of the rear seat, the connector tongue
may also be released. Release the
connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool (such as a key) into the
connector buckle A. If the seat belt
can not be unbuckled or is already
unbuckled, release the child by cutting
the seat belt with a suitable tool (such
as a knife or scissors) to release the
seat belt.
Children need adults to help protect them.
They need to be properly restrained.
In addition to the general information in this
manual, child safety information is available from
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

many other sources, including doctors, teachers,
government traffic safety offices, and community
organizations. Every child is different, so be sure
to learn the best way to transport your child.
There are three basic types of child restraint
systems:
. Rear-facing child restraint
. Forward-facing child restraint
. Booster seat
The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.
Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less
than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rearfacing child restraints. Forward-facing child
restraints are available for children who outgrow
rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1
year old. Booster seats are used to help position
a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no
longer use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING
Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not
fit them properly. The shoulder belt may
come too close to the face or neck. The
lap belt may not fit over their small hip
bones. In an accident, an improperly
fitting seat belt could cause serious or
fatal injury. Always use appropriate

Black plate (37,1)

child restraints.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require the use of approved child
restraints for infants and small children. See
“Child restraints” later in this section.
A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle
by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and
Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle
seat belt. See “Child restraints” later in this
section for more information.
NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens
and children be restrained in the rear seat.
Studies show that children are safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than in
the front seat.
This is especially important because your
vehicle has a supplemental restraint system (Air bag system) for the front passenger. See “Supplemental Restraint System”
later in this section.

INFANTS

GUID-8B512B1F-1773-4C0A-92B9-DD6E7BC59681

Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed
in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recommends that infants be placed in child restraints
that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. You should choose a child restraint

that fits your vehicle and always follow the
manufacturer’s instructions for installation and
use.

SMALL CHILDREN
GUID-1389650A-F101-451E-83E7-5ED25B7AA16D
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at
least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing
child restraint as long as possible up to the
height or weight limit of the child restraint.
Children who outgrow the height or weight limit
of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least
1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness. Refer to the
manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and
maximum weight and height recommendations.
NISSAN recommends that small children be
placed in child restraints that comply with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You
should choose a child restraint that fits your
vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDREN
GUID-7E131263-864D-4FCD-962F-582BD50C1E9B
Children should remain in a forward-facing child
restraint with a harness until they reach the
maximum height or weight limit allowed by the
child restraint manufacturer.
Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit
of the harness-equipped forward-facing child
restraint, NISSAN
I
nf
orecommends
r
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
: that the child be

placed in a commercially available booster seat
to obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit
properly, the booster seat should raise the child
so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned
across the chest and the top, middle portion of
the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross
the neck or face and should not fall off the
shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across
the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen.
A booster seat can only be used in seating
positions that have a three-point type seat belt.
The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and
have a label certifying that it complies with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt
is no longer on or near the face and neck, and
the lap belt can be positioned properly across
the lower hips or upper thighs, use the seat belt
without the booster seat.

WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any
seat and do not allow a child in the
cargo area. The child could be seriously
injured or killed in a sudden stop or
collision.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-21

Black plate (38,1)

CHILD RESTRAINTS
S35-D-110201-8783AACE-BE38-452F-A948-0A1B4B4A3486

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS
S35-D-110201-6ADBF799-13ED-4B1F-AF7C-AE2700F03C69

WARNING
.

SSS0099

Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could
result in serious injury or death of a
child or other passengers in a
sudden stop or collision:
— The child restraint must be used
and installed properly. Always
follow all of the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions for
installation and use.
— Infants and children should
never be held on anyone’s lap.
Even the strongest adult cannot
resist the forces of a collision.
— Do not put a seat belt around
both a child and another passenger.

SSS0100

— NISSAN recommends that all
child restraints be installed in
the rear seat. Studies show that
children are safer when properly
restrained
in
seat than
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPthe
r
ovi
dedrear
by
:

1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

in the front seat. If you must
install a forward-facing child
restraint in the front seat, see
“Forward-facing child restraint
installation using the seat belts”
later in this section.
— Even with the NISSAN Advanced
Air Bag System, never install a
rear-facing child restraint in the
front seat. An inflating air bag
could seriously injure or kill a
child. A rear-facing child restraint must only be used in the
rear seat.
— Be sure to purchase a child
restraint that will fit the child
and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in
your vehicle.
— Child restraint anchor points are
designed to withstand loads
from child restraints that are
properly fitted.
— Never use the anchor points for
adult seat belts or harnesses.
— A child restraint with a top tether
strap should not be used in the
front passenger seat.

Black plate (39,1)

— Keep seatbacks as upright as
possible after fitting the child
restraint.
— Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the
vehicle.
.

When the child restraint is not in
use, keep it secured with the LATCH
system or a seat belt. In a sudden
stop or collision, loose objects can
injure occupants or damage the
vehicle.

CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
become very hot. Check the seating
surface and buckles before placing a
child in the child restraint.
This vehicle is equipped with a universal child
restraint anchor system, referred to as the
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child restraints include rigid
or webbing-mounted attachments that can be
connected to these anchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren System (LATCH)” later in this section.

anchor point on the vehicle.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible child
restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.
Several manufacturers offer child restraints for
infants and small children of various sizes. When
selecting any child restraint, keep the following
points in mind:
.

Choose only a restraint with a label certifying
that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the child restraint in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.
. If the child restraint is compatible with your
vehicle, place your child in the child restraint
and check the various adjustments to be
sure the child restraint is compatible with
your child. Choose a child restraint that is
designed for your child’s height and weight.
Always follow all recommended procedures.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved child
restraint at all times while the vehicle is
being operated. Canadian law requires the
top tether strap on forward-facing child
restraints be In
secured
to
the
designated
f
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
d
edby
:
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-23

Black plate (40,1)

LATCH lower
anchor
GUID-33CE3731-1F03-443A-8CF6-CDDAB704C7C4

WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in
serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
.
SSS0801
LATCH label location

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren
System (LATCH)
GUID-3A1A4921-5C9C-4347-B791-C3094BCE2FD4
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor
points that are used with the LATCH (Lower
Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system
compatible child restraints. This system may
also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX
compatible system. With this system, you do not
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the
child restraint.

Attach LATCH system compatible
child restraints only at the locations
shown in the illustration.
Do not secure a child restraint in the
center rear seating position using
the LATCH lower anchors. The child
restraint will not be secured properly.
Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower
anchor area. Feel to make sure
there are no obstructions over the
anchors such as seat belt webbing
or seat cushion material. The child
restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0637
LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lowerGUID-DFC4FF9B-A8F5-4E6B-9100-8F238B533199
anchor location
The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of
the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is
attached to the seatback to help you locate the
LATCH anchors.

Black plate (41,1)

vehicle or secure it on the cargo
floor below its attachment location.
If the cargo cover is not removed, it
may damage the top tether strap
during a collision. Your child could
be seriously injured or killed in a
collision if the child restraint top
tether strap is damaged.
.

SSS0643

SSS0644

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH lower
anchor attachments
GUID-8BAB037C-5B6D-44DE-830B-55C33F68E811

The child restraint top tether strap must be used
when installing the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts.

LATCH compatible child restraints include two
rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can
be connected to two anchors located at certain
seating positions in your vehicle. With this
system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat
belt to secure the child restraint. Check your
child restraint for a label stating that it is
compatible with LATCH. This information may
also be in the instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.

When installing a child restraint, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this manual and
those supplied with the child restraint.

Do not allow cargo to contact the
top tether strap when it is attached
to the top tether anchor. Properly
secure the cargo so it does not
contact the top tether strap. Cargo
that is not properly secured or cargo
that contacts the top tether strap
may damage the top tether strap
during a collision. Your child could
be seriously injured or killed in a
collision if the child restraint top
tether strap is damaged.

Top tether anchor
GUID-1BA2F8AC-9BB7-46D4-86BC-D20E15B6E4FA

WARNING
.

If the cargo cover (if so equipped)
contacts the top tether strap when it
is attached to the top tether anchor,
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:
remove the
cargo
cover
from the
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-25

Black plate (42,1)

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONGUID-BD4A4FCD-5DC0-4FEB-9820-BF55E3A4A411
USING LATCH
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety” and “Child restraints” sections before
installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0802

SSS0648
Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

Top tether anchor
point locations
GUID-88B0DA6B-48C8-4D43-823E-06537948B956

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check
to make sure the LATCH attachment is
properly attached to the lower anchors.

Anchor points are located on the floor behind
the outboard and center seating positions.
The child restraint top tether strap must be used
when installing child restraints with the LATCH
lower anchor attachments or seat belts.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap child restraint on the rear
seat, consult a NISSAN dealer for details.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (43,1)

SSS0649
Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639

SSS0650

Rear-facing — step 3

Rear-facing — step 4

3. For child restraints that are equipped with
webbing-mounted attachments, remove any
additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly
in the center of the child restraint with your
hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion
and seatback while tightening the webbing
of the anchor attachments.

4. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it from
side to side while holding the child restraint
near the LATCH attachment path. The child
restraint should not move more than 1 inch
(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it
forward and check to see if the LATCH
attachment holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint
in another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint or try
installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if
applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-27

Black plate (44,1)

5. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 4.

ger air bag and status light” later in this
section.

SSS0100

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONGUID-FE8F38A1-6CB8-4668-A5F7-CB4161B5AC06
USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be
used when installing a child restraint.
Failure to use the ALR mode will result
in the child restraint not being properly
secured. The restraint could tip over or
be loose and cause injury to a child in a
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
change the operation of the front
passenger air
bag.
“Front
passenI
nf
o
r
mat
i
onPSee
r
ovi
dedb
y
:

1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (45,1)

SSS0100

SSS0654

SSS0655

Rear-facing — step 1

Rear-facing — step 2

Rear-facing — step 3

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety” earlier in this section and “Child restraints” earlier in this section before installing a
child restraint.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
restraint and insert it into the buckle until you
hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor
is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the
Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
when the seat belt is fully retracted.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear
seats:
1. Child restraints for infants must be
used in the rear-facing direction and
therefore must not be used in the front
seat. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-29

Black plate (46,1)

SSS0656

SSS0657

SSS0658

Rear-facing — step 4

Rear-facing — step 5

Rear-facing — step 6

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the
shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from the seat
belt; press downward and rearward firmly in
the center of the child restraint to compress
the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while
pulling up on the seat belt.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it from
side to side while holding the child restraint
near the seat belt path. The child restraint
should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),
from side to side. Try to tug it forward and
check to see if the belt holds the restraint in
place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten
the seat belt as necessary, or put the
restraint in another seat and test it again.
You may need to try a different child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the

Black plate (47,1)

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1
through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat
belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint
mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
GUID-485A2C23-22CE-47D8-A4B0-982AC225E511
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety” and “Child restraints” sections before
installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0645

SSS0646

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check
to make sure the LATCH attachment is
properly attached to the lower anchors.

3. The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the vehicle seatback.

If the child restraint is equipped with a top
tether strap, route the top tether strap and
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
point. See “Installing top tether strap” in this
section. Do not install child restraints that
require the use of a top tether strap in
seating positions that do not have a top
tether anchor.

If the seating position does not have an
adjustable headrest and it is interfering with
the proper child restraint fit, try another
seating position or a different child restraint.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-31

Black plate (48,1)

child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 6.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE
SEAT BELTSGUID-921B92C8-992C-479E-B015-F19A421AFE89

WARNING

SSS0647

The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
be used when installing a child
restraint. Failure to use the ALR
mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured.
The restraint could tip over or be
loose and cause injury to a child in a
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
change the operation of the front
passenger air bag. See “Front passenger air bag and status light”
later in this section.

When installing a child restraint
system in the rear center position,
both the center seat belt connector
tongue and buckle tongue must be
secured. See “Rear center seat belt”
earlier in this section.

SSS0638

Forward-facing — step 4

Forward-facing — step 6

4. For child restraints that are equipped with
webbing-mounted attachments, remove any
additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly
in the center of the child restraint with your
knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion
and seatback while tightening the webbing
of the anchor attachments.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it from
side to side while holding the child restraint
near the LATCH attachment path. The child
restraint should not move more than 1 inch
(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it
forward and check to see if the LATCH
attachment holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint
in another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not all
child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any
slack.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint is
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
ded
properly secured
prior
toby:each use. If the

1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (49,1)

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the vehicle seatback.

SSS0640
Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety” and “Child restraints” sections before
installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the
rear seats or in the front passenger seat:

If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint to obtain the correct child restraint
fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in
a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the
head restraint when the child restraint
is removed. See “Head restraints” earlier in
this section for head restraint adjustment,
removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint or headrest and it
is interfering with the proper child restraint
fit, try another seating position or a different
child restraint.

SSS0360B
Forward-facing — step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
restraint and insert it into the buckle until you
hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for belt routing.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top
tether strap, route the top tether strap and
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
point (rear seat installation only). See
“Installing top tether strap” later in this
section. Do not install child restraints that
require the use of a top tether strap in
seating positions that do not have a top
tether anchor.

1. If you must install a child restraint in
the front seat, it should be placed in a
forward-facing direction only. Move the
seat to the rearmost position. Child
restraints for infants must be used in
the rear-facing direction and, therefore,
must not be used in the front seat.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-33

Black plate (50,1)

SSS0651

SSS0652

SSS0653

Forward-facing — step 4

Forward-facing — step 5

Forward-facing — step 6

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor
is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to
Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
when the seat belt is fully retracted.

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the
shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from the seat
belt; press downward and rearward firmly in
the center of the child restraint with your
knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion
and seatback while pulling up on the seat
belt.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any
slack.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (51,1)

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2
through 8.

SSS0803

SSS0641
Forward-facing — step 8

Forward-facing — step 10

8. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it from
side to side while holding the child restraint
near the seat belt path. The child restraint
should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),
from side to side. Try to tug it forward and
check to see if the belt holds the restraint in
place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten
the seat belt as necessary, or put the
restraint in another seat and test it again.
You may need to try a different child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.

10. If the child restraint is installed in the front
passenger seat, place the ignition switch in
the ON position. The front passenger air bag
status light
should illuminate. If this light
is not illuminated, see “Front passenger air
bag and status light” in this section. Move
the child restraint to another seating
position. Have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the

After the child restraint is removed and the seat
belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child
restraint mode) is canceled.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-35

Black plate (52,1)

slack.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap, consult your NISSAN
dealer for details.

BOOSTER SEATS
GUID-DF82A688-ABAA-4A5E-A557-514AABE84C41
Precautions GUID-BBFC5B7F-B068-435F-A96A-BBAEFEDF668E
on booster seats

WARNING

SSS0802

INSTALLINGGUID-59BD9773-D5FB-4A40-A629-230CF7E1F55D
TOP TETHER STRAP
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH
system (rear outboard seating positions only) or
the seat belt as applicable.

If a booster seat and seat belt are not
used properly, the risk of a child being
injured in a sudden stop or collision
greatly increases:
.

Make sure the shoulder portion of
the belt is away from the child’s face
and neck and the lap portion of the
belt does not cross the stomach.

1. Remove the anchor cover from the anchor
point which is located directly behind the
child seat.

Make sure the shoulder belt is not
behind the child or under the child’s
arm.

2. Position the top tether strap over the top of
the seatback.

A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has
a lap/shoulder belt.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
bracket that provides the straightest installation.
4. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered by
several manufacturers. When selecting any
booster seat, keep the following points in mind:
.

Choose only a booster seat with a label
certifying that it complies with Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be
sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat
and seat belt system.

Black plate (53,1)

when using a booster seat with the
seat belts.
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster seats”
sections earlier in this section before installing a
child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the
rear seat or in the front passenger seat:

LRS0453

Make sure the child’s head will be properly
supported by the booster seat or vehicle
seat. The seatback must be at or above the
center of the child’s ears. For example, if a
1 is chosen, the
low back booster seat *
vehicle seatback must be at or above the
center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is
lower than the center of the child’s ears, a
2 should be used.
high back booster seat *
If the booster seat is compatible with your
vehicle, place your child in the booster seat
and check the various adjustments to be
sure the booster seat is compatible with
your child. Always follow all recommended
procedures.

LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved child
restraint at all times while the vehicle is
being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to booster
seat installation in the rear seats or the front
passenger seat.

Booster seatGUID-906FC462-164E-4FE3-BE05-FC9DE1AC4750
installation

CAUTION
Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking
Retractor
(ALR) mode
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-37

Black plate (54,1)

booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low
and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions for adjusting the seat belt
routing.

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in the
front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only
place it in a forward-facing direction. Always
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions.

LRS0454
Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned on
the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint to obtain the correct booster seat
fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in
a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the
head restraint when the booster seat is
removed. See “Head restraints” earlier in
this section for head restraint adjustment,
removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint or headrest and it
is interfering with the proper booster seat fit,
try another seating position or a different
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt
toward the retractor to take up extra slack.
Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned
across the top, middle portion of the child’s
shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat
manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the
seat belt routing.
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt
shown in “Seat belts” earlier in this section.

Black plate (55,1)

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
S35-D-110201-750013D3-4DA5-4F34-8644-D034C27A567C

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
S35-D-110201-64A33E9E-5442-4B86-8B34-1A52ADC3D902
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
section contains important information concerning the following systems:
.

SSS0803

7. If the booster seat is installed in the front
passenger seat, turn the ignition switch to
the ON position. The front passenger air bag
status light
may or may not illuminate
depending on the size of the child and the
type of booster seat used. See “Front
passenger air bag and status light” later in
this section.

Driver and passenger supplemental frontimpact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag
System)
. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag
. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag
. Seat belt with pretensioner
Supplemental front-impact air bag system:
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can
help cushion the impact force to the head and
chest of the driver and front passenger in certain
frontal collisions.
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help
cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis
areas of the driver and front passenger in certain
side impact collisions. The side air bags are
designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle
is impacted.
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag system: This
system can help cushion the impact force to the

head of occupants in front and rear outboard
seating positions in certain side impact or
rollover collisions. In a side impact, the curtain
and rollover air bags are designed to inflate on
the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a
rollover, the curtain and rollover air bags on both
sides are designed to inflate. Under both sideimpact and rollover situations, the curtain air
bags will remain inflated for a short period of
time.
These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protection
provided by the driver and passenger seat belts
and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts
should always be correctly worn and the
occupant seated a suitable distance away from
the steering wheel, instrument panel and door
finishers. (See “Seat belts” earlier in this section
for instructions and precautions on seat belt
usage.)
The supplemental air bags operate only
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
After turning the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the systems are operational.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-39

Black plate (56,1)

WARNING
.

The front air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a side impact,
rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear
your seat belts to help reduce the
risk or severity of injury in various
kinds of accidents.

The front passenger air bag will not
inflate if the passenger air bag
status light is lit or if the front
passenger seat is unoccupied. See
“Front passenger air bag and status
light” later in this section.

The seat belts and the front air bags
are most effective when you are
sitting well back and upright in the
seat with both feet on the floor. The
front air bags inflate with great
force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are
unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in
any way, you are at greater risk of
injury or death in a crash. You may
also receive serious or fatal injuries
from the front air bag if you are up
against it when it inflates. Always sit

SSS0131

SSS0132
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (57,1)

back against the seatback and as
far-away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Always use the seat belts.
.

crease the risk that they are injured
if the front air bag inflates.

The driver and front passenger seat
belt buckles are equipped with
sensors that detect if the seat belts
are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag
System monitors the severity of a
collision and seat belt usage then
inflates the air bags as needed.
Failure to properly wear seat belts
can increase the risk or severity of
injury in an accident.

The front passenger seat is
equipped with an occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor) that
turns the front passenger air bag
OFF under some conditions. This
sensor is only used in this seat.
Failure to be properly seated and
wearing the seat belt can increase
the risk or severity of injury in an
accident. See “Front passenger air
bag and status light” later in this
section.

Keep hands on the outside of the
steering wheel. Placing them inside
the steering wheel rim could in-

SSS0007

SSS0006
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-41

Black plate (58,1)

WARNING

SSS0008

Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some
examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side
air bags or curtain and rollover air
bags inflate if they are not properly
restrained. Pre-teens and children
should be properly restrained in the
rear seat, if possible.

Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child.
See “Child restraints” earlier in this
section for details.

SSS0099

SSS0009

SSS0100
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (59,1)

SSS0059A

SSS0140

SSS0159

Do not lean against doors or windows.

WARNING
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted
curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags:
.

SSS0162

SSS0188A
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

The side air bags and curtain and
rollover air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a frontal
impact, rear impact or lower severity
side collision. Always wear your
seat belts to help reduce the risk
or severity of injury in various kinds
of accidents.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-43

Black plate (60,1)

The seat belts, the side air bags and
curtain and rollover air bags are
most effective when you are sitting
well back and upright in the seat.
The side air bag and curtain and
rollover air bag inflate with great
force. Do not allow anyone to place
their hand, leg or face near the side
air bag on the side of the seatback
of the front seat or near the side
roof rails. Do not allow anyone
sitting in the front seats or rear
outboard seats to extend their hand
out of the window or lean against
the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown
in the previous illustrations.

When sitting in the rear seat, do not
hold onto the seatback of the front
seat. If the side air bag inflates, you
may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who
should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in
the illustrations.

Do not use seat covers on the front
seatbacks. They may interfere with
side air bag inflation.

SSS0804

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Crash zone sensor
Supplemental front-impact air bag modules
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bag modules
Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)
Occupant classification system control unit
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
I
nf
o
r
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:
supplemental
air
bags

1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
supplemental air bag inflators
Lap outer pretensioners
Seat belt with pretensioners
Satellite sensors
Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

Black plate (61,1)

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)
GUID-BCBE423F-BE9E-45CC-9789-8C72FD21C176
This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN
Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and
front passenger seats. This system is designed
to meet certification requirements under U.S.
regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.
However, all of the information, cautions
and warnings in this manual still apply and
must be followed.
The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is
located in the center of the steering wheel; the
passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is
mounted in the instrument panel above the glove
box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in
higher severity frontal collisions, although they
may inflate if the forces in another type of
collision are similar to those of a higher severity
frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain
frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is
not always an indication of proper front air bag
operation.
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has
dual stage air bag inflators. The system monitors
information from the crash zone sensor, satellite
sensor, Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt
buckle sensors and occupant classification
sensor (pattern sensor). Inflator operation is
based on the severity of a collision and seat belt

usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the
occupant classification sensor is also monitored.
Based on information from the sensors, only one
front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on
the crash severity and whether the front
occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally,
the front passenger air bag may be automatically
turned OFF under some conditions, depending
on the information provided by the occupant
classification sensor. If the front passenger air
bag is OFF, the passenger air bag status light
will be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the
light will not be illuminated, but the air bag will
be off). (See “Front passenger air bag and
status light” later in this section for further
details.) One front air bag inflating does not
indicate improper performance of the system.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
help to cushion the impact force on the head
and chest of the front occupants. They can help
save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,
an inflating front air bag may cause facial
abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do
not provide restraint to the lower body.

If you have any questions about your air bag
system, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. If
you are considering modification of your vehicle
due to a disability, you may also contact
NISSAN. Contact information is contained in
the front of this Owner’s Manual.

The front air bags will deflate quickly after a
collision.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise
may be heard, followed by release of smoke.
This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate
a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
history of a breathing condition should get fresh
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:
air promptly.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
belts should be correctly worn and the driver
and passenger seated upright as far as practical
away from the steering wheel or instrument
panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order
to help protect the front occupants. Because of
this, the force of the front air bag inflating can
increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too
close to, or is against, the air bag module during
inflation.

The front air bags operate only when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
After turning the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the system is operational.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-45

Black plate (62,1)

an accident.
Status light: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The front passenger air bag status light
is
located on the instrument panel below the air
conditioner controls. After the ignition switch is
placed in the "ON" position, the front passenger
air bag status light illuminates for about 7
seconds and then turns off or illuminates
depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:
.
SSS0803
Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger
air bag and status light
GUID-ACE53E41-9E7C-4048-9DF6-4D8DC09B7ACC

WARNING
The front passenger air bag is designed
to automatically turn OFF under some
conditions. Read this section carefully
to learn how it operates. Proper use of
the seat, seat belt and child restraints is
necessary for most effective protection.
Failure to follow all instructions in this
manual concerning the use of seats,
seat belts and child restraints can
increase the risk or severity of injury in

Unoccupied passenger seat: The
light
is OFF and the front passenger air bag is
OFF and will not inflate in a crash.
Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult,
child or child restraint as outlined in this
section: The
light illuminates to indicate
that the front passenger air bag is OFF and
will not inflate in a crash.
Occupied passenger seat and the passenger meets the conditions outlined in this
section: The
light is OFF to indicate
that the front passenger air bag is operational.

Front passenger
air bag:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The front passenger air bag is designed to
automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is
operated under Insome
conditions
as described
f
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the
front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate
in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags
in your vehicle are not part of this system.
The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce
the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag
to certain front passenger seat occupants, such
as children, by requiring the air bag to be
automatically turned OFF.
The occupant classification sensor (pattern
sensor) is in the front passenger seat cushion
and is designed to detect an occupant and
objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in
the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag
System is designed to turn the passenger air
bag OFF in accordance with the regulations.
Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in
the regulations is on the seat, the occupant
classification sensor can detect it and cause the
air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are
properly seated and using the seat belt as
outlined in this manual should not cause the
passenger air bag to be automatically turned
OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,
however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat
properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by
sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise
being out of position), this could cause the

Black plate (63,1)

sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure
to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly
for the most effective protection by the seat belt
and supplemental air bag.
NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat.
NISSAN also recommends that appropriate
child restraints and booster seats be properly
installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the
occupant classification sensor is designed to
operate as described above to turn the front
passenger air bag OFF for specified child
restraints. Failing to properly secure child
restraints and to use the Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)
may allow the restraint to tip or move in an
accident or sudden stop. This can also result in
the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead
of being OFF. (See “Child restraints” earlier in
this section for proper use and installation.)
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a
crash. However, heavy objects placed on the
seat could result in air bag inflation, because of
the object being detected by the occupant
classification sensor. Other conditions could
also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is
standing on the seat, or if two children are on the
seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle

occupants are seated and restrained properly.
Using the passenger air bag status light, you can
monitor when the front passenger air bag is
automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied. The light will not illuminate when the front
passenger seat is unoccupied.
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the
passenger air bag status light is illuminated
(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be
that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting
on the seat properly.
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,
the passenger air bag status light may or may
not be illuminated, depending on the size of the
child and the type of child restraint being used. If
the air bag status light is not illuminated
(indicating that the air bag might inflate in a
crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat
belt is not being used properly. Make sure that
the child restraint is installed properly, the seat
belt is used properly and the occupant is
positioned properly. If the air bag status light is
not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child
restraint in a rear seat.
If the passenger air bag status light will not
illuminate even though you believe that the child
restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are
properly positioned, the system may be sensing
an unoccupied seat
(in
which
case
the air bag is
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the
system is OFF by using a special tool. However,
until you have confirmed with your dealer that
your air bag is working properly, reposition the
occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
The air bag system and passenger air bag status
light will take a few seconds to register a change
in the passenger seat status. However, if the
seat becomes unoccupied, the air bag status
light will remain off.
If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air
bag system, the supplemental air bag warning
light
, located in the meter and gauges area,
will blink. Have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front-impact air bag
precautions GUID-387727EE-AF0A-4050-A289-3F91D1423535

WARNING
.

Do not place any objects on the
steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any
objects between any occupant and
the steering wheel or instrument
panel. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles and cause
injury if the front air bag inflates.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-47

Black plate (64,1)

Do not place objects with sharp
edges on the seat. Also, do not
place heavy objects on the seat that
will leave permanent impressions in
the seat. Such objects can damage
the seat or occupant classification
sensor (pattern sensor). This can
affect the operation of the air bag
system and result in serious personal injury.
Do not use water or acidic cleaners
(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.
This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor. This can
also affect the operation of the air
bag system and result in serious
personal injury.
Immediately after inflation, several
front air bag system components
will be hot. Do not touch them; you
may severely burn yourself.
No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the supplemental air bag system.
This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or
damage to the supplemental air bag
system.

classification sensor.

Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or front end
structure. This could affect proper
operation of the front air bag system.
Tampering with the supplemental
air bag system may result in serious
personal injury. Tampering includes
changes to the steering wheel and
the instrument panel assembly by
placing material over the steering
wheel pad and above the instrument
panel or by installing additional trim
material around the air bag system.
Modifying or tampering with the
front passenger seat may result in
serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by
placing material on the seat cushion
or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the
seat that is not specifically designed
to assure proper air bag operation.
Additionally, do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat
or the seat cushion and seatback.
Such objects may interfere with the
proper operation of the occupant
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the seat belt system. This may
affect the front air bag system.
Tampering with the seat belt system
may result in serious personal injury.

Work on and around the front air
bag system should be done by a
NISSAN dealer. Installation of electrical equipment should also be
done by a NISSAN dealer. The
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) wiring harnesses* should not
be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment
and probing devices should not be
used on the air bag system.

A cracked windshield should be
replaced immediately by a qualified
repair facility. A cracked windshield
could affect the function of the
supplemental air bag system.
The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you
inform the buyer about the front air bag system

Black plate (65,1)

side collisions, although they may inflate if the
forces in another type of collision are similar to
those of a higher severity side impact. They are
designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle
is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side
collisions on the side where the vehicle is
impacted. Curtain and rollover air bags are also
designed to inflate in certain types of rollover
collisions or near rollovers.

and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
in this Owner’s Manual.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
indication of proper side air bag and curtain and
rollover air bag operation.
SSS0521

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND
ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG
SYSTEMS
GUID-096A54D2-8C32-47BD-A15D-AE19A34FB303
The side air bags are located in the outside of
the seatback of the front seats. The curtain and
rollover air bags are located in the side roof rails.
These systems are designed to meet voluntary
guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to outof-position occupants. However, all of the
information, cautions and warnings in this
manual still apply and must be followed.
The side air bags and curtain and rollover air
bags are designed
to
inflate
in
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onP
r
ovi
dedby
: higher severity

When the side air bags and curtain and rollover
air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,
followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not
harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should
be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation
and choking. Those with a history of a breathing
condition should get fresh air promptly.
Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
help to cushion the impact force on the chest
and pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain
and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact
force to the head of occupants in the front and
rear outboard seating positions. They can help
save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,
side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags
may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air
bags and curtain and rollover air bags do not

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-49

Black plate (66,1)

provide restraint to the lower body.
The seat belts should be correctly worn and the
driver and passenger seated upright as far as
practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat
passengers should be seated as far away as
practical from the door finishers and side roof
rails. The side air bags and curtain and rollover
air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect
the occupants in the outboard seating positions.
Because of this, the force of the side air bags
and curtain and rollover air bags inflating can
increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too
close to, or is against, these air bag modules
during inflation. In a rollover, the curtain and
rollover air bags on both sides are designed to
inflate. Under both side-impact and rollover
situations, the curtain air bags will remain
inflated for a short period of time.

WARNING
.

Right after inflation, several side air
bag and curtain and rollover air bag
system components will be hot. Do
not touch them; you may severely
burn yourself.

No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the side air bag and curtain and
rollover air bag systems. This is to
prevent damage to or accidental
inflation of the side air bag and
curtain and rollover air bag systems.

Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or side panel.
This could affect proper operation
of the side air bag and curtain and
rollover air bag systems.

The side air bags and curtain and rollover
air bags operate only when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
After turning the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the systems are operational.

Do not place any objects near the
seatback of the front seats. Also, do
not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door
finisher and the front seat. Such
objects may become dangerous
projectiles and cause injury if a side
air bag inflates.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-50 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Tampering with the side air bag
system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not
change the front seats by placing
material near the seatbacks or by
installing additional trim material,
such as seat covers, around the side
air bag.

Work around and on the side air bag
and curtain and rollover air bag
systems should be done by a
NISSAN dealer. Installation of electrical equipment should also be
done by a NISSAN dealer. The
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) wiring harnesses* should not
be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment
and probing devices should not be
used on the side air bag and curtain
and rollover supplemental air bag
systems.
The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you
inform the buyer about the side air bag and
curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide
the buyer to the appropriate sections in this
Owner’s Manual.

Black plate (67,1)

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS
(front seats) GUID-6661B209-8D93-4FE3-95C3-B230E4D4CC5D

and probing devices should not be
used on the pretensioner system.
.

WARNING
.

The pretensioners cannot be reused
after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor
and buckle as a unit.
If the vehicle becomes involved in a
collision but a pretensioner is not
activated, be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and, if
necessary, replaced by a NISSAN
dealer.
No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the pretensioner system. This is
to prevent damage to or accidental
activation of the pretensioners.
Tampering with the pretensioner
system may result in serious personal injury.
Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a
NISSAN dealer. Installation of electrical equipment should also be
done by a NISSAN dealer. Unauthorized electrical test equipment

If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a
NISSAN dealer. Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set
forth in the appropriate NISSAN
Service Manual. Incorrect disposal
procedures could cause personal
injury.

The pretensioner system may activate with the
supplemental air bag system in certain types of
collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it
helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle
becomes involved in certain types of collisions,
helping to restrain front seat occupants.

reduce forces against the chest.
The supplemental air bag warning light
is
used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner
system. (See "SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG
WARNING LIGHT" in this section for more
details.) If the supplemental air bag warning light
indicates there is a malfunction, have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you
inform the buyer about the pretensioner system
and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
in this Owner’s Manual.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt
retractor. These seat belts are used the same
way as conventional seat belts.
When a pretensioner activates, smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard. The
smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a
fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
history of a breathing condition should get fresh
air promptly.
After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow
I
nf
or
mat
i
onwebbing
Pr
ovi
dedby
: (if necessary) to
the seat belt to release
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-51

Black plate (68,1)

If any of the following conditions occur, the front
air bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bag
and pretensioner systems need servicing:
.

SPA1097

SSS1020

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
LABELS
GUID-37DF6A92-22A9-49A7-98CE-C6CDC2B970ED

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
LIGHT
GUID-10351182-5327-4A48-81C2-1CEB9FDA3F20

Warning labels about the supplemental frontimpact air bag systems are placed in the vehicle
as shown in the illustration.

The supplemental air bag warning light, displaying
in the instrument panel, monitors the
circuits of the supplemental front-impact air bag,
front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag and seat belt
pretensioner systems. The monitored circuits
include the air bag systems, pretensioners and
all related wiring.

1 SRS air bag
*
GUID-CE62463F-AE26-46D9-BB1F-CAB75ADF2F27

The warning labels are located on the surface of
the sun visors.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.
This means the Isystem
operational.
nf
or
mat
i
onPis
r
ovi
d
edby
:

1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light does
not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air
bag, curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They
must be checked and repaired. Take your
vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning
light is on, it could mean that the front
air bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To
help avoid injury to yourself or others,
have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN
dealer as soon as possible.

Black plate (69,1)

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
S35-D-110201-893056AA-962B-4966-BF1A-CC8E22C7E775
The front air bags, side air bags, curtain and
rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed
to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a
reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated
after inflation has occurred. Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by a
NISSAN dealer.
When maintenance work is required on the
vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain
and rollover air bags and pretensioners and
related parts should be pointed out to the
person performing the maintenance. The ignition
switch should always be in the LOCK position
when working under the hood or inside the
vehicle.

placed by a NISSAN dealer. The air
bag modules and pretensioner system cannot be repaired.
.

The front air bag, side air bag and
curtain and rollover air bag systems,
and pretensioner system should be
inspected by a NISSAN dealer if
there is any damage to the front
end or side portion of the vehicle.

If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner, or
scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN
dealer. Correct supplemental air
bag and pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the
appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures
could cause personal injury.

WARNING
.

Once a front air bag, side air bag or
curtain and rollover air bag has
inflated, the air bag module will
not function again and must be
replaced. Additionally, the activated
pretensioners must also be replaced. The air bag module and
pretensioner system should be re-

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-53

Black plate (70,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

1-54 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (71,1)

2 Instruments and controls
Instrument panel ........................................................................
...
2-3
Meters and gauges ...................................................................
...
2-4
Speedometer ........................................................................
...
2-4
Odometer/twin trip odometer ..........................................
...
2-5
Tachometer ...........................................................................
...
2-5
Engine coolant temperature gauge ................................
...
2-6
Fuel gauge ............................................................................
...
2-6
Instrument brightness control ..........................................
...
2-7
Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders ...............
...
2-8
Checking bulbs ....................................................................
...
2-9
Warning lights ......................................................................
...
2-9
Indicator lights ...................................................................
...
2-13
Audible reminders ............................................................
...
2-15
Vehicle information display ..................................................
...
2-16
Outside air temperature ..................................................
...
2-17
Indicators for operation ...................................................
...
2-18
Indicators for maintenance .............................................
...
2-21
Trip computer ....................................................................
...
2-21
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
position indicator ..............................................................
...
2-24
Security systems ....................................................................
...
2-25
Vehicle Security System .................................................
...
2-25
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ..........................
...
2-26
Windshield wiper and washer switch ...............................
...
2-28

Rear window wiper and washer switch ..........................
...
Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch .......
...
Headlight and turn signal switch .......................................
...
Xenon headlights (if so equipped) ............................
...
Headlight switch ............................................................
...
Turn signal switch ..........................................................
...
Fog light switch (if so equipped) ..............................
...
Horn ..........................................................................................
...
Heated seats (if so equipped) ...........................................
...
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch .................
...
Power outlet ............................................................................
...
Storage ....................................................................................
...
Cup holders .....................................................................
...
Sunglasses holder .........................................................
...
Glove box .........................................................................
...
Console box ....................................................................
...
Luggage floor box (if so equipped) ..........................
...
Luggage side box ..........................................................
...
Cargo cover (if so equipped) .....................................
...
Luggage hooks (if so equipped) ...............................
...
Coat hooks (if so equipped) .......................................
...
Utility hook .......................................................................
...
Roof rack (if so equipped) ..........................................
...

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

2-29
2-30
2-30
2-30
2-32
2-34
2-34
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-37
2-38
2-38
2-39
2-40
2-40
2-41
2-41
2-41
2-42
2-43
2-43
2-44

Black plate (72,1)

Windows ..................................................................................
...
Power windows ................................................................
...
Moonroof (if so equipped) ...................................................
...
Automatic moonroof ........................................................
...

2-45
2-45
2-47
2-47

Interior lights ...........................................................................
...
Map lights ........................................................................
...
Ceiling light ......................................................................
...
Vanity mirror lights (if so equipped) .................................
...
Cargo light ..............................................................................
...

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

2-49
2-49
2-50
2-51
2-51

Black plate (73,1)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
S35-D-110201-A7D4030A-2862-489B-A7AF-66159DF04F04

7.
8.
9.
10.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
JVC0173X

1.
2.
3.

Side ventilator
Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turn
signal switch
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) (if
so equipped)
— Audio control
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system con-

5.
6.

trol
Steering wheel
— Horn
— Driver supplemental air bag
Meters and gauges
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
— Cruise control
switches
I
nf
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ovi
dedby
:

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.

Wiper and washer switch
Center ventilator
Hazard warning flasher switch
Audio system/Navigation system (if so
equipped)
— Clock
— Rear view monitor (if so equipped)
— Around viewTM monitor (if so equipped)
Front passenger supplemental air bag
Outside remote mirror control switch
Headlight aiming control (if so equipped)
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch (if so
equipped)
Fuse box cover
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
Hood release handle
Tilting steering wheel lever
Parking brake
Ignition switch
Heated seat switch (if so equipped)
“Camera” Around viewTM monitor display switch
(if so equipped)
Sport mode switch
Power outlet
Heater/air conditioner control
Selector lever
Front passenger air bag status light
Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)
defroster switch
Glove box

Instruments and controls 2-3

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (74,1)

METERS AND GAUGES
S35-D-110201-F221FA22-5C18-4A37-B124-E6F61E733E4B

SIC4534

SPEEDOMETER
S35-D-110201-C9945ABD-2549-458F-908F-CB27BD1CA5A3
Speedometer
S35-D-110201-60576567-9CF2-4129-A4A9-9B5C4699383D
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in
miles per hour (MPH) or kilometers per hour
(km/h).
JVC0301X

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

2-4

Tachometer
Warning/indicator lights
Vehicle information display
Speedometer
Engine coolant temperature gauge
switch (twin trip odometer control and
brightness control)

7.
8.

switch (settings control and trip computer
control)
Fuel gauge

The needle indicators may move slightly
after the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position. This is not a malfunction.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (75,1)

Twin trip
odometer
S35-D-110201-D6A1AD54-C687-4B93-91DA-22BF83CE3F84

B records the distance
The twin trip odometer *
of 2 individual trips (TRIP A and TRIP B).

Changing the display:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
C to change the
Briefly push the
switch *
display as follows.
TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A
Resetting the GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
trip odometer:
Push and hold the
switch for approximately
1 second to reset the selected trip (TRIP A or
TRIP B).
SIC4575

SIC4535

ODOMETER/TWIN
TRIP ODOMETER
S35-D-110201-2BE450E5-2630-467B-84F7-2D3A478E020E

TACHOMETER
S35-D-110201-BB0955F7-0971-43A9-994F-8F7EC807ED65

The odometer and twin trip odometer are
displayed on the vehicle information display
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

The tachometer indicates engine speed in
revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev the
1 .
engine into the red zone *

Odometer
S35-D-110201-8DFDDE94-809B-4D2D-AA93-E378AFA980E9

CAUTION

A records the total distance the
The odometer *
vehicle has been driven.

When engine speed approaches the red
zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce
engine speed. Operating the engine in
the red zone may cause serious engine
damage.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-5

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (76,1)

normal range, reduce vehicle speed to
decrease temperature. If the gauge is
over the normal range, stop the vehicle
as soon as safely possible. If the engine
is overheated, continued operation of
the vehicle may seriously damage the
engine. See “If your vehicle overheats”
in the “6. In case of emergency” section
for immediate action required.

SIC4513

SIC4511

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGES35-D-110201-93431A36-1936-48DD-9179-7AC08AF28991

FUEL GAUGE
S35-D-110201-1F9776FA-11AF-431D-8547-74A51ADB5779

A indicates the approximate fuel
The gauge *
level in the tank.

A
The gauge *
indicates the engine coolant
temperature.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,
turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The engine coolant temperature is within the
normal range when the gauge is within the zone
B shown in the illustration.
*

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge
registers 0.

The engine coolant temperature varies with the
outside air temperature and driving conditions.

The low fuel warning light
illuminates and
low fuel warning appears on the vehicle
information display when the fuel tank is getting
low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,
preferably before the gauge reaches the empty
(0) position. There is a small reserve of fuel in the
tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0)

CAUTION
If the gauge indicates engine coolant
temperature near the hot (H) end of the

2-6

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (77,1)

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL S35-D-110201-942D1E32-EA3F-452B-B723-C16268B42967

position.
The
indicates that the fuel-filler door is
located on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.

The instrument brightness control operates
when the headlight switch is in the
or
position.

CAUTION
.

A to adjust the brightness of
Turn the control *
the meter panel and the instrument panel lights.
B
The brightness indicator *
will be shown
briefly in the vehicle information display when
the control is turned.

If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
malfunction indicator light (MIL)
may come on. Refuel as soon as
possible. After a few driving trips,
the
light should turn off. If the
light remains on after a few driving
trips, have the vehicle inspected by
a NISSAN dealer.

When the brightness level reaches the maximum
or minimum, a beep will sound.
SIC4596

For additional information, see
“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”
later in this section.

When the brightness level reaches the minimum,
the meter panel and the instrument panel lights
will be turned off.
After the ignition switch is turned to the OFF
B
position, the brightness indicator *
is displayed for 30 seconds.

SIC4508
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-7

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (78,1)

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
S35-D-110201-B00B3ECC-8D3D-461F-9906-7A31121D4043

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWD
models)*

Low fuel warning light

Front passenger air bag status light

Low tire pressure warning light

High beam indicator light

Master warning light

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Seat belt warning light

Overdrive off indicator light

Supplemental air bag warning light

Security indicator light

Charge warning light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light

SPORT mode indicator light

Electric power steering warning light

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light
(AWD models)*

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light

Exterior light indicator

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator
light

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light

Brake warning light

*: if so equipped

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-8

Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (79,1)

CHECKING
BULBS
S35-D-110201-509763A1-1CD5-4013-B64B-BA38C7221423

WARNING
LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-B0BCAF7C-D090-4C01-8D57-DB3AE4D3CA95

With all doors closed, apply the parking brake
and turn the ignition switch to the ON position
without starting the engine. The following lights
will come on:

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning
light (AWD
models)
S35-D-110201-355E3C0A-32CD-480B-B487-AC5E7170D1C5

The following lights come on briefly and then go
off (if so equipped):
,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate a
burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the
electrical system. Have the system checked by
a NISSAN dealer.
Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the vehicle information display between the speedometer and tachometer. (See
“Vehicle information display” later in this section.)

prevent the AWD system from
malfunctioning. If the warning
light turns off, you can drive
again.

The light illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position. It turns off after the
engine is started.
If the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system malfunctions, or the diameter of the front and the rear
wheels are different, the warning light will either
remain illuminated or blink. (See “All-Wheel
Drive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section.)

CAUTION
.

If the warning light comes on while
driving there may be a malfunction
in the AWD system. Reduce the
vehicle speed and have your vehicle
checked by a NISSAN dealer as
soon as possible.
If the AWD warning light blinks
while driving:
— blinks rapidly (about twice a
second):
Pull off the road in a safe area,
and idle the engine. The driving
f
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
dedby
: to 2WD to
mode Inwill
change

— blinks slowly (about once every
2 seconds):
Pull off the road in a safe area,
and idle the engine. Check that
all tire sizes are the same, tire
pressure is correct and tires are
not worn.
.

If the warning light is still on after
the above operations, have your
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
as soon as possible.

or
Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning
light
S35-D-110201-1E759848-5414-4A25-BA81-86C4D2F42713
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates
the ABS is operational.
If the ABS warning light illuminates while the
engine is running, or while driving, it may
indicate the ABS is not functioning properly.
Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
function is turned off. The brake system then
Instruments and controls 2-9

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (80,1)

operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake system” in the “5. Starting
and driving” section.)

orS35-D-110201-FAC4FDDE-38CB-4A48-8813-E0FC7230DB1A
Brake warning light
This light functions for both the parking brake
and the foot brake systems.
Parking brakeGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
indicator:
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the light illuminates when the parking brake is
applied.
Low brake fluid
warning light:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the
light illuminates while the engine is running with
the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle
and perform the following:
1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid
as necessary. (See “Brake fluid” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the
warning system checked by a NISSAN
dealer.
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
indicator:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the parking brake is released and the
brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake
warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System

(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate
the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the
brake system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See
“Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”
earlier in this section.)

Charge
warning light
S35-D-110201-B5291C9A-3089-486D-840B-2926E436A0BE
If the light illuminates while the engine is running,
it may indicate the charging system is not
functioning properly. Turn the engine off and
check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,
broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a
NISSAN dealer immediately.

WARNING
.

Your brake system may not be
working properly if the warning light
is on. Driving could be dangerous. If
you judge it to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station
for repairs. Otherwise, have your
vehicle towed because driving it
could be dangerous.

Pressing the brake pedal with the
engine stopped and/or low brake
fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as
pedal travel.

If the brake fluid level is below the
minimum or MIN mark on the brake
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the
brake system has been checked at a
NISSAN dealer.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-10 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

CAUTION
Do not continue driving if the alternator
belt is loose, broken or missing.

Electric power steering warning
light

S35-D-110201-88542F69-8229-41AA-9C73-2BE953D6B595

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the electric power steering warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the electric
power steering warning light turns off. This
indicates the electric power steering system is
operational.
If the electric power steering warning light
illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the electric power steering system is
not functioning properly and may need servicing.
Have the electric power steering system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
When the electric power steering warning light

Black plate (81,1)

illuminates with the engine running, the power
assist to the steering will cease operation but
you will still have control of the vehicle. At this
time, greater steering efforts are required to
operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp
turns and at low speeds.
See “Electric power steering system” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section.

Engine
oil pressure warning light
S35-D-110201-C80220D1-03E9-488E-BDF8-81593D799430
This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the
light flickers or illuminates during normal driving,
pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine
immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other
authorized repair shop.
The engine oil pressure warning light is
not designed to indicate a low oil level.
Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See
“Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-ityourself” section.)

CAUTION
Running the engine with the engine oil
pressure warning light on could cause
serious damage to the engine almost
immediately. Such damage is not covered by warranty. Turn off the engine as
soon as it is safe to do so.

Low
fuel warning light
S35-D-110201-883DEE8B-A008-4DC5-AE18-F92E410CAE65
This light illuminates when the fuel in the tank is
getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,
preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0
position.
There will be a small reserve of fuel
remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge
reaches E.

Low tire
pressure warning light
GUID-2B04969B-D277-451A-A047-99EE83E91ECC
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire
pressure of all tires except the spare.
The low tire pressure warning light warns of low
tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not
functioning properly.
After the ignition switch is turned ON, this light
illuminates for about 1 second and turns off.
Low tire pressure
warning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
pressure, the warning light will illuminate. A
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears
in the vehicle information display.
When the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire
pressure to the recommended COLD tire
pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. The low tire pressure warning
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

light does not automatically turn off when the tire
pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to
the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to
activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire
pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure
gauge to check the tire pressure.
The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears
for a period of time each time the ignition switch
is placed in the ON position as long as the low
tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.
For additional information, see “Vehicle information display” later in this section, “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting
and driving” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of
emergency” section.
TPMS malfunction:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low
tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is
turned ON. The light will remain on after 1
minute. Have the system checked by a NISSAN
dealer. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning
does not appear if the low tire pressure warning
light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.
For additional information, see “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting
and driving” section.
Instruments and controls 2-11

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (82,1)

WARNING
.

If the light does not illuminate with
the ignition switch turned ON, have
the vehicle checked by a NISSAN
dealer as soon as possible.
If the light illuminates while driving,
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle
speed, pull off the road to a safe
location and stop the vehicle as
soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently
damage the tires and increase the
likelihood of tire failure. Serious
vehicle damage could occur and
may lead to an accident and could
result in serious personal injury.
Check the tire pressure for all four
tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the
recommended COLD tire pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label to turn the low
tire pressure warning light OFF. If
the light stays on after adjusting the
tire pressure and driving over 16
MPH (25 km/h), have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer. If you
have a flat tire, replace it with a

Master
warning light
S35-D-110201-B0903750-6B3F-4490-9C34-E79202140256

spare tire as soon as possible.

When a spare tire is mounted or a
wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
function and the low tire pressure
warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will
remain on after 1 minute. Contact
your NISSAN dealer as soon as
possible for tire replacement and/
or system resetting.
Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could
affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.

CAUTION
.

The TPMS is not a substitute for the
regular tire pressure check. Be sure
to check the tire pressure regularly.

If the vehicle is being driven at
speeds of less than 16 MPH (25
km/h), the TPMS may not operate
correctly.

Be sure to install the specified size
of tires to the front and rear.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-12 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the master warning light illuminates if any of the
following are displayed on the vehicle information display.
.

Intelligent Key detection warning (if so
equipped)
. Low fuel warning
. Low washer fluid warning (if so equipped)
. Parking brake release warning
. Door open warning
. Lift gate open warning
. Loose fuel cap warning
. Check tire pressure warning
. Setting menu operation warning
. Intelligent Key system fault warning (if so
equipped)
See “Vehicle information display” later in this
section.

Seat
belt warning light
S35-D-110201-DFCBA132-B95A-44A5-9B3E-E0FBB8D293E7
The light and chime remind you to fasten seat
belts. The light illuminates whenever the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position, and will
remain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is
fastened. At the same time, the chime will sound
for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt
is securely fastened.

Black plate (83,1)

The seat belt warning light for the front
passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not
fastened when the front passenger’s seat is
occupied. For about 5 seconds after the ignition
switch is in the ON position, the system does
not activate the warning light for the front
passenger.
See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat
belts and supplemental restraint system” section
for precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental
air bag warning light
GUID-0BCEC56A-5310-4561-AD7B-B9A0E3518B42
After turning the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning light
will illuminate. The supplemental air bag warning
light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the
supplemental front air bag and supplemental
side air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systems
and/or pretensioner seat belt are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the front
air bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bag
and pretensioner systems need servicing and
your vehicle must be taken to your nearest
NISSAN dealer.
.
.

The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.

The supplemental air bag warning light does
not illuminate at all.
Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental
Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioners may
not function properly.
For additional information, see “Supplemental
Restraint System” in the “1. Safety — Seats,
seat belts and supplemental restraint system”
section.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
warning lightGUID-A2AB8C35-82AD-4A90-9170-49ABF8331549
The light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) system or the traction control
system is operating, thus alerting the driver that
the vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The road
surface may be slippery.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

If the VDC warning light illuminates while the
VDC system is on, this light alerts the driver to
the fact that the VDC system’s fail-safe mode is
operating, for example the VDC system may not
be functioning properly. Have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer. If a malfunction
occurs in the system, the VDC system function
will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable.
For additional information, see “Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) system” in the “Starting and
driving” section of this manual.

INDICATOR
LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-93D8A153-4B41-4643-9F4D-4E46D2B6B569
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
indicator
light (AWD models)
S35-D-110201-FC7B00D5-9770-487E-BFC5-E6D3A121AAFB
This light illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, and turns off within 1
second.
When selecting the LOCK mode while the
engine is running, this light will illuminate. (See
“All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting and
driving” section.)

Exterior
light indicator
S35-D-110201-983C926F-208B-45A5-A6A7-8EE1E1B71861
This indicator illuminates when the headlight
switch is turned to the AUTO (if so equipped),
or
position and the front parking lights,
instrument panel lights, rear combination lights,
license plate lights or headlights are on. The
indicator turns off when these lights are turned
Instruments and controls 2-13

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (84,1)

off.

Front
passenger air bag status light
S35-D-110201-CE599749-7443-4418-9473-AB9574042550
The front passenger air bag status light will be lit
and the passenger front air bag will be OFF
depending on how the front passenger seat is
being used.
For front passenger air bag status light operation, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
(front seats)” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat
belts and supplemental restraint system” section
of this manual.

High
beam indicator light
S35-D-110201-07BD5427-AE0D-485E-80A5-812FA0319F8E
This light illuminates when the headlight high
beam is on and goes out when the low beam is
selected.

After a few driving trips, the
light should
turn off if no other potential emission control
system malfunction exists.
If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds
and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine
is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not
ready for an emission control system inspection/
maintenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test” in the “9. Technical
and consumer information” section.)
Operation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The malfunction indicator light will illuminate in
one of two ways:
.

Malfunction
Indicator Light (MIL)
S35-D-110201-F2AAEA88-0C31-456F-B0D1-06BE0BA285F5
If the malfunction indicator light illuminates
steady or blinks while the engine is running, it
may indicate a potential emission control and/or
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) malfunction.
The malfunction indicator light may also illuminate steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or
missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check
to make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and
closed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3
US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

Malfunction indicator light illuminated steady
— An emission control system and/or CVT
malfunction has been detected. Check the
fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP
warning appears in the vehicle information
display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or
missing, tighten or install the cap and
continue to drive the vehicle. The
light
should turn off after a few driving trips. If the
light does not turn off after a few driving
trips, have the vehicle inspected by a
NISSAN dealer. You do not need to have
your vehicle towed to the dealer.
Malfunction indicator light blinking — An
engine misfire has been detected which may
damage the Inemission
control
system.
f
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-14 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

To reduce or avoid emission control system
damage:
— Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH
(72 km/h).
— Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.
— Avoid steep uphill grades.
— If possible, reduce the amount of cargo
being hauled or towed.
The malfunction indicator light may stop
blinking and remain illuminated.
Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN
dealer. You do not need to have your vehicle
towed to the dealer.

CAUTION
Continued vehicle operation without
having the emission control system
and/or CVT system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor
driveability, reduced fuel economy, and
possible damage to the emission control system.

Black plate (85,1)

Overdrive
off indicator light
S35-D-110201-DB3484E2-4E19-4E8D-8653-05337ABAC493

Turn
signals/hazard indicator lights
S35-D-110201-B4A3944F-23DC-4EA1-8175-E073999D4DFC

Brake pad
wear warning
S35-D-110201-1563C518-8031-4E59-8C17-F598AED67549

The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when
the overdrive off mode is selected.

The light flashes when the turn signal switch
lever or hazard switch is turned on.

For additional information, see “Continuously
Variable Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Starting
and driving” section of this manual.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off
indicatorS35-D-110201-0A999065-0D3C-4D64-8EDF-469349E59659
light

The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it
will make a high pitched scraping sound when
the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will
first occur only when the brake pedal is
depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,
the sound will always be heard even if the brake
pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes
checked as soon as possible if the warning
sound is heard.

Security
indicator light
S35-D-110201-96187D83-25D7-49DD-B539-C22AB5E56EEC
The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the
ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This function
indicates the security system equipped on the
vehicle is operational.
If the security system is malfunctioning, this light
will remain on while the ignition switch is in the
ON position. For additional information, see
“Security systems” later in this section.

SPORTGUID-A5B1431D-85F0-4BB0-8D0D-7C6EA87C77F8
mode indicator light
The SPORT mode indicator light illuminates
when the SPORT mode is turned “ON”.
(See“Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section
for the use of the SPORT mode switch.)

The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. This
indicates that the VDC system and traction
control system are not operating.

AUDIBLE
REMINDERS
S35-D-110201-EBE34375-E958-4BE7-B4B9-6966B8417588
Key reminder
chime
S35-D-110201-AB668DF3-6A09-4AA0-AD8E-4FAC9B4D0267

ParkingS35-D-110201-A0CEFDAA-E25A-4EB3-B94E-E27ED0243C7B
brake reminder chime

The key reminder chime sounds if the driver’s
side door is opened while the key is left in the
ignition switch and the ignition switch is in the
ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Remove the key
and take it with you when leaving the vehicle.

The parking brake reminder chime will sound if
the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH (7
km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stop the
vehicle and release the parking brake.

Light reminder
chime
S35-D-110201-C3CB04AA-B814-4136-9596-954368CA7654

The seat belt warning chime will sound for about
6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt is
securely fastened.

The light reminder chime will sound when the
driver side door is opened with the light switch
in the
or
position, and the ignition
switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.
Turn the light switch off when you leave the
vehicle.

Seat belt
warning chime
S35-D-110201-B111E09A-3135-472D-8E70-13DED4C26584

Intelligent Key door buzzer (if so
equipped) GUID-B22CE9E1-E8C5-48F1-98CA-8261AC0807CC
When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside
and outside the vehicle, check for the following:
.

The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-15

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (86,1)

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
S35-D-110201-F6A3583F-0558-48FA-ACF6-F3E6D55C756A

The intelligent Key is not left inside the
vehicle.
. Doors are closed securely.
. The selector lever is in the P position.
When the buzzer sounds, be sure to check both
the vehicle and the Intelligent Key.
See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Predriving checks and adjustments” section.

SIC4577

1.
2.
3.

Outside temperature
Clock
Operation indicators and warnings
— Trip computer
— Cruise control
— Settings menu
— IntelligentInfKey
operation*
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-16 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Odometer
Twin trip odometer
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator
switch (settings control and trip computer
control)
switch (twin trip odometer control and

Black plate (87,1)

brightness control)

*: if so equipped

OUTSIDE AIR
TEMPERATURE
GUID-C477B35D-0A78-4C16-94C3-0FFE06FBA2FA
The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or
8C in the range of −58 to 1408F (−50 to 608C).
The outside air temperature mode includes low
temperature warning features.
.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position,
— If the outside temperature is below 258F
(- 4 8C), the outside temperature display
flashes for 20 seconds, then stays on
steady.
— If the outside temperature is between 27
and 378F(−3 and 38C), the outside
temperature display flashes continuously.
With the ignition switch in the ON position,
or while driving,
— If the outside temperature drops below
378F(38C), the outside temperature display flashes continuously. In addition, the
low outside temperature warning indicator appears for 5 seconds, then turns off.
— If the outside temperature drops below
258F(- 4 8C), the outside temperature
display stays on steady. The low outside
temperature warning indicator does not
appear.

These warning features can be turned off in the
Trip computer setting mode.(See “Trip computer” later in this section.)
The outside temperature sensor is located in
front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected
by road or engine heat, wind directions and
other driving conditions. The display may differ
from the actual outside temperature or the
temperature displayed on various signs or billboards.
If the battery was disconnected, when it is
reconnected and the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, 8F or 8C will flash for one
minute to check the outside temperature sensor.
When the outside temperature sensor is operational, the outside temperature will be displayed.
If the outside temperature sensor is not operational, the outside temperature will not be
displayed.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-17

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (88,1)

INDICATORS
FOR OPERATION
S35-D-110201-D16CF82D-E6FD-4988-A994-F13981E642DB
The design of the warnings and alerts may differ
depending on the model.

1. Door S35-D-110201-FF441106-E140-48E3-B3BE-A4AAF695F633
open warning
This warning appears if any of the doors are
open or not closed securely. The vehicle icon
indicates which door is open on the display.

2. Lift gate open
warning
GUID-B53B583A-3509-4BC9-8451-D580CC438755
This warning appears if the lift gate is open or
not closed securely. When the
switch is
pushed, the lift gate open warning turns off.

3. Loose fuelGUID-8CF60297-DEF1-4C4B-A041-52FA79FC575D
cap warning
This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap is
not tightened correctly after the vehicle has
been refueled. (See “Fuel-filler cap” in the “3.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

4. Check tireGUID-16165B2A-7DD3-4D9B-95E2-5039AD576DFD
pressure warning

JVI0327X

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-18 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

This warning appears when the low tire pressure
warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire
pressure is detected. The warning appears each
time the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position as long as the low tire pressure warning
light remains illuminated. If this warning appears,
stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to
the recommended COLD tire pressure shown
on the Tire and Loading Information label. The

Black plate (89,1)

check tire pressure warning turns off after a
period of time. (See “Low tire pressure warning
light” earlier in this section and “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting
and driving” section.)

5. Low washer fluid warning (if so
equipped) GUID-90E15ADB-F0B0-4D80-8356-99653A9D81D1
This light illuminates when the washer fluid is at
a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. (See
“Window washer fluid” in the “8. Maintenance
and do-it-yourself” section.)
When the
switch is pushed, the low washer
fluid warning turns off (if so equipped).

6. SHIFT “P”GUID-58C85533-5532-497D-A5F9-10BA63C390BB
warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the ignition switch is
turned to stop the engine with the selector lever
in any position except the P (Park) position.

7. Parking brake
release warning
GUID-FD53AB45-3AC7-4816-8C9B-02CE195475FC
This warning appears when the vehicle speed is
above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake is
applied.

8. Intelligent Key detection warning (if so
equipped) GUID-90F98116-CBBF-42F7-9888-C0FC896EBDE2
This warning appears in either of the following
conditions.
No key inside GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the vehicle:
The warning appears when the door is closed
with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle
and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is
inside the vehicle.

If this warning appears, move the selector lever
to the P (Park) position or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.

Unregistered Intelligent
Key:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The warning appears when the ignition switch is
turned from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system.
You cannot start the engine with an unregistered
key. Use the registered Intelligent Key.

An inside warning chime will also sound. (See
“Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving
checks and adjustments” section.)

See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Predriving checks and adjustments” section for
more details.

9. Intelligent key battery discharge indicator (if so GUID-CAFFE8FC-6DF5-4295-88C7-5F990638E820
equipped)
This indicator appears when the Intelligent key
battery is running out of power.
If this indicator appears, replace the battery with
a new one. (See “Battery replacement” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

10. Intelligent Key system fault warning
(if so equipped)
GUID-A07A76FA-0B98-4D91-A83E-2BA58990F079

CAUTION
If the Intelligent Key system fault warning comes on, it may indicate a system
malfunction. Contact a NISSAN dealer
for repair.
For more information, see “Intelligent Key
system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and
adjustments” section.

11. Setting menu
operation warning
GUID-A8A654A3-3FED-4E7E-8D4D-5F2ADBF361F9
The warning appears when you try to operate
the setting menu while driving. The setting menu
can only be entered when the vehicle is
stationary.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-19

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (90,1)

12. Low outside
temperature warning
GUID-FAB680DE-B0C2-402C-8E2B-4AFE508F4736
This warning appears if the outside temperature
drops below 378F (38C) with the ignition switch
in the ON position. The outside temperature
display flashes at the same time. These warning
features can be turned off. (See “Trip computer”
later in this section.)

The cruise control set indicator (SET) is
displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled
by the cruise control system. If the SET indicator
blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate
that the cruise control system is not functioning
properly. Have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

13. Low fuel GUID-865D9FDA-A98A-4836-829E-6E8F45765521
warning

For more details, see “Cruise control” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section.

This warning appears when the fuel level in the
tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is
convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge
reaches the empty (0) position.
There is a small reserve of fuel remaining
in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches
the empty (0) position.

14. Driver alert
GUID-DBAABE18-07F0-45C6-8584-E84930538F2C
This warning appears when the previously set
time for a break is reached. You can set the time
for up to 6 hours in the setting menu. (See “Trip
computer” later in this section.)

15. Cruise control
indicator
GUID-FCFF80D9-8140-4384-9DF4-A8C02BDBC40D
The cruise main switch indicator (CRUISE) is
displayed when the cruise control main switch is
pushed. When the main switch is pushed again,
the CRUISE indicator disappears. When the
CRUISE indicator is displayed, the cruise
control system is operational.

SIC4538

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-20 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (91,1)

INDICATORS
FOR MAINTENANCE
S35-D-110201-800F6ACB-DB84-4028-98D1-DAACB7798F91
1. Service
due indicator
S35-D-110201-CFD2A761-A4C9-4CF4-8BE3-496BCDE236AC
This indicator appears when the customer set
distance comes for service due, for example, for
engine oil and oil filter. You can set or reset the
distance for service due. (See “Trip computer”
later in this section.) For scheduled maintenance
items and intervals, see your NISSAN Service
and Maintenance Guide.

2. Tire replacement
indicator
S35-D-110201-CE0B87AB-634A-4111-8740-7919E54C2B20
This indicator appears when the customer set
distance comes for replacing tires. You can set
or reset the distance for replacing tires. (See
“Trip computer” later in this section.)

WARNING
The tire replacement indicator is not a
substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. See
“Changing wheels and tires” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and road
conditions affect tire wear and when
tires should be replaced. Setting the
tire replacement indicator for a certain
driving distance does not mean your

tires will last that long. Use the tire
replacement indicator as a guide only
and always perform regular tire checks.
Failure to perform regular tire checks,
including tire pressure checks could
result in tire failure. Serious vehicle
damage could occur and may lead to a
collision, which could result in serious
personal injury or death.

3. “OTHER”
indicator
S35-D-110201-ED731025-DFE8-493E-8EAF-5AFA33B448D9
This indicator appears when the customer set
distance comes for checking or replacing
maintenance items other than the engine oil, oil
filter and tires. Other maintenance items can
include such things as air filter or tire rotation.
You can set or reset the distance for checking or
replacing the items. (See “Trip computer” later in
this section.) For scheduled maintenance items
and intervals, see your NISSAN Service and
Maintenance Guide.

SIC4551

TRIP COMPUTER
S35-D-110201-032DC1AF-C190-4089-A120-1FC1894A1A57
To operate the trip computer, use the
switch.

A
*

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
modes of the trip computer can be selected by
A briefly.
pushing the
switch *
A is pushed, the
switch *
Each time the
display will change as follows:

Fuel Economy ? Average speed ? Driving
distance ? Elapsed time ? Range (distance to
empty) (dte) ? Settings
.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

A is pushed and
When the
switch *
held for less than 3 seconds, the selected
item can be reset except for “Range”,

Instruments and controls 2-21

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (92,1)

“Current fuel consumption” and “Settings”.
A is pushed and
switch *
When the
held for more than 3 seconds, all the items
on the display can be reset except for
“Current fuel consumption”, “Settings”,
“Range” and “TRIP A”.

SIC4541
Example*

*: The display unit can be converted or varies
depending on the vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-22 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1. Fuel Economy
(MPG, l/100 km)
GUID-04DE4B00-08C2-4E32-8EE7-064FAA0F9373
The Fuel Economy mode shows the current and
average fuel consumption.
Current fuel consumption:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The current fuel consumption mode shows the
current fuel consumption by a moving bar graph.

Black plate (93,1)

Average fuel consumption:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The average fuel consumption mode shows the
average fuel consumption by the value above the
bar graph, the position of the diamond icon and
the value of ˘ since the last reset. Resetting the
average fuel consumption is done by pushing
A for less than 3
and holding the
switch *
seconds.

4. Elapsed
Time
S35-D-110201-39A88963-3DC3-4B35-9DF4-19A7D86695A0

The display is updated every 30 seconds. At
about the first 0.3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the
display shows “----”.

The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you
with an estimation of the distance that can be
driven before refueling. The dte is constantly
being calculated based on the amount of fuel in
the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

2. Average Speed
(MPH or km/h)
GUID-7DE3377E-B539-46C3-AD74-DFAA59FD557E
The Average Speed mode shows the average
vehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting is
B
done by pushing and holding the
switch *
for less than 3 seconds.
The display is updated every 30 seconds. For
the first 30 seconds after a reset, the display
shows “----”.

3. Driving Distance
(miles or km)
GUID-F6FC5CCF-6C6F-4693-B932-ADF674431AA4
The Driving Distance mode shows the distance
driven since the last reset. The driving distance
can be reset by pushing and holding the
A for less than 3 seconds.
switch *

The Elapsed Time mode shows the time since
the last reset. The displayed time can be reset
A for
by pushing and holding the
switch *
less than 3 seconds.

5. Range (distance to empty) (dte —
miles or km) GUID-BF637651-F7B6-4978-AC45-413FCB319447

SIC4542

The display is updated every 30 seconds.
The dte mode includes a low range warning
feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is
displayed on the screen.
When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte
display will change to “----”.
.

If the amount of fuel added is small, the
display just before the ignition switch is
turned to the “OFF” position may continue to
be displayed.
When driving uphill or rounding curves, the
fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display.

6. Settings
S35-D-110201-46255287-1DE0-4853-A809-29D55EC182BE
Setting cannot be made while driving.
The
switch
the item.
Turn the
push to set.

is used to select and set

switch to select or adjust and

Clock:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Clock adjustment can be set on this menu.
.

.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

A
*

Set Clock
Adjust the time (hour and minute) of the
clock.
[On] or [Off]
Select this submenu to set the clock display
Instruments and controls 2-23

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (94,1)

On or Off.
[24/12 Hr]
Select this submenu to set the 12h/24h time
display mode.
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
select “BACK”.
.

The time display may be different from the one
on the audio display.
Units:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The units can be set for the following items on
this menu.
. Temperature
. Distance/Fuel
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
select “BACK”.
Maintenance: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The maintenance intervals of the following items
can be set or reset for the reminders.
.

SERVICE
Select this submenu to set or reset the
distance for service due.
TIRE
Select this submenu to set or reset the
distance for replacing tires.
OTHER
Select this submenu and set or reset the
distance for items other than service or tires.

To return to the top page of the setting mode,
select “BACK”.
Alarms:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Alarms menu can be set to notify the following
items.
.

Driver alert
Select this submenu to set the driver alert
period.
. Outside temp
Select this submenu to turn ON or OFF the
low outside temperature warning features.
For a description of the low outside temperature warning features when Outside
Temp is set to ON, see “Outside air
temperature” earlier in this section.
With Outside Temp set to OFF,
— The outside temperature display remains
on steady at all outside temperatures and
does not flash.
— The low outside temperature warning
indicator does not appear.
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
select “BACK”.
Language:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the submenu to set the desired language
of the display.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-24 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Factory:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the submenu to reset the factory settings
of the display.
NOTE:
When resetting Factory, all previous settings made are changed to default.
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
select “BACK”.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION
(CVT) POSITION INDICATOR
S35-D-110201-9B42C689-272C-4B6A-B7AF-C4F2DC0E17F6
The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
position indicator indicates the selector lever
position when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.

Black plate (95,1)

SECURITY SYSTEMS
S35-D-110201-36B2AB1C-293A-4BB8-A8C4-91B4FF80CB04

VEHICLE SECURITY
SYSTEM
GUID-8079DDC3-AA50-4E4A-B8C9-47DC84E10A79
The vehicle security system provides visual and
audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors,
or lift gate when the system is armed. It is not,
however, a motion detection type system that
activates when a vehicle is moved or when a
vibration occurs.

SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,
as follows:
. Vehicle security system
. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
The security condition will be shown by the
security indicator light.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot
prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior
or exterior vehicle components in all situations.
Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a
brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle,
and always lock it when unattended. Be aware
of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit
areas whenever possible.
Many devices offering additional protection,
such as component locks, identification markers,
and tracking systems, are available at auto
supply stores and specialty shops. Your
NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.
Check with your insurance company to see if
you may be eligible for discounts for various
theft protection features.

SIC2045

How to arm GUID-7CAA9A5F-E69A-457E-AC80-696BDC017C66
the vehicle security system
1. Close all windows.
The system can be armed even if the
windows are open.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position and remove the key if it is inserted.
3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors
can be locked with:
. the lock button
on the keyfob or
Intelligent Key (if so equipped)
. any request switch (Intelligent Key
equipped model)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-25

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (96,1)

.
.

the power door lock switch
the key — master or mechanical (Intelligent Key equipped model)

4. Confirm that the security indicator light
illuminates. The security indicator light stays
on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle
security system is now pre-armed. After
about 30 seconds the vehicle security
system automatically shifts into the armed
phase. The security light begins to flash
once every approximately 3 seconds. If,
during this 30-second pre-arm time period,
the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is
turned to the ACC or ON position, the
system will not arm.
Even when the driver and/or passengers
are in the vehicle, the system will activate
with all doors locked with the ignition
switch in the LOCK position. When turning
the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
position, the system will be released.

with again.
The alarm is activated by:

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
GUID-52296442-4547-4FA1-9662-0A05BE6E48F5

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not
allow the engine to start without the use of the
registered key.

Unlocking the door without using the keyfob,
the Intelligent Key (if so equipped) the
request switch (if so equipped) or the key.
(Even if the door is opened by releasing the
door inside lock knob, the alarm will
activate.)

How to stop GUID-22EF1D00-401F-445E-9D49-7B8AEBA716D0
an activated alarm
The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by
pushing the unlock button
on the keyfob or
Intelligent Key, pushing the request switch or
using the key. The alarm will not stop if the
ignition switch is turned to the ACC or ON
position.
If the system does not operate as described above, have it checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

The vehicle security system will give the following alarm:

The headlights blink and the horn sounds
intermittently.
The alarm automatically turns off after
approximately 50 seconds. However, the
alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position
for approximately 5 seconds.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK
position and wait approximately 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.
4. Restart the engine while holding the device
(which may have caused the interference)
separate from the registered key.
If this procedure allows the engine to start,
NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid
interference from other devices.

Vehicle security
system activation
GUID-E0994200-F9B0-476C-AF5D-4AFA2F5FF981
.

If the engine fails to start using the registered
key, it may be due to interference caused by
another registered key, an automated toll road
device or automated payment device on the key
ring. Restart the engine using the following
procedures:

Statement related to section 15 of FCC
rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSYIMMOBILISER)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-26 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (97,1)

service as soon as possible. Please bring
all registered keys that you have when
visiting a NISSAN dealer for service.

FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.

SIC2045

For Canada:

Security indicator
light
GUID-B6969E9E-2AE7-4B89-9C71-367597E1FAA0

This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.

The light blinks after the ignition switch was in
the LOCK position. This function indicates the
security systems equipped on the vehicle are
operational.

The security indicator light is located on the
meter panel. It indicates the status of the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
If the light still remains on and/or the
engine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer
for NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer
System
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:
Instruments and controls 2-27

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (98,1)

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH
S35-D-110201-26603314-0067-49C3-8DC3-F795C77DB10D

WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the windshield
and obscure your vision which may lead
to an accident. Warm windshield with
the defroster before you wash the
windshield.

CAUTION
.

Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.

Do not operate the washer if the
reservoir tank is empty.

Do not fill the window washer
reservoir tank with washer fluid
concentrates at full strength. Some
methyl alcohol based washer fluid
concentrates may permanently stain
the grille if spilled while filling the
window washer reservoir tank.

reservoir tank. Do not use the
window washer reservoir tank to
mix the washer fluid concentrate
and water.
If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop
moving to protect its motor. If this occurs,
turn the wiper switch to the OFF position
and remove the snow or ice that is on and
around the wiper arms. In approximately 1
minute, turn the switch on again to operate
the wiper.

SIC2821

The windshield wiper and washer operates
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the
following speed:
1
*

2
*
3
*

Intermittent — intermittent operation can be
adjusted by turning the knob toward A
(Slower) or B (Faster).
Low — continuous low speed operation
High — continuous high speed operation

4
Push the lever up *
to have one sweep
operation of the wiper.

Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer

5
Pull the lever toward you *
to operate the
washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
times.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-28 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (99,1)

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH
S35-D-110201-6287FDDC-DDC0-4614-BC2D-29AE6205258F

WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the rear window
glass and obscure your vision. Warm
the rear window with the defroster
before you wash the rear window.

CAUTION
.

Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.

Do not operate the washer if the
reservoir tank is empty.

window washer reservoir tank to
mix the washer fluid concentrate
and water.
If the rear window wiper operation is
interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may
stop moving to protect its motor. If this
occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
position and remove the snow or ice that is
on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again
to operate the wiper.
SIC3480

The rear window wiper and washer operate
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position
to operate the wiper.
1
*
2
*

Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not
adjustable)
Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation

3
Push the switch forward *
to operate the
washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
times.

Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer
reservoir tank. Do not use the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-29

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (100,1)

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE
MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH

GUID-0D0E8587-930B-43B3-9368-B3B0F30F30EF

S35-D-110201-8104C934-B454-4845-BB26-5BCBF1F256AD

XENONS35-D-110201-51586A62-6562-41E5-82FB-43C896A0EF46
HEADLIGHTS (if so equipped)

WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE

SIC3481

To defog/defrost the rear window glass and
outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine
1
and push the switch on. The indicator light *
will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn the
defroster off.
It will automatically turn off in approximately 15
minutes.

CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window defroster.

When xenon headlights are on, they
produce a high voltage. To prevent
an electric shock, never attempt to
modify or disassemble. Always have
your xenon headlights replaced at a
NISSAN dealer.

Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional
headlights. If they are not correctly
aimed, they might temporarily blind
an oncoming driver or the driver
ahead of you and cause a serious
accident. If headlights are not aimed
correctly, immediately take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer and have
the headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,
its brightness or color varies slightly. However,
the color and brightness will soon stabilize.
.

The life of xenon headlights will be
shortened by frequent on-off operation. It is generally desirable not to turn
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-30 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

off the headlights for short intervals
(for example, when the vehicle stops at
a traffic signal).
If the xenon headlight bulb is close to
burning out, the brightness will drastically decrease, the light will start
blinking, or the color of the light will
become reddish. If one or more of the
above signs appear, contact a NISSAN
dealer.

Black plate (101,1)

headlights when it is light.
If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF
position and one of the doors is opened and this
condition is continued, the headlights remain on
for 5 minutes.
Automatic headlights
off delay:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
You can keep the headlights on for up to 45
seconds after you turn the ignition switch to OFF
and open any door then close all the doors.

SIC2412A

SAA1755

Be sure not to put anything on top of the
1 located on the top of the
photo sensor *
instrument panel. The photo sensor controls the autolight; if it is covered, the
photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the
headlights will illuminate.

Autolight system
(if so equipped)
GUID-FA702B69-EFA2-45DC-8232-8507EB8E9B3F
The autolight system allows the headlights to be
set so they turn on and off automatically.
To set the autolight system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. The autolight system automatically turns the
headlights on and off.
To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch
to the OFF,
or
position.
The autolight system can turn on the headlights
automatically when it is dark and turn off the

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-31

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (102,1)

HEADLIGHT
SWITCH
S35-D-110201-D3180DCA-291B-41E0-9575-59BFC897CD0C
Lighting
1
*

2
*

GUID-883639D7-CE21-42AD-BB55-8D5AA7204896

Turn the switch to the
position:
The front parking, side marker, tail, license plate
and instrument lights will come on.
Turn the switch to the
position:
Headlights will come on and all the other lights
remain on.

SIC4565

SIC3484

Type A

Headlight beam
select
GUID-C74B6A43-085A-4AE9-8DC9-9FFF2FAB7C5C
1
*
2
*

3
*

SIC4566
Type B

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-32 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

To select the low beam, put the lever in the
neutral position as shown.
To select the high beam, push the lever forward
while the switch is in the
position. Pull it
back to select the low beam.
Pulling the lever toward you will flash the
headlight high beam even when the headlight
switch is in the OFF position.

Black plate (103,1)

Battery saverGUID-C87E6811-F73E-43C4-B263-0CDDFD967519
system
.

WARNING

When the headlight switch is in the
or
position while the ignition switch is in
the ON position, the lights will automatically
turn off within a period of time after the
ignition switch has been turned to the OFF
position.
When the headlight switch remains in the
or
position after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will turn on when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.

SIC2275

CAUTION
.

Headlight
aiming control (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-1FB40E63-F262-4574-B0B3-682A946243B6

When you turn on the headlight
switch again after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will not
turn off automatically. Be sure to
turn the light switch to the OFF
position when you leave the vehicle
for extended periods of time, otherwise the battery will be discharged.

Depending on the number of occupants in the
vehicle and the load it is carrying, the headlight
axis may be higher than desired. If the vehicle is
traveling on a hilly road, the headlights may
directly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle
ahead or the windshield of the oncoming
vehicle. The light axis can be lowered with the
operation of the switch.

Never leave the light switch on
when the engine is not running for
extended periods of time even if the
headlights turn off automatically.

The larger the number designated on the switch,
the lower the axis.
When traveling with no heavy load or on a flat
road, select position 0.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Xenon headlights are extremely bright
compared to conventional headlights. If
the xenon headlights hit the rearview
mirror of the vehicle ahead or the
windshield of oncoming vehicle, the
driver of these vehicles may have
difficulty driving because of the brightness. Use the headlight aiming control
switch to lower the light axis. See
“Xenon headlights” earlier in this section for additional information.

Daytime running light system (Canada
only)
GUID-10297789-CB0E-4316-8D06-E96C4D5A3D58
The daytime running lights automatically illuminate when the engine is started with the parking
brake released. The daytime running lights
operate with the headlight switch in the OFF
position or in the
position. Turn the headlight switch to the
position for full illumination when driving at night.
If the parking brake is applied before the engine
is started, the daytime running lights do not
illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate
once the parking brake is released. The daytime
running lights will remain on until the ignition
Instruments and controls 2-33

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (104,1)

switch is turned to the OFF position.

WARNING
When the daytime running light system
is active, tail lights on your vehicle are
not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on
your headlights. Failure to do so could
cause an accident injuring yourself and
others.

SIC3488

SIC3020

TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
S35-D-110201-D70B7BB9-0165-4793-8DD2-5117530A4F24

FOG LIGHT
SWITCH (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-3A145094-902C-4624-8C4C-7BCAA5A6360C

1 Turn signal
*
S35-D-110201-78EF5631-94EC-4BFA-B057-20F6E43845D5

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight
switch to the
position, then turn the switch
to the
position. To turn them off, turn the
switch to the OFF position.

Move the lever up or down to signal the turning
direction. When the turn is completed, the turn
signals cancel automatically.
2 Lane change signal
*
S35-D-110201-706FD6E2-4F8D-4CE9-BE9D-F50571D2B390

The headlights must be on for the fog lights to
operate.

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up or
down to the point where lights begin flashing.

When the headlight high-beam is selected, the
fog lights turn off.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-34 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (105,1)

HORN

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-6910BDF6-7620-4A3A-A2E3-EA42F9846A63

S35-D-110201-0C36F960-D520-4B91-8EDB-7DE5A9B2422D

WARNING
Do not use or allow occupants to use
the seat heater if you or the occupants
cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in
those body parts in contact with the
seat. Use of the seat heater by such
people could result in serious injury.

WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so
could affect proper operation of the
supplemental front air bag system.
Tampering with the supplemental front
air bag system may result in serious
personal injury.

Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
should be removed immediately
with a dry cloth.

When cleaning the seat, never use
gasoline, thinner, or any similar
materials.

If any malfunctions are found or the
heated seat does not operate, turn
the switch off and have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

SIC3404

To sound the horn, push the center pad area of
the steering wheel.

damage to the heater.

The battery could run down if the
seat heater is operated while the
engine is not running.

Do not use the seat heater for
extended periods or when no one
is using the seat.

Do not put anything on the seat
which insulates heat, such as a
blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.
Otherwise, the seat may become
overheated.

Do not place anything hard or heavy
on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
similar object. This may result in
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-35

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (106,1)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
OFF SWITCH
S35-D-110201-A6E4B20D-7614-4546-90DD-DBDB4900E03B

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,
automatically turning the heater on and off.
The indicator light will remain on as long as
the switch is on.
When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or
before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn
off the switch.

SSD1153

SIC3355

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.
The switches located on the center console can
be operated independently of each other.

The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle
Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most
driving conditions.

1. Start the engine.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC
system reduces the engine output to reduce
wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced
even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.
If maximum engine power is needed to free a
stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

2. Select heat range.
1 For high heat, push the HI (High) side of
*

the switch.
2 For low heat, push the LO (Low) side of
*

the switch.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF
switch. The
indicator will illuminate.

3
The indicator light in the switch *
will
illuminate when low or high is selected.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to
the level position. Make sure the indicator
light goes off.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-36 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the
engine to turn on the system. (See “Vehicle
Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section.)

Black plate (107,1)

POWER OUTLET
S35-D-110201-C63091BC-C543-488A-8F3D-AFA12FC37391

The power outlet is located in the instrument
panel and the center console (if so equipped).

When not in use, be sure to close
the cap. Do not allow water or any
liquid to contact the outlet.

CAUTION

SIC3492

The outlet and plug may be hot
during or immediately after use.

Do not use with accessories that
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power
draw. Do not use double adapters or
more than one electrical accessory.

Use power outlet with the engine
running to avoid discharging the
vehicle battery.

Avoid using power outlet when the
air conditioner, headlights or rear
window defroster is on.

Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF.

This power outlet is not designed
for use with a cigarette lighter unit.

Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open.

Instrument panel

SIC3493
Center console (if so equipped)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-37

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (108,1)

STORAGE
S35-D-110201-CF7976D3-F285-4050-AFD1-1371CF792F0B

CUP HOLDERS
S35-D-110201-FD1D8479-5AEA-4CA7-8486-247F76618FF5

CAUTION
.

Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is being used
to prevent spilling the drink. If the
liquid is hot, it can scald you or your
passenger.

Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
SIC3494
Front
A will be folded down when inserting
The flap *
a large container.

To remove the inner tray for cleaning, pull it up as
1 .
illustrated *

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-38 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SIC3495
Rear

To open the cup holder, pull the lid.

Black plate (109,1)

Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in
direct sunlight. The heat may damage the glasses.

SIC3496

SIC3497

SUNGLASSES
HOLDER
S35-D-110201-7D49A2AA-DD28-4615-B72E-A1CBFE395B60

WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed
while driving to prevent an accident.
To open the sunglasses holder, push

1 .
*

CAUTION
.

Do not use for anything other than
glasses.

SIC3498
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-39

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (110,1)

GLOVE S35-D-110201-F9260F73-5260-4688-8D88-814B9E5BA4ED
BOX

WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving
to help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.
To open the glove box, pull the handle.
To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.
The glove box light illuminates when the headlight switch is turned on.
A
*
B
*
C
*

SIC3499

Card holder
Back side pocket of lid

CONSOLE
BOX
S35-D-110201-E018BA87-9079-45DE-909F-A77EB11D068E

Removable partition (if so equipped)

To open the console boxes, push up the knob
A and pull up the lid.
*

To remove the partition, pull it out.

SIC4530
Type A

To close, push the lid down until latched.
To remove the inner box (if so equipped) for
cleaning or storing a large object, pull it up as
B .
illustrated *
The inside of the console box lid is designed to
C and pen holders
be used as a card holder *
D .
*

SIC3514
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-40 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Type B

Black plate (111,1)

LUGGAGE FLOOR BOX (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-B2DC4A4F-CB14-4C93-B757-CA7BE5833E8C
Type A: To open the luggage floor box, push
A . To close, push the lid until the lock latches.
*
The net partitions can be folded to make a larger
storage space.

CAUTION
To avoid damage, do not load more
than 22 lbs (10 kg) of cargo into the
luggage floor box.
Type B: To open the luggage floor box, pull the
B on the lid. To close, push the lid until
handle *
the lock latches.

SIC4267

LUGGAGE
SIDE BOX
S35-D-110201-65867C13-C89A-46EC-8E2A-F8212C01D932
To open the luggage side box, pull up the strap.

The luggage floor box needs to be removed
when you need a spare tire. (See “Flat tire” in the
“6. In case of emergency” section.)
SIC3503

CARGO
COVER (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-4D798BFB-9ED7-4FB8-9F2C-7D3C067EF3DC
The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo
area hidden from the outside.
To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang both
1 .
sides on the hooks *
To stow the cargo cover, remove it from the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-41

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (112,1)

hooks and hold until it is retracted.

cover is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a
collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision
if the child restraint top tether strap
is damaged.

To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover and
2 .
pull the holder to the opposite side *

WARNING
.

Never put anything on the cargo
cover, no matter how small. Any
object on it could cause an injury
in an accident or sudden stop.

Close the cargo cover when folding
the rear seat.

Do not leave the cargo cover in the
vehicle with it disengaged from the
holder.

Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from
sliding or shifting. Do not place
cargo higher than the seatbacks. In
a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal
injury.

If the cargo cover contacts the top
tether strap when it is attached to
the top tether anchor, remove the
cargo cover from the vehicle or
secure it on the cargo floor below
its attachment location. If the cargo

Do not allow cargo to contact the
top tether strap when it is attached
to the top tether anchor. Properly
secure the cargo so it does not
contact the top tether strap. Cargo
that is not properly secured or that
contacts the top tether strap may
damage the top tether strap during
a collision. Your child could be
seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether
strap is damaged.

SIC3504

LUGGAGE
HOOKS (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-2D988198-3E52-49E3-8EEB-85813B616CF7

WARNING
.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-42 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Always make sure that the luggage
is properly secured. Use the suitable
ropes and hooks.

Black plate (113,1)

Unsecured luggage can become
dangerous in an accident or sudden
stop.

CAUTION
Do not apply a total load of more than
A or 7 lb (3 kg) *
B to a
22 lb (10 kg) *
single hook.

SIC4550

SIC3506

COAT HOOKS
(if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-DF957E51-D7CE-457F-B5FE-B60CF761743A

UTILITY S35-D-110201-0F642A2D-5628-4E33-83E0-2E6B14382F28
HOOK

The coat hooks are equipped above the rear
window.

To use the utility hook on the seatback, pull it.

CAUTION

CAUTION
Do not apply a total load of more than 2
lb (1 kg) to a single hook.

Do not apply a total load of more
than 6 lb (3 kg) to the hook.

Do not use the utility hook to pull
the seatback to the upright and
locked position. Doing so will cause
the utility hook to break.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-43

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (114,1)

WARNING
.

Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo
carrying capacity, especially if the
significant portion of that load is
carried on the roof rack.

Heavy loading of the roof rack has
the potential to affect the vehicle
stability and handling during sudden or unusual handling maneuvers.

Roof rack load should be evenly
distributed.

ROOF RACKGUID-963DC233-F1BF-4195-80FA-612BBCFAEFB2
(if so equipped)

Secure the crossbars to the roof rail before
loading. The crossbars are available from a
NISSAN dealer.

Do not exceed maximum roof rack
load weight capacity.

Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from
sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop
or collision, unsecured cargo could
cause personal injury.

SIC3549

Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof
rack. Do not load more than 99 lb (45 kg). Be
careful that your vehicle does not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or its
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front and
rear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on the
F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (located on the driver’s door pillar). For more
information regarding GVWR and GAWR, see
“Vehicle loading information” in the “9. Technical
and consumer information” section.

CAUTION
Use care when placing or removing
items from the roof rack. If you cannot
comfortably lift the items onto the roof
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-44 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

rack from the ground, use a ladder or
stool.

Black plate (115,1)

WINDOWS
S35-D-110201-EF5A4CAB-3CE8-402A-B85B-F12E85049006

POWERS35-D-110201-28870A1D-95F8-487F-8BEF-004065E33A6E
WINDOWS

Locking passengers’
windows
GUID-21155F19-5215-4B78-A2CE-1C399D86BA17

C is pushed in, only the
When the lock button *
driver side window can be opened or closed.
Push it in again to cancel.

WARNING
.

Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
while it is in motion and before
closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows.

Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in the
window. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.

The power windows operate when the ignition
switch is in the ON position, or for about 45
seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the
OFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’s
door is opened during this period of about 45
seconds, power to the windows is canceled.

SIC3507

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Window lock button
Driver side window
Rear left passenger side window
Front passenger side window
Rear right passenger side window

Main power window switch (driver’s
side)
GUID-B6E7617E-E40E-40C3-9E55-437ACDA41B5A

A or
To open or close the window, push down *
B the switch and hold it. The main
pull up *
switch (driver side switches) will open or close
all the windows.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-45

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (116,1)

window, push and hold the switch.
A light push or pull on the switch will cause the
window to open or close until the switch is
released.

Auto-reverseGUID-CD58E688-0E5F-4849-A2F9-9DCE763F2A71
function (if so equipped)

WARNING

SIC3508

SIC3509

Passenger side
power window switch
GUID-6392E6CE-0551-411A-994B-8AC9D946BB5E

Automatic operation
(if so equipped)
GUID-E7474ECC-09DE-4A54-A358-7896B84E25A1

The passenger side switch will open or close
only the corresponding window. To open or
close the window, push down or pull up the
switch and hold it.

The automatic operation is available for the
switch that has an
mark on its surface.
Type A: To fully open or close the window, push
down or pull up the switch to the second detent
and release it; the switch need not be held. The
window will automatically open or close all the
way. To stop the window, just push or lift the
switch in the opposite direction.
Type B: To fully open the window, push down
the switch to the second detent and release it;
the switch need not be held. The window will
automatically open all the way. To stop the
window, just lift the switch. To fully close the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-46 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which
cannot be detected. Make sure that all
passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the
window.
If the control unit detects something caught in
the window as it is closing, the window will be
immediately lowered.
The auto reverse function can be activated when
the window is closed by automatic operation
when the ignition switch is in the ON position or
for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned
to the OFF position.
Depending on the environment or driving
conditions, the auto reverse function may
be activated if an impact or load similar to
something being caught in the window
occurs.

Black plate (117,1)

MOONROOF (if so equipped)
GUID-74BA112D-48AA-4F68-AF07-7C0714B7A644

If the windows
do not close automatically
GUID-4366A858-91A3-4739-91C0-DACFB774B6DE
If the power window automatic function (closing
only) does not operate properly, perform the
following procedure to initialize the power
window system.

WARNING
.

In an accident you could be thrown
from the vehicle through an open
moonroof. Always use seat belts
and child restraints.

Do not allow anyone to stand up or
extend any portion of their body out
of the moonroof opening while the
vehicle is in motion or while the
moonroof is closing.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Close the door.
3. Open the window completely by operating
the power window switch.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to
close the window, and then hold the switch
more than 3 seconds after the window is
closed completely.
5. Release the power window switch. Operate
the window by the automatic function to
confirm the initialization is complete.
If the power window automatic function does
not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

AUTOMATICGUID-795A67FE-3AA6-4D5F-A971-C344A69CEBB7
MOONROOF
The moonroof only operates when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
The automatic moonroof is operational for about
45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is turned
to the OFF position. If the driver’s door or the
passenger’s door is opened during this period of
about 45 seconds, power to the moonroof is
canceled.

Sunshade
S35-D-110201-6A117BAD-3314-4417-9693-3DEEE0575E80
The sunshade will open automatically when the
moonroof is opened. However, it must be closed
manually.

CAUTION
.

Remove water drops, snow, ice or
sand from the moonroof before
opening.

Do not place any heavy object on
the moonroof or surrounding area.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-47

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (118,1)

Auto reverse
function
S35-D-110201-AF18E966-5C54-4980-BC51-E872555FB4DF

WARNING
There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which
cannot be detected. Make sure that all
passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the
moonroof.

SIC3510

Sliding the moonroof
GUID-E58CB540-F94C-4392-847D-DF07AA0A152B
To fully open or close the moonroof, push the
1 or
2 and release
switch toward
*
*
it; it need not be held. The roof will automatically
open or close all the way. To stop the roof, push
the switch in any direction while it is opening or
closing.

Tilting the moonroof
GUID-F8514024-28D3-4F20-A4B9-9C5D9274A6BB
To tilt up, first close the moonroof by pushing the
2 . Push the switch toward
switch toward
*
2 again and release it; it need not be
*
held. To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch
1 .
toward
*

If the control unit detects something caught in
the moonroof when it is closing, the moonroof
will be immediately opened.
The auto reverse function can be activated when
the moonroof is closed by automatic operation
when the ignition switch is in the ON position or
for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the OFF position.
If the moonroof cannot be closed automatically
when the auto reverse function activates due to
a malfunction, push and hold the switch toward
2 .
*
Depending on the environment or driving
conditions, the auto reverse function may
be activated if an impact or load similar to
something being caught in the moonroof
occurs.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-48 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

If the moonroof
does not operate
GUID-750E5F7D-B6E5-4E9E-9714-1DE514A949D8
If the moonroof does not operate properly,
perform the following procedure to initialize the
moonroof operation system.
1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully by
repeatedly pushing the switch toward
2 .
*
2. Push and hold the switch toward
tilt the moonroof up.

2 to
*

3. Release the moonroof switch after the
moonroof moves slightly up and down.
4. Push and hold the switch toward
fully tilt the moonroof down.

1 to
*

5. Check if the moonroof switch operates
normally.
If the moonroof does not operate properly after
performing the procedure above, have your
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Black plate (119,1)

INTERIOR LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-6554559D-EE81-4A45-B1ED-9C063E192D41

DOOR S35-D-110201-6D5F4D58-B171-4027-B458-15DB5CE5FB39
position

CAUTION

2 ,
When the switch is in the DOOR position *
the map lights will illuminate under the following
conditions:

Do not use for extended periods of time
with the engine stopped. This could
result in a discharged battery.

MAP LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-C243F5B9-4483-4D93-AA0B-1EA9F7CF9D9D
Push the light lens to turn the map light on or off.

SIC3512

The map light control switch has three positions:
1 , DOOR *
2 and OFF *
3 .
ON *
4
The light *
(if so equipped) will illuminate
when the headlight switch is turned to the
or
position.

ON position
S35-D-110201-7683F6B1-A28E-4E34-903D-85E1BC5B2ED3
When the switch is in the ON position
map lights will illuminate.

1 , the
*

ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. doors are unlocked by pushing the unlock
button
(on the keyfob or Intelligent Key)
or the request switch (Intelligent Key system
equipped model), with the ignition switch in
the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened and then closed with the
ignition switch in the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened with the ignition switch
in the ACC or ON position
— remain on while the door is opened.
When the door is closed, the lights go
off.
The lights will turn off after a period of
time when the lights remain illuminated to
prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-49

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (120,1)

OFF position
S35-D-110201-55BC51B8-E593-4DF0-A4A4-C808144A2F0B

3 , the
When the switch is in the OFF position *
map lights will not illuminate, regardless of the
condition.

— remain on for about 15 seconds.
doors are unlocked by pushing the unlock
button
(on the keyfob or Intelligent Key)
or the request switch (Intelligent Key system
equipped model), with the ignition switch in
the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened and then closed with the
ignition switch in the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened with the ignition switch
in the ACC or ON position
— remain on while the door is opened.
When the door is closed, the lights go
off.
The light will turn off after a period of time
when the lights remain illuminated to
prevent the battery from becoming discharged.
.

SIC3513

CEILING LIGHT
GUID-BE9CB642-0C31-473C-A93E-63673165372B
The ceiling light switch has three positions: ON,
DOOR and OFF.

ON position
S35-D-110201-70BCA29A-4C18-4168-8B6D-98BE0BE33E7F
When the switch is in the ON position
ceiling light will illuminate.

1 , the
*

DOORS35-D-110201-96E5D9BB-55A7-44D8-B0DC-A27CDCB014C4
position

2 ,
When the switch is in the DOOR position *
the ceiling light will illuminate under the following
conditions:

ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-50 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

OFF position
S35-D-110201-D2E4CC19-C6A3-43E3-A546-AEDCAD5B81E9

3 , the
When the switch is in the OFF position *
ceiling light will not illuminate, regardless of the
condition.

Black plate (121,1)

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-60256316-8D60-44BF-B844-446DA9E30D11

CARGO LIGHT
GUID-AC455466-F059-41D4-A466-DD80D2F1310F

SIC2064

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when
the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.
When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.
The lights will turn off after a period of
time when the lights remain illuminated to
prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

SIC2131A
1 , the
When the switch is in the ON position *
light illuminates while the lift gate is opened.
When the lift gate is closed, the light will turn off.

When the switch is in the OFF position
light will turn off.

2 , the
*

The light will turn off after a period of time
when the lights remain illuminated to
prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Instruments and controls 2-51

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (122,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

2-52 Instruments and controls

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (123,1)

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys ..............................................................................................
...
3-2
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys ...................
...
3-2
Intelligent Keys (if so equipped) .....................................
...
3-3
Doors ............................................................................................
...
3-4
Locking with key ..................................................................
...
3-5
Locking with inside lock knob ..........................................
...
3-5
Locking with power door lock switch ............................
...
3-5
Automatic door locks .........................................................
...
3-6
Child safety rear door lock ...............................................
...
3-6
Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) .................
...
3-7
How to use remote keyless entry system .....................
...
3-8
Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) ............................
...
3-10
Intelligent Key operating range .....................................
...
3-12
Door locks/unlocks precaution ....................................
...
3-12
Intelligent Key operation .................................................
...
3-13

Warning signals ..............................................................
...
Troubleshooting guide ..................................................
...
How to use remote keyless entry function ..............
...
Hood .........................................................................................
...
Lift gate ....................................................................................
...
Lift gate release ..............................................................
...
Fuel-filler door ........................................................................
...
Opening the fuel-filler door .........................................
...
Fuel-filler cap ..................................................................
...
Steering wheel .......................................................................
...
Tilt operation ...................................................................
...
Sun visors ................................................................................
...
Mirrors ......................................................................................
...
Inside mirror .....................................................................
...
Outside mirrors ...............................................................
...
Vanity mirror .....................................................................
...

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

3-14
3-15
3-16
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-21
3-21
3-21
3-23
3-23
3-24
3-24
3-24
3-25
3-26

Black plate (124,1)

KEYS
S35-D-110201-DE70668C-DA04-469B-B5C4-09EB700CFDF7

duplicate your existing key. As many as 5 keys
can be used with one vehicle. You should bring
all the registered keys that you have to a
NISSAN dealer for registration. This is because
the registration process will erase the memory of
all key codes previously registered into the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After the
registration process, these components will only
recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System during registration. Any key
that is not given to your dealer at the time of
registration will no longer be able to start your
vehicle.

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.
Record the key number and keep it in a safe
place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If
you lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for
duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN
does not record any key numbers so it is very
important to keep track of your key number plate.
A key number is only necessary when you have
lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate
from. If you still have a key, this key can be
duplicated by a NISSAN dealer.
SPA2405

1.
2.

Master key (2)
Key number plate (1)

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS
S35-D-110201-9A9F7A26-2A31-4E79-9589-56D7FD9A686E
Your vehicle can only be driven with the master
keys which are registered to the NISSAN
Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your
vehicle. These keys have a transponder chip in
the key head.
Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
Additional or replacement keys:
If you still have a key, the key number is not
necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System keys. Your dealer can
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

CAUTION
Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key, which contains
an electrical transponder, to come in
contact with salt water. This could
cause the system to malfunction.

Black plate (125,1)

nents when registering new keys, be sure to take
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN
dealer.

equipment and personal computers.

CAUTION

SPA2406

1.
2.
3.

Intelligent Key (2)
Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2)
Key number plate (1)

Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical components, to come into contact with
water or salt water. This could affect
the system function.

Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

Do not strike the Intelligent Key
sharply against another object.

If the outside temperature is below
148F (-108C) degrees, the battery of
the Intelligent Key may not function
properly.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for
an extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

Do not attach the Intelligent Key
with a key holder that contains a
magnet.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio

INTELLIGENT
KEYS (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-D15F2CE6-CCCA-4C47-A594-B5FAFAF94A86
Your vehicle can only be driven with the
Intelligent Keys which are registered to your
vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. The new
keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer
prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your
vehicle. Since the registration process requires
erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

3-3

Black plate (126,1)

DOORS
S35-D-110201-11F4111D-00C7-425A-8CBE-258C29021D15

CAUTION
Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key.

SPA2033

Mechanical
key
S35-D-110201-9601DF7C-3FF9-40D5-B6B8-9E5EEEBD0038
To remove the mechanical key, release the lock
knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into
the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to
the lock position.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
doors. (See “Doors” later in this section.)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-4

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

WARNING
.

Always have the doors locked while
driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in
the event of an accident by helping
to prevent persons from being
thrown from the vehicle. This also
helps keep children and others from
unintentionally opening the doors,
and will help keep out intruders.

Before opening any door, always
look for and avoid oncoming traffic.

Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.

Black plate (127,1)

SPA2394

SPA1814

LOCKING
WITH KEY
S35-D-110201-EA701736-2D62-4FE5-9A07-3E66A223B473

LOCKING
WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB
S35-D-110201-F596BA5E-9604-428A-990B-ACE1BA5124FA

The power door lock system allows you to lock
or unlock all doors simultaneously.

To lock the door without the key, move the inside
1 then close the
lock knob to the lock position *
door.

Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to the
1 will lock all doors and
front of the vehicle *
the lift gate.
Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once
2 will unlock the
to the rear of the vehicle *
driver’s door. After returning the key to the
neutral position, turning it to the rear again
within 5 seconds will unlock all doors and
the lift gate.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the
2 .
unlock position *
When locking the door without a key, be
sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA2300

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH
S35-D-110201-CBDF94BB-B871-4D60-9710-B678FE8875EE
Operating the power door lock switch will lock
or unlock all the doors. The switches are located
on the driver’s and front passenger’s door
armrests.
To lock the doors, push the power door lock
1 with the driver’s
switch to the lock position *
or front passenger’s door open, then close the
door.
When locking the door this way, be sure
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

To unlock the doors, push the power door lock
2 .
switch to the unlock position *
Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

3-5

Black plate (128,1)

LockoutS35-D-110201-D9159B01-8C96-4797-ADA7-C072902F1545
protection
When the power door lock switch (driver or front
passenger) is moved to the lock position with
the key in the ignition switch or the Intelligent
Key in the vehicle and any door open, all doors
will lock and unlock automatically.
This function helps to prevent the keys from
being accidentally locked inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC
DOOR LOCKS
S35-D-110201-9792C716-DB41-40DC-A515-5B1BB12E9151

5. The ignition switch must be placed in the
OFF and ON position again between each
setting change.
When the automatic door unlock system is
deactivated, the doors do not unlock when the
ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. To
unlock the door manually, use the inside lock
knob or the power door lock switch (driver’s or
front passenger’s side).

All doors lock automatically when the vehicle
speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).
. All doors unlock automatically when the
ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.
The automatic unlock function can be
deactivated or activated. To deactivate or
activate the automatic door unlock system,
perform the following procedure:

SPA2037

CHILD S35-D-110201-E7140EBB-C56B-4EFA-B4A0-B356D8C49F31
SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
Child safety rear door locks help prevent the rear
doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle.

1. Close all doors.

When the levers are in the lock position
1 , the rear doors can be opened only
*
from the outside.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,
push and hold the power door lock switch to
the
position (UNLOCK) for more than 5
seconds.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlock
2 .
position *

4. When activated, the hazard indicator will
flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard
indicator will flash once.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-6

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (129,1)

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
(if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-1E00637E-1C0B-4FEB-811E-9997F446A105

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (including
the lift gate), and activate the panic alarm by
using the keyfob from outside the vehicle.
Before locking the doors, make sure the
key is not left in the vehicle.
The keyfob can operate at a distance of
approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.
(The effective distance depends upon the
conditions around the vehicle.)
As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one
vehicle. For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs, contact a
NISSAN dealer.

operate the keyfob while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not
operated unintentionally when the unit
is stored during a flight.

CAUTION

Do not allow the keyfob to become
wet.

The keyfob will not function:

Do not drop the keyfob.

Do not strike the keyfob sharply
against another object.

If the outside temperature is below
148F (-108C) degrees, the battery of
keyfob may not function properly.

Do not place the keyfob for an
extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

.
.
.

WARNING
The remote keyless entry keyfob transmits radio waves when the buttons are
pushed. The FAA advises that the radio
waves may affect aircraft navigation
and communication systems. Do not

If the indicator light on the keyfob does not
illuminate when pushing the buttons, the keyfob
battery may be discharged.
For information regarding the replacement of a
battery, see “Battery replacement” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

The following conditions or occurrences will damage the keyfob.
.

When the keyfob is not within the operational range.
When the doors are open or not closed
securely.
When the key is in the ignition switch.
When the battery is discharged.

NISSAN dealer.

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSAN
recommends erasing the ID code of that
keyfob. This will prevent the keyfob
from unauthorized use to unlock the
vehicle. For information regarding the
erasing procedure, please contact a
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

3-7

Black plate (130,1)

remains open.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
horn chirps once.
.

button is pushed with
When the LOCK
all doors locked, the hazard indicator flashes
twice and the horn chirps once as a
reminder that the doors are already locked.
Operate the door handles to confirm that the
doors have been securely locked.

Unlocking
doors
S35-D-110201-29B39298-D051-4CAC-95C7-6FD65C0E8B70
SPA2416
1
*
2
*
3
*

LOCK button
UNLOCK button
PANIC button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
ENTRY S35-D-110201-CA37B8F2-FD76-4255-B48E-4F80A3B5B847
SYSTEM
Locking S35-D-110201-6A487745-4220-4149-BAAE-6CE691473769
doors
1. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
2. Close all the doors.
3. Push the LOCK
keyfob.

button

1
*

on the

4. All the doors will lock.
All of the doors will lock when the LOCK
button is pushed even though a door

2 on the
1. Push the UNLOCK
button *
keyfob.
. The driver’s door unlocks.
. The hazard indicator flashes once if all
doors are completely closed.

2. Push the UNLOCK
button again within
5 seconds.
. All the doors and the lift gate unlock.
. The hazard indicator flashes once if all
doors are completely closed.
All doors will be locked automatically unless one
of the following operations is performed within 1
minute of pushing the UNLOCK
button.
.
.

Any door or lift gate is opened.
The ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-8

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Using panic
alarm
S35-D-110201-1BFE353E-D31D-455C-84CE-1BA2297CF9C6
If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,
you may activate the alarm to call attention as
follows:
3
1. Push the PANIC
button *
on the
keyfob for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will
stay on for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops when:
. It has run for 25 seconds, or
. Any of the buttons on the keyfob is
pushed. (Note: the PANIC button must
be pushed for more than 1 second.)

Setting S35-D-110201-9248839D-3D23-438A-9E35-5533D7B6AFCA
hazard indicator and horn mode
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn
mode when you first receive the vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the
1 is pushed, the hazard
LOCK
button *
indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
2 is pushed,
When the UNLOCK
button *
the hazard indicator flashes once.
If the horn chirp is not necessary, you can switch
to hazard indicator only mode by following the
switching procedure.
In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCK
button is pushed, the hazard indicator
flashes twice. When the UNLOCK
button is

Black plate (131,1)

pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn
operates.

Mode (Pushing the

button)

DOOR LOCK

Hazard indicator and horn mode

HAZARD - twice
HORN - once

Hazard indicator mode

HAZARD - twice

DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - once
HORN - none
HAZARD - none

Switching procedure:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera1
tion, push the LOCK
and UNLOCK
*
2 buttons on the keyfob simultaneously
*
for more than 2 seconds.
.
.

When the hazard indicator mode is set, the
hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
When the hazard indicator and horn mode is
set, the hazard indicator flashes once and
the horn chirps once.

NOS1695

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

3-9

Black plate (132,1)

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-1EBA8E8A-E285-4EDF-8DC6-8282FF7F52ED

CAUTION

WARNING
.

Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are
pushed. The FAA advises that the
radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the
Intelligent Key while on an airplane.
Make sure the buttons are not
operated unintentionally when the
unit is stored during a flight.

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when operating the vehicle.

Never leave the Intelligent Key in
the vehicle when you leave the
vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating with
the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The
Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio
waves. Environmental conditions may interfere
with the operation of the Intelligent Key system
under the following operating conditions.
.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all the
door locks using the remote controller function
or pushing the request switch on the vehicle
without taking the key out from a pocket or
purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system
operation.

Be sure to read the following before using the
Intelligent Key system.

.
.

When operating near a location where
strong radio waves are transmitted, such
as a TV tower, power station and broadcasting station.
When in possession of wireless equipment,
such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,
and CB radio.
When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or
covered by metallic materials.
When any type of radio wave remote control
is used nearby.
When the Intelligent Key is placed near an
electric appliance
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
osuch
vi
dedby
: as a personal

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

computer.
When the vehicle is parked near a parking
meter.
In such cases, correct the operating conditions
before using the Intelligent Key function or use
the mechanical key.
.

Although the life of the battery varies depending
on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is
approximately 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one.
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment
which transmits strong radio waves, such as
signals from a TV and personal computer, the
battery life may become shorter.
For information regarding replacement of a
battery, see “Battery replacement” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered
and used with one vehicle. For information about
the purchase and use of additional Intelligent
Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION
.

Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical components, to come into contact with

Black plate (133,1)

water or salt water. This could affect
the system function.
.

Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

Do not strike the Intelligent Key
sharply against another object.

Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.

Wetting may damage the Intelligent
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

If the outside temperature is below
148F (−108C) degrees, the battery of
the Intelligent Key may not function
properly.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for
an extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

Do not attach the Intelligent Key
with a key holder that contains a
magnet.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio
equipment, personal computers or
cellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN
recommends erasing the ID code of that
Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent
the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to
operate the vehicle. For information regarding
the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer.
The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For
information about disabling the Intelligent Key
function, contact a NISSAN dealer.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (134,1)

SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING
RANGE S35-D-110201-78F9827F-C347-4841-AFF5-1DE018677F6B
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified
1 .
operating range from the request switch *
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or
strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent
Key may not function properly.

switches may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone who does not
carry the Intelligent Key to push the request
switch to lock/unlock the doors including the lift
gate.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAUTION
GUID-5B258DE1-6D3E-4530-A070-24F6EB804D09
.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)
1 .
from each request switch *
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
glass, handle or rear bumper, the request

SPA2407

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Do not push the door handle request switch
with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as
illustrated. The close distance to the door
handle will cause the Intelligent Key system
to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.
After locking with the door handle request
switch, verify the doors are securely locked
by testing them.
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left
inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the
key with you and then lock the doors.

Black plate (135,1)

Do not pull the door handle before pushing
the door handle request switch. The door
will be unlocked but will not open. Release
the door handle once and pull it again to
open the door.

SPA2408

SPA2409

INTELLIGENT
KEY OPERATION
S35-D-110201-EC829859-7623-4249-A79B-75682E29C873
You can lock or unlock the doors without taking
the key out from your pocket or bag.

SPA2410
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (136,1)

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you
can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door
handle request switch (driver’s or front passenA or lift gate request switch *
B within
ger’s) *
the range of operation.
When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard
indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside
chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details,
see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”
later in this section.

when the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle.
However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the
vehicle, doors can be locked with another
registered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking
doors
S35-D-110201-B5E33822-CFDC-4AA1-AD0F-54BBE3729FBB

A or
1. Push the door handle request switch *
B
the lift gate request switch *
while
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.

LockingS35-D-110201-8EA6E22F-8395-4193-8EB5-5A139EFC2C10
doors

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once. The corresponding
door or the lift gate will unlock.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.*1

3. Push the request switch again within 5
seconds.

2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again. All the doors
and the lift gate will unlock.

3. Close all the doors.*2
4. Push the door handle request switch (driA
ver’s or front passenger’s) *
or the lift
B while carrying the
gate request switch *
Intelligent Key with you.*3
5. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.
6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
outside chime sounds twice.
*1: Doors will lock with the request switch while
the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
*2: Doors will not lock with the request switch
while any door is open.
*3: Doors will not lock with the request switch

All doors will be locked automatically unless one
of the following operations is performed within 1
minute after pushing the request switch while
the doors are locked.
.
.
.

Opening any doors.
Pushing the ignition switch.
Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition
switch.
During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK
button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all
doors will be locked automatically after another
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:
1 minute.

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

WARNING
SIGNALS
S35-D-110201-0D8A99B7-E65C-4934-A016-E4324CF1EA91
The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a
function that is designed to minimize improper
operations and to help prevent the vehicle from
being stolen. The warning buzzer sounds and
the warning display appears on the vehicle
information display when improper operations
are detected.

CAUTION
When the buzzer sounds and the warning display appears, be sure to check
both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key.

Black plate (137,1)

TROUBLESHOOTING
GUIDE
S35-D-110201-F67E3182-54C1-4F8E-8206-45B5D1438491
Symptom

Possible cause

Action to take
Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle
and push the request switch.

When pushing the request switch

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position and push the request switch while
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.

The outside buzzer sounds for approximately 2
The doors cannot be locked.
seconds.

Close all the doors securely and push the
request switch while carrying the Intelligent
Key with you.
The outside buzzer sounds for approximately
10 seconds.
When closing the doors

The ignition switch is not turned to the
LOCK position.

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.

The Intelligent Key detection warning appears
on the display and the outside buzzer sounds 3 The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle.
times.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

The outside buzzer sounds for approximately 3 The Intelligent Key has been left in the
seconds and all doors unlock.
vehicle.

Carry the Intelligent Key from the vehicle
and close the door.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.

When opening the driver’s door

A warning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is not in the LOCK
position, or the mechanical key is
inserted into the ignition switch.

When stopping the engine

The SHIFT “P” warning appears on the display.

The selector lever is not in the P (Park) Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
position.

When turning the ignition switch

A warning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is not turned to the
LOCK position.

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.

When starting the engine

The Intelligent key battery discharge indicator
appears on the display.

The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one. (See
“Battery replacement” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

When pushing the ignition switch

The Intelligent Key detection warning appears
The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle.
on the display.

Remove the mechanical key from the ignition switch.

Carry the Intelligent Key.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (138,1)

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
ENTRY S35-D-110201-CF29B22E-A85F-4042-83BE-F5970367F85C
FUNCTION

WARNING
.

CAUTION
.

Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical components, to come into contact with
water or salt water. This could affect

Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

Do not strike the Intelligent Key
sharply against another object.

function of the Intelligent Key. The remote
keyless entry function can operate at a distance
of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.
(The operating distance depends upon the
conditions around the vehicle.)

Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.

The remote keyless entry function will not
operate:

Wetting may damage the Intelligent
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

If the outside temperature is below
148F (-108C) degrees, the battery of
the Intelligent Key may not function
properly.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for
an extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

Do not attach the Intelligent Key
with a key holder that contains a
magnet.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio
equipment, personal computers or
cellular phone.

the system function.

The remote keyless entry function can operate
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
d
edby
:
all door locks using
the
remote
keyless entry

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

When the Intelligent Key is not within the
operational range.
. When the doors are open or not closed
securely.
. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.
The remote keyless entry function can also
operate the vehicle alarm.

Black plate (139,1)

4. Push the LOCK
Intelligent Key.

button

1
*

on the

5. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.
6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
horn chirps once.
*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while
the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
*2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key
while any door is open.
Operate the door handles to confirm that the
doors have been securely locked.
SPA2252
1
*
2
*
3
*

LOCK button
UNLOCK button
PANIC button

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard
indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside
chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details,
see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”
later in this section.

LockingS35-D-110201-A8D08BE2-F673-412D-BEB0-690D24D790A0
doors
1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.*1
2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
3. Close all the doors.*2

Unlocking
doors
S35-D-110201-5BF96B05-51EE-4842-8795-C1E930136475
1. Push the UNLOCK
Intelligent Key.

button

2
*

on the

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The
driver’s door will unlock.
3. Push the UNLOCK
5 seconds.

button again within

.
.

Pushing the ignition switch.
Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition
switch.
During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK
button is pushed, all doors will be locked
automatically after another 1 minute.

Using panic
alarm
S35-D-110201-F0A15784-7138-4284-8670-24D4950A9145
If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,
you may activate the alarm to call attention as
follows:
3
1. Push the PANIC
button *
on the
Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will
stay on for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops when:
. It has run for 25 seconds, or
. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key
is pushed. (Note: PANIC button must be
pushed for more than 1 second.)

4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All the
doors and the lift gate will unlock.
All doors will be locked automatically unless one
of the following operations is performed within 1
minute after pushing the UNLOCK
button
while the doors are locked.
.

Opening any doors.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (140,1)

Setting hazard
indicator and horn mode
GUID-1392CA15-47C1-4364-9564-F188E178C817
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn
mode when you first receive the vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the
1 is pushed, the hazard
LOCK
button *
indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
2 is pushed,
When the UNLOCK
button *
the hazard indicator flashes once.
If horns are not necessary, the system can be
switched to the hazard indicator mode.
In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK
button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes
twice. When the UNLOCK
button is
pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the
horn operates.

Hazard indicator and horn mode:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Operation

DOOR LOCK

Pushing door handle request switch or HAZARD - twice
lift gate request switch
OUTSIDE CHIME - twice
Pushing

button

HAZARD - twice
HORN - once

DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - once
OUTSIDE CHIME - once
HAZARD - once
HORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Operation

DOOR LOCK

Pushing door handle request switch or
HAZARD - twice
lift gate request switch
Pushing

button

HAZARD - twice

DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - none
HAZARD - none

Switching procedure:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera1
tion, push the LOCK
and UNLOCK
*
2 buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta*
neously for more than 2 seconds.
.
.

When the hazard indicator mode is set, the
hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
When the hazard indicator and horn mode is
set, the hazard indicator flashes once and
the horn chirps once.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

NOS1695

Black plate (141,1)

HOOD
S35-D-110201-3E438177-7161-4F63-AE18-E528B9958B72

WARNING
.

Make sure the hood is completely
closed and latched before driving.
Failure to do so could cause the
hood to fly open and result in an
accident.

If you see steam or smoke coming
from the engine compartment, to
avoid injury do not open the hood.
SPA2412

When opening the hood:

When closing the hood:

1
1. Pull the hood release handle *
located
below the instrument panel; the hood will
then spring up slightly.

1. Return the support rod to its original
position.

2 up at the front of the hood
2. Pull the lever *
with your fingertips.

3. Raise the hood.

2. Slowly move the hood down to latch the
lock.
3. Push the hood down to lock the hood
securely into place.

4. Remove the support rod from the hood and
3 .
insert it into the slot *
A when removing or
Hold the coated part *
resetting the support rod. Avoid direct
contact with the metal parts, as they may
be hot immediately after the engine has
been stopped.InformationProvidedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (142,1)

LIFT GATE
S35-D-110201-3B6AEB5E-E690-4213-A96C-BD4949D8360D

locks.

WARNING
.

Always be sure the lift gate has
been closed securely to prevent it
from opening while driving.

Do not drive with the lift gate open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section of this manual.

Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
before closing the lift gate.

SPA2413

To open the lift gate, unlock it and push the
A . Pull up the lift gate to open.
opener switch *
The lift gate can be unlocked by:
.

.
.
.

pushing the unlock button
on the
keyfob or the Intelligent Key (if so equipped)
twice.
pushing the lift gate request switch (if so
equipped).
pushing the power door lock switch to the
unlock position.
inserting the key into the driver’s door key
cylinder and turning it to the rear of the
vehicle twice.
close the lift gate, pull down until it securely
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (143,1)

FUEL-FILLER DOOR
S35-D-110201-2B147586-63E0-4DF3-B881-8610B6736448

SPA2414

LIFT GATE
RELEASE
S35-D-110201-B8DEF828-77B2-4BDA-90BB-EAF054BB537F
If the lift gate cannot be opened due to a
discharged battery, follow these steps.

OPENING
THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR
S35-D-110201-7CC1E09E-D8D3-41CA-9B6A-49166F375329
To open the fuel-filler door, pull the left side of
the door.

1. Remove the cover inside of the lift gate with
a suitable tool.
2. Move the lever toward the direction
illustrated to open the lift gate.

A
*

SPA2338

SPA2415

FUEL-FILLER
CAP
S35-D-110201-2406F22D-9BA5-40C7-BA12-ABC92FD1B580
To remove the fuel-filler cap:
1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise to
remove.
2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder
while refueling.

A
*

To install the fuel-filler cap:

Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuelfiller tube.
2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a
single click is heard.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (144,1)

WARNING
.

Gasoline is extremely flammable
and highly explosive under certain
conditions. You could be burned or
seriously injured if it is misused or
mishandled. Always stop engine
and do not smoke or allow open
flames or sparks near the vehicle
when refueling.

Never pour fuel into the throttle
body to attempt to start your vehicle.

cause the
malfunction indicator
light (MIL) to illuminate. If the
light illuminates because the fuelfiller cap is loose or missing, tighten
or install the cap and continue to
drive the vehicle. The
light
should turn off after a few driving
trips. If the
light does not turn
off after a few driving trips, have the
vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer.

— Always place the container on
the ground when filling.
— Do not use electronic devices
when filling.

Do not attempt to top off the fuel
tank after the fuel pump nozzle
shuts off automatically. Continued
refueling may cause fuel overflow,
resulting in fuel spray and possibly
a fire.
Use only an original equipment type
fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It
has a built-in safety valve needed
for proper operation of the fuel
system and emission control system. An incorrect cap can result in a
serious malfunction and possible
injury. It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on.

Do not fill a portable fuel container
in the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity can cause an explosion of
flammable liquid, vapor or gas in
any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death when
filling portable fuel containers:

For additional information, see
“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”
in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contact
with the container while you are
filling it.
— Use only approved portable fuel
containers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION
.

If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,
flush it away with water to avoid
paint damage.

Insert the cap straight into the fuelfiller tube, then tighten until the
fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly may
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will
appear if the fuel-filler cap is not
properly tightened. It may take a few
driving trips for the message to be
displayed. Failure to tighten the
fuel-filler cap properly after the
LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears
may cause the Malfunction Indicator
Light (MIL) to illuminate.

Black plate (145,1)

STEERING WHEEL
S35-D-110201-080D2004-4570-4B0C-B875-A5DE896B6841

WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident.

SPA2807

SPA2383

TILT OPERATION
S35-D-110201-28BA420D-969D-46F3-B289-6F251133B52B

LOOSES35-D-110201-7BDBA3A1-1B36-47D7-8D3F-6BCA39874459
FUEL CAP warning

1
Pull the lock lever down *
and adjust the
2 to the desired
steering wheel up or down *
position.

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the
vehicle information display when the fuel-filler
cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle
has been refueled. It may take a few driving trips
for the message to be displayed. To turn off the
warning, perform the following steps:

3 securely to lock the
Push the lock lever up *
steering wheel in place. A clicking noise may be
heard when the lever is moved to the lock
position.

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soon
as possible. (See “FUEL-FILLER CAP”.)
2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.
A
3. Push the
switch *
for about 1
second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP
warning after tightening the fuel cap.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (146,1)

SUN VISORS

MIRRORS

S35-D-110201-B266053D-0E25-4B84-A94E-88E6B81337A0

S35-D-110201-2C2A1443-F866-4FB7-8FF5-8337E541196D

SPA2143

SPA2447

INSIDE S35-D-110201-67D1410D-36D6-4377-944E-434F7B628FFC
MIRROR
Adjust the height and the angle of the inside
mirror to the desired position.

Manual S35-D-110201-7FA2E3AD-51E8-43DF-93EA-2C31AEAE2711
anti-glare type

1 will reduce glare from the
The night position *
headlights of vehicles behind you at night.
2 when driving in daylight
Use the day position *
hours.

SIC2872

WARNING

1. To block out glare from the front, swing
1 .
down the sun visor *

Use the night position only when necessary, because it reduces rear view
clarity.

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun
visor from the center mount and swing it to
2 .
the side *
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (147,1)

indicator light will turn off. Push the
switch
again for 3 seconds to turn the system on.
Do not hang any objects on the mirror or
apply glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce
C , resulting
the sensitivity of the sensor *
in improper operation.

SPA2162A

SPA1390

OUTSIDE
MIRRORS
S35-D-110201-85E8C1B6-9131-460C-BDC1-2187D806CC2F

Automatic
anti-glare type
S35-D-110201-BCCF0D4C-958E-4AB1-8A98-EE47B549C9AC
The inside mirror is designed so that it
automatically changes reflection according to
the intensity of the headlights of the following
vehicle.

WARNING
Objects viewed in the outside mirror on
the passenger side are closer than they
appear. Be careful when moving to the
right. Using only this mirror could cause
an accident. Use the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder to properly
judge distances to other objects.

The anti-glare system will be automatically
turned on when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position.
When the system is turned on, the indicator light
A will illuminate and excessive glare from the
*
headlights of the vehicle behind you will be
reduced.
B for 3 seconds to make
Push the
switch *
the inside mirror operate normally and the

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (148,1)

Adjusting
outside mirrors
S35-D-110201-3F0FC23C-63BA-4C15-907F-D683589765C8
The outside mirror control switch is located on
the left side of the instrument panel.
The outside mirror will operate only when the
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
Turn the switch right or left to select the right or
left side mirror, then adjust using the control
switch.

Defrosting outside mirrors (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-FE0BE402-86EE-473F-932D-0CDFE7858E17
The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear
window defroster switch is operated.

SPA1829

FoldableS35-D-110201-35753C78-8667-43C1-A202-7708082BAF4E
outside mirrors
Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the
rear of the vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SIC2064

VANITY MIRROR
GUID-077032A8-BE9E-45A3-9146-957D47A5EB9A
To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun
visor and pull up the cover.

Black plate (149,1)

4 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio,
phone and voice recognition systems
Safety note ..................................................................................
...
4-2
Control panel buttons — color screen with navigation
system (if so equipped) ..........................................................
...
4-2
How to use touch screen .................................................
...
4-3
How to use the back button ............................................
...
4-5
How to use brightness control and display
ON/OFF button ...................................................................
...
4-5
How to use the setup button ...........................................
...
4-5
RearView monitor (if so equipped) ......................................
...
4-9
How to read the displayed lines .....................................
...
4-9
Difference between predictive and
actual distances ................................................................
...
4-10
How to adjust the screen (if so equipped) ...............
...
4-12
Operating tips ...................................................................
...
4-13
Around ViewTM Monitor (if so equipped) ........................
...
4-13
How to switch the display .............................................
...
4-16
How to see each view ....................................................
...
4-17
Difference between predictive and
actual distances ................................................................
...
4-20
Operating tips ...................................................................
...
4-23
Ventilators .................................................................................
...
4-23
Side ventilators .................................................................
...
4-23
Heater and air conditioner ...................................................
...
4-24
Manual air conditioner .....................................................
...
4-24
Automatic air conditioner ...............................................
...
4-27

In-cabin microfilter .........................................................
...
Servicing air conditioner ..............................................
...
Operating tips (for automatic air conditioner) ........
...
Audio system ..........................................................................
...
Audio operation precautions .......................................
...
FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player .......
...
FM-AM-SAT(if so equipped) radio with Compact
Disc (CD) player (Type A) ...........................................
...
FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player
(Type B) ..........................................................................
...
CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning ..............
...
Steering wheel switch for audio control
(if so equipped) ..............................................................
...
Antenna ............................................................................
...
Car phone and CB radio ....................................................
...
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
(if so equipped) .....................................................................
...
Regulatory information ..................................................
...
Using the system ...........................................................
...
Control buttons ...............................................................
...
Getting started ...............................................................
...
List of voice commands ...............................................
...
Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode .................................
...
Troubleshooting guide ..................................................
...

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-29
4-29
4-30
4-30
4-30
4-43
4-51
4-59
4-66
4-67
4-68
4-69
4-69
4-71
4-71
4-73
4-74
4-75
4-79
4-81

Black plate (150,1)

SAFETY NOTE

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —
COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION
SYSTEM (if so equipped)

S35-D-110201-085FF441-F2C8-4C6E-ABB3-F2123CE126F8

GUID-B91320C6-CA93-4DC0-9D1D-0B560BE93822

WARNING
.

Do not disassemble or modify this
system. If you do, it may result in
accidents, fire, or electric shock.

Do not use this system if you notice
any abnormality, such as a frozen
screen or lack of sound. Continued
use of the system may result in
accident, fire or electric shock.

In case you notice any foreign
object in the system hardware, spill
liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell
coming from it, stop using the
system immediately and contact
your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such conditions may lead to
accidents, fire, or electric shock.

Do not attempt to operate the system in
extreme temperature conditions [below
−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].
Operating this system under these conditions may result in system malfunctions.

4-2

SAA3377

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

(brightness control) button (P.4-5)
Display screen (P.4-3)
MAP button*
NAV button*
TRAF button*
SETUP button (P.4-5)
BACKInbutton
(P.4-5)
f
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

8.
9.

TUNE/SCROLL knob
Power button/Volume control knob

*For Navigation system control buttons, refer to
the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
When you use this system, make sure the
engine is running.

Black plate (151,1)

If you use the system with the engine not
running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long
time, it will discharge the battery, and the
engine will not start.

play. Contact with liquid will cause
the system to malfunction.

Reference symbols:

To ensure safe driving, some functions cannot
be operated while driving.

“Example” — Words marked in quotes refer to a
key shown only on the display. These keys can
be selected by touching the screen.

The on-screen functions that are not available
while driving will be “grayed out” or muted.

HOW TO USE
TOUCH SCREEN
GUID-7C59B976-54A1-4D74-A77C-CF757A76A294

Park the vehicle in a safe location and then
operate the navigation system.

CAUTION
.

The glass screen on the liquid
crystal display may break if it is hit
with a hard or sharp object. If the
glass screen breaks, do not touch it.
Doing so could result in an injury.

To clean the display, use a soft, dry
cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a small amount of
neutral detergent with a soft cloth.
Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,
benzine, thinner or any kind of
solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will
scratch or deteriorate the panel.

Do not splash any liquid such as
water or car fragrance on the dis-

WARNING
.

ALWAYS give your full attention to
driving.

Avoid using vehicle features that
could distract you. If distracted,
you could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident.

SAA3386

Touch screenGUID-67B20698-8B04-4122-9E42-414B14750F5F
operation
Selecting the item:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch an item to select. For example, to select
1 on
the “Audio” key, touch the “Audio” key *
the screen.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-3

Black plate (152,1)

SAA3387

Adjusting the item:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
For screens where an item can be adjusted
incrementally, such as when adjusting the bass
and treble for the audio system, touch the “+”
1 or the “−” key *
2 to adjust the settings
key *
of an item.
When there are more items than can be
displayed on one screen, touch the up arrow
3 to scroll up the page or touch the down
*
4 to scroll down the page.
arrow *

SAA3388

Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a
set number of conditions. For example, the
Display Mode can be set to “Automatic”, “Day”
or “Night”. To adjust this type of item, touch the
1 . The item will cycle through the
item *
available settings and the red indicator lights
2 will come
to the left of the setting condition *
on or turn off accordingly.

Inputting characters:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1 .
Touch the letter key *
There are some options available when inputting
characters.
.

.
.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-4

SAA3389

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

123/ABC:
Changes the available character set to
numbers.
Space:
Inserts a space.
Delete:
Deletes the last inputted character with one
touch. Touch and hold the “Delete” key to
delete all of the characters.

Black plate (153,1)

OK:
Completes the character input.

Touch screen
maintenance
GUID-81BE922F-CC67-4C42-9828-DA9A2B268C8C
If you clean the display screen, use a dry, soft
cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a
small amount of neutral detergent with a soft
cloth. Never spray the screen with water or
detergent. Dampen the cloth first and then wipe
the screen.

HOW TO USE
THE BACK BUTTON
GUID-3731A0E9-D30B-4326-87CC-DE42F49C98C6
Push the
BACK button to return to the
previous screen.

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND DISPLAY
ON/OFF BUTTON
GUID-45C21C47-851E-4C30-8B09-DFE9F060C0A9
To change the display brightness, push the
button. Pushing the button again will change the
display to the day or the night display.
If no operation is performed within 5 seconds,
the display will return to the previous display.

SAA3390

HOW TO USE
THE SETUP BUTTON
GUID-12359B90-6257-4C35-8D6D-868D31AAACA0
When the SETUP button is pushed, the Setup
screen will appear on the display. You can select
and/or adjust several functions, features and
modes that are available for your vehicle.

Push and hold the
button for more than two
seconds to turn the display off. Push the button
again to turn the display on.

SAA3396

Audio setup GUID-3A0D33F6-B887-4B69-81BC-BE7B20D8CE08
Push the AUDIO button to adjust the following
items to the desired setting:
Bass, Treble, Balance
and Fade:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Controls the sound of the audio system. Balance
adjusts the sound between the left and right
speakers. Fade adjusts the sound between the
front and rear speakers.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-5

Black plate (154,1)

Navigation setup
GUID-B9AA7DEB-75C8-439C-AB2C-CD5EB042E481
Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual for information regarding this item.

XM setup

GUID-EABD1884-04E7-402A-A446-574F90206135

For SiriusXM Satellite Radio setup, refer to “FMAM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player
(Type B) ” later in this section.

SAA3397

SAA3391

Speed Volume:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Controls the level to which the volume is
adjusted as the vehicle’s driving speed changes.
Choose a setting between 1 and 5 or choose 0
to disable the feature entirely.

System setupGUID-28F2C574-E628-459B-BF48-5E85D07EDE74
Select the “System” key to select and/or adjust
various functions of the system. A screen with
additional options will appear.

AUX Level: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Controls the volume level of incoming sound
when an auxiliary device is connected to the
system. Available options are Quiet, Medium
and Loud.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-6

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (155,1)

times of day, while “Automatic” controls the
display automatically.
. Scroll Direction:
The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted.
Choose either “up” or “down”.

SAA3392

SAA3393

Display:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “Display” key to adjust the appearance of the display. The following settings can
be adjusted:

Clock:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “Clock” key to adjust the time and the
appearance of the clock on the display. The
following settings can be adjusted:

. Brightness:
The brightness of the display can be set to Very
Bright, Bright, Default, Dark or Very Dark. Touch
the “Brightness” key to cycle through the
options.

. Time Format:
The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours.

. Display Mode:
The display can be adjusted to fit the level of
lighting in the vehicle. Touch the “Display Mode”
key to cycle through the options. “Day” and
“Night” modes are suited for the respective

. Use GPS Clock:
When this setting is activated, the clock is set
and continually updated via the GPS used by
the Navigation System.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

. Set Clock Manually:
When this setting is activated, the clock can be
set manually. Touch the “+” or “−” key to adjust
the hours and minutes up or down.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-7

Black plate (156,1)

(such as the
two seconds.

. Daylight Savings Time:
When this setting is activated, daylight savings
time is on. Touch the “Daylight Savings Time”
key to toggle the setting on or off.

button) is pressed and held for

Reset all settings/memory:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “Reset All Settings/Memory” key to
return all settings to default and to clear the
memory.

. Time Zone:
Choose the applicable time zone from the list.

Traffic setup

GUID-227EBD73-F2E5-4100-A2D1-99989F787550

Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual for information regarding this item.

SAA3395

Language:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “Language” key to adjust the
language used by the system. The language
can be set to English, Français or Español.
Touch click: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “Touch Click” key to toggle the touch
click feature on or off. When activated, a click
sound will be heard every time a key on the
screen is touched.
Beep tones: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “Beep Tones” key to toggle the beep
tones feature on or off. When activated, a beep
sound will be heard when a pop-up message
appears on the Inscreen
or
adbbutton
on the unit
f
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
de
y
:

4-8

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (157,1)

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-2F64DC1B-3CBB-41D0-8176-3FF7CF94DB67

The system isdesigned as an aid to the driver in
situations such as slot parking or parallel
parking.
When the selector lever is shifted into the R
(Reverse) position, the monitor display shows
the view to the rear of the vehicle.

because of its monitoring range
limitation.
.

Do not put anything on the RearView camera.

When washing the vehicle with
high-pressure water, be sure not to
spray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera
unit causing water condensation on
the lens, a malfunction, fire or an
electric shock.

Do not strike the camera. It is a
precision instrument. Otherwise, it
may malfunction or cause damage
resulting in a fire or an electric
shock.

WARNING
.

The RearView camera is a convenience but it is not a substitute to
check behind the vehicle when
backing up.

The driver is always responsible for
safety during parking and other
maneuvers.

Objects viewed in the RearView
Monitor differ from actual distance
because a wide-angle lens is used.

Objects in the RearView Monitor
will appear visually opposite than
when viewed in the rear view and
outside mirrors.

Make sure that the lift gate is
securely closed when backing up.

Underneath the bumper and the
corner areas of the bumper cannot
be viewed on the RearView Monitor

CAUTION
Do not scratch the camera lens when
cleaning dirt or snow from the lens.

SAA2776

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
LINES S35-D-110201-90C6EB03-D1AD-43E9-8C29-AB01726784FA
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width
and distances to objects with reference to the
A are displayed on the monitor.
bumper line *
Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
. Red line *
2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)
. Yellow line *
3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)
. Green line *
4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)
. Green line *
5 :
Vehicle width guide lines *

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-9

Black plate (158,1)

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE
AND ACTUAL
DISTANCES
S35-D-110201-65C6F016-3036-40CB-BCA9-7E6F60BB027E

the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it
appears.

The distance guide line and the vehicle width
guide line should be used as a reference only
when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface.
The distance viewed on the monitor is for
reference only and may be different than the
actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.

SAA1978

BackingS35-D-110201-723BFB5B-80F0-4A3F-AF31-9D21290A882E
up on a steep uphill
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
lines are shown closer than the actual distance.
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on
place *
B
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onP
ovi
dedby
:
the hill is the place
. rNote
that
any object on
*

4-10 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (159,1)

course.

SAA3440

BackingS35-D-110201-E22A423E-6FA0-4A11-9EF7-E7C850FD6622
up near a projecting object
The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object
in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the
object if it projects over the actual backing up
course.

SAA3475

BackingS35-D-110201-5270CFCA-3E74-4D1F-B4B5-411B3FA93E38
up behind a projecting object

C
The position *
is shown further than the
B
position *
in the display. However, the
C is actually at the same distance
position *
A . The vehicle may hit the
as the position *
A if
object when backing up to the position *
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ov
i
dedb
y
:
the object projects
over
the
actual
backing up

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-11

Black plate (160,1)

the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it
appears.

JVH0275X

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-13D61027-722A-45AE-AFC0-8CFDC52BE5FB
To set up the RearView Monitor to your
preferred settings, push the ENTER/SETTING
2 while the RearView Monitor screen is
button *
displayed. Each time the ENTER/SETTING
2 is pushed, the next setting item is
button *
selected. Turn the TUNE·SCROLL or
1 to adjust each
TUNE·FOLDER control knob *
item.

SAA1979

BackingS35-D-110201-18CD6E66-0435-45A8-9DDA-6E621AA373AD
up on a steep downhill
When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
lines are shown further than the actual distance.
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on
place *
B . Note that any object on
the hill is the place *

Available setting items:
.
.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-12 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Brightness
Contrast

Black plate (161,1)

AROUND VIEWTM MONITOR (if so
equipped)
GUID-3F356F81-D510-4416-955F-6B4EEAA895ED

. Language*
The setting items will disappear and the display
will return to the original screen if ENTER/
SETTING button is pushed when the last setting
item is selected or if the screen is left without
operation for some time.

.
.

*: Only the language of the warning messages
on the camera screen can be switched.

OPERATING
TIPS
S35-D-110201-D230E307-9B7F-4AC1-8FCA-9B9030CC86BF
.

.
.

When the selector lever is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position, the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor
mode. However, the radio can be heard.
When the temperature is extremely high or
low, the screen may not clearly display
objects. This is not a malfunction.
When strong light is directly coming on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly. This is not a malfunction.
Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
screen. This is due to strong reflected light
from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.
The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light. This is not a malfunction.
The colors of objects on the RearView
Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual
color of objects. This is not a malfunction.

.
.

Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a
dark environment. This is not a malfunction.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the
camera, the RearView Monitor may not
display object clearly. Clean the camera.
Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent
and then wipe with a dry cloth.
Do not damage the camera as the monitor
screen may be adversely affected.
Do not use wax on the camera window.
Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth
dampened with mild detergent diluted with
water.

JVH0112X

The CAMERA button is located on the center
console.
When you push the CAMERA button or shift the
selector lever into the “R” (Reverse) position
while the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the Around View Monitor operates. The monitor
displays various views of the position of the
vehicle.
Available views:
.
.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Bird’s-eye View
The surrounding view of the vehicle.
Front-side View
The view around and ahead of the front
passenger’s side wheel.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-13

Black plate (162,1)

Front View
The view to the front of the vehicle.
. Rear View
The view to the rear of the vehicle.
The system is designed as an aid to the driver in
situations such as slot parking or parallel
parking.

WARNING
.

The Around View Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for
proper vehicle operation because it
has areas where objects cannot be
viewed. The four corners of the
vehicle in particular, are blind spots
where objects do not appear in the
bird’s-eye, front, or rear views. Always look out the windows and
check with your own eyes to be sure
that it is safe to move before
operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly.

Do not use the Around View Monitor
with the outside mirror in the stored
position, and make sure that the lift
gate is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Around
View Monitor.

The distance between objects
viewed on the Around View Monitor
differs from the actual distance.

The cameras are installed above the
front grille, the outside mirrors and
above the rear license plate. Do not
put anything on the cameras.

SAA3574

There are some areas where the system will not
detect objects. When in the front or the rear
view display, an object below the bumper or on
1 . When in
the ground may not be detected *
the bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the seam of
the camera detecting areas will not appear in the
2 .
monitor*
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-14 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (163,1)

When washing the vehicle with
highpressure water, be sure not to
spray it around the cameras. Otherwise, water may enter the camera
unit causing water condensation on
the lens, a malfunction, fire or an
electric shock.

Do not strike the cameras. They are
precision instruments. Doing so
could cause a malfunction or cause
damage resulting in a fire or an
electric shock.

CAUTION
Do not scratch the lens when cleaning
dirt or snow from the front of the
camera.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-15

Black plate (164,1)

: Shift the selector lever
: Push the CAMERA button

* : Original screen before the Around View
Monitor is operated
A

B : Rear view/bird-eye view screen
*
C : Rear view/front-side view screen
*
D : Front view/bird-eye view screen
*
E : Front view/front-side view screen
*

HOW TO SWITCH
THE DISPLAY
GUID-D37F843B-D01B-4873-B594-7DE0114813CC
The Around View Monitor display consists of the
left and the right screens. You can see a
combination of different views on the screens
as illustrated.

Activating Around
View Monitor
GUID-B1BDCDBE-BFA1-4923-9E8B-23758B2340E8
Selector lever operation:
.

JVH0116M
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-16 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

When the selector lever is shifted into the
1 ) while a screen
“R” (Reverse) position (*
A is
other than the Around View Monitor *
displayed, Around View Monitor is activated
B
and the rear view/bird’s-eye view screen *
is displayed.
B switches back to screen *
A
The screen *
when the selector lever is shifted out of the
2 ).
“R” (Reverse) position (*

Black plate (165,1)

HOW TO SEE
EACH VIEW
GUID-146749CB-DC4D-4863-BBC3-66331435BE1A

CAMERA button operation:
.

8 )
When the CAMERA button is pushed (*
while a screen other than the Around View
A
Monitor *
is displayed, Around View
Monitor is activated and the front view/
D is displayed.
bird’s-eye view screen *

WARNING
.

The distance guide line and the
vehicle width line should be used
as a reference only when the vehicle
is on a paved, level surface. The
distance viewed on the monitor is
for reference only and may be
different than the actual distance
between the vehicle and displayed
objects.

Use the displayed lines and the birdeye view as a reference. The lines
and the bird-eye view are greatly
affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position,
road condition and road grade.

If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course
line and the bird-eye view may be
displayed incorrectly.

When driving the vehicle up a hill,
objects viewed in the monitor are
further than they appear. When
driving the vehicle down a hill,
objects viewed in the monitor are
I
nf
or
mathey
t
i
onPr
ovi
d
edby
:
closer than
appear.
Use the

Operations after
activation
GUID-1590A1DD-599E-477D-B2B3-0FE4F614BE78
.

When the rear view is displayed on the left
B or *
C ), the view on
side on the screen (*
the right side switches between the
B and the front-side view
bird’seye view *
C
each time the CAMERA button is
*
3 ).
pushed (*
D is
When the front view/bird’s-eye view *
displayed on the screen, pushing the
9 ) will switch the view
CAMERA button (*
E .
on the right side to the front-side view *
When the CAMERA button is pushed again
10 ), the screen which was displayed
(*
before the Around View Monitor was actiA is displayed.
vated *
The view on the driver’s side switches to the
B or *
C ) when the selector
rear view (*
lever is shifted into the “R” (Reverse)
5 or *
7 ).
position (*
The view will switch back to the front view
D
E ) when the selector lever is
(*
or *
4
shifted out of the “R” (Reverse) position (*
6 ).
or *

mirrors or actually look to properly
judge distances to other objects.
The vehicle width and predictive course lines are
wider than the actual width and course.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-17

Black plate (166,1)

Front and rear
view
GUID-CBAFB0D4-01CF-4C22-BEF3-FC1214620EB3
Guiding lines, which indicate the vehicle width
and distances to objects with reference to the
A
vehicle body line *
, are displayed on the
monitor.

WARNING
.

The distance between objects
viewed in the rear view may differ
from the actual distance. Objects in
the rear view will appear visually
opposite from those viewed in the
inside and outside mirrors.

On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predictive course line and the
actual course line.

The displayed lines on the rear view
will appear slightly off to the right
because the rear view camera is not
installed in the rear center of the
vehicle.

Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

SAA1840

1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
. Red line *
2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)
. Yellow line*
3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)
. Green line*
4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)
. Green line*
5 :
Vehicle width guide lines *

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Front view

Predictive course lines

6
*

Indicate the predictive course when operating
the vehicle. The predictive course lines will be
displayed on the monitor when the steering
wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will
move depending on how much the steering
wheel is turned and will not be displayed while
the steering wheel is in the neutral position.
The front view will not be displayed when the
vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 km/h).

SAA1896
Rear view

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-18 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

CAUTION
When the monitor displays the front
view and the steering wheel turns about
90 degrees or less from the neutral
position, both the right and left pre6 are displayed.
dictive course lines *
When the steering wheel turns about 90
degrees or more, a predictive course

Black plate (167,1)

displayed.

line is displayed only on the opposite
side of the turn.

In addition, the non-viewable corners are dis3
played in red (blink for the first 3 seconds) *
to remind the drivers to be cautious.

WARNING
.

Objects in the bird’s-eye view will
appear further than the actual distance because the bird’s-eye view is
a pseudo view that is processed by
combining the views from the cameras on the outside mirrors, the
front and the rear of the vehicle.

Tall objects, such as a curb or
vehicle, may be misaligned or not
displayed at the seam of the views.

Objects that are above the camera
cannot be displayed.

The view for the bird’s-eye view may
be misaligned when the camera
position alters.

A line on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being
straight at the seam of the views.
The misalignment will increase as
the line proceeds away from the
vehicle.

SAA3570

Bird’s-eye view
GUID-50301F42-478E-4D89-939B-7FFBFE931E68
The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead view of
the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle
position and the predictive course to a parking
space.
1 shows the position of the
The vehicle icon *
vehicle. Note that the distance between objects
viewed in the bird’s-eye view differs from the
actual distance.
2 are
The areas that the cameras cannot cover *
indicated in black.

After the ignition switch is turned on, the
2 is highlighted in yellow
nonviewable area *
for 3 secondsInfafter
the
bird’s-eye
view is
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-19

Black plate (168,1)

CAUTION

SAA3571

Front-side view
GUID-8076DAE4-5740-4153-97B7-D23604255E79
Guiding lines:
Guiding lines that indicate the width and the
front end of the vehicle are displayed on the
monitor.
1 shows the front part
The front-of-vehicle line *
of the vehicle.

There is a plastic cover over the
camera. Do not scratch the cover
when cleaning dirt or snow from the
cover.

The turn signal light may overlap
with the side-of-vehicle line. This is
not a malfunction.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE
AND ACTUAL
DISTANCES
GUID-EB108E6F-FFB7-4017-9AA2-AC698DAE4B5B
The distance guide line and the vehicle width
guide line on the front and the rear view should
be used as a reference only when the vehicle is
on a level, paved surface. The distance viewed
on the monitor is for reference only and may be
different than the actual distance between the
vehicle and displayed objects.
SAA1978

2 shows the vehicle
The side-of-vehicle line *
width including the outside mirror.

Moving to a GUID-B1B473C0-4A36-49DC-8575-42548B891124
steep uphill

3 of both the front *
1 and
The extensions *
2 lines are shown with a green dotted
side *
line.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-20 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

When moving the vehicle up a hill, the distance
guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are
shown closer than the actual distance. For
example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on
place *
B . Note that any object on
the hill is the place *

Black plate (169,1)

the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it
appears.

the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it
appears.

SAA1979

Moving to a steep
downhill
GUID-DF650F08-D143-4AB0-890C-0A871FB28623
When moving the vehicle down a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
lines are shown further than the actual distance.
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on
place *
Bt
I
nf
or
ma
i
onP
vi
dedby
:
the hill is the place
.roNote
that
any object on
*
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-21

Black plate (170,1)

SAA1923

Moving near GUID-45695E62-599A-43BA-86C6-51CAFF6DBA96
a projecting object

A do not touch the
The predictive course lines *
object in the display. However, the vehicle may
hit the object if it projects over the actual moving
course.

JVH0115M

There may be a small distance visible between
the vehicle and the object in the birdseye view
B .
on the display *

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-22 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SAA1980

Moving closer
to a projecting object
GUID-4A689DBE-9843-4AA4-80EA-C6C9AE4BD279

C
The position *
is shown further than the
B
position *
in the display. However, the
C is actually at the same distance
position *
A . The vehicle may hit the
as the position *
A if
object when moving toward the position *
the object projects over the actual moving

Black plate (171,1)

VENTILATORS
course.

OPERATINGGUID-CF52BB42-FFBD-4B6D-ABD2-E53AE93EE69F
TIPS
.

.
.

The screen displayed on the Around View
Monitor will automatically return to the
previous screen when no operation takes
place for 3 minutes after the CAMERA
button has been pushed while the selector
lever is in a position other than the “R”
(Reverse) position.
The display of images on the screen may be
delayed after screens are switched. Objects
in the Around View Monitor may be distorted
momentarily until the Around View Monitor
screen is displayed completely.
When the temperature is extremely high or
low, the screen may not display objects
clearly. This is not a malfunction.
When strong light directly shines on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly. This is not a malfunction.
The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light. This is not a malfunction.
The colors of objects on the Around View
Monitor may differ somewhat from those of
the actual object.
Objects on the monitor may not be clear and
the color of the object may differ in a dark
location or at night. This is not a malfunction.

.
.

There may be differences in clearness
between each camera view of the bird’seye
view.
If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,
the Around View Monitor may not display
objects clearly. Clean the camera.
Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
that has been dampened with a diluted mild
cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry
cloth.
Do not damage the camera because the
monitor screen may be adversely affected.
Do not use wax on the camera window.
Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has
been dampened with a mild detergent
diluted with water.

S35-D-110201-2902BFED-B9AA-4CF2-9D44-C5D05BF5B964

SAA1775

SIDE VENTILATORS
GUID-7D2AD213-490F-4596-A188-7E529E37E640
Open or close, and adjust the air flow direction
of ventilators as illustrated.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-23

Black plate (172,1)

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
S35-D-110201-73A25172-06C8-4D8E-A6DC-5CBD131ADC3A

WARNING
.

The air conditioner cooling function
operates only when the engine is
running.

Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. On
hot, sunny days, temperatures in a
closed vehicle could quickly become
high enough to cause severe or
possibly fatal injuries to people or
animals.

Do not use the recirculation mode
for long periods as it may cause the
interior air to become stale and the
windows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heater and air
conditioner system.

SAA1776

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Fan speed control
dial
Temperature control dial
Air flow control dial
Air recirculation button
A/C (Air Conditioner) button
Rear window defroster button (See “Rear
window and outside mirror defroster switch” in
the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

MANUAL
AIR CONDITIONER
S35-D-110201-BAF28FD4-665D-44FA-9913-B21AC9730C36
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn the
fan speed control
dial to the OFF position.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-24 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Controls
S35-D-110201-528D314D-1240-4D18-9E3F-DC4286AC735C
Outside air circulation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the air recirculation button to turn off the
indicator light on the button. The air flow is
drawn from outside the vehicle.
Air recirculation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the air recirculation button to turn on the
indicator light on the button. The air flow is
circulated inside the vehicle.
Air flow control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Turn the air flow control dial to change the air
flow mode.

Black plate (173,1)

— Air flows from the center and side ventilators with maximum cooling (air conditioning). (The air recirculation
and A/C will
be automatically turned on.)
— Air flows from the center and side ventilators.
— Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets.
— Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.
— Air flows from the defroster and foot outlets.
— Air flows mainly from the defroster outlets.

You can also select the middle position
between
and
or between
and
.
,
or
position is
When the
selected, the air recirculation
mode
cannot be turned on to prevent the windows
from being fogged up.

Fan speed control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Turn the fan speed control
dial clockwise
(HI) to increase the fan speed.
Turn the fan speed control
dial counterclockwise (LO) to decrease the fan speed.
A/C (Air Conditioner)
operation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the A/C button to turn on or off the air
conditioner. When the air conditioner is on, the
A/C indicator light on the button illuminates.

Temperature control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Turn the temperature control dial to set the
desired temperature. Turn the dial between the
middle and the right position to select the hot
temperature. Turn the dial between the middle
and the left position to select the cool temperature.

Heater S35-D-110201-1491AD0D-22C6-45F1-B821-82C280A00A69
operation
Heating:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot
outlets.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

dial to the

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
Defrosting or defogging:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode directs the air to the defroster outlets
to defrost/defog the windows.
1. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.

1. Push the air recirculation button
to the
OFF position. (The indicator light turns off.)

2. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.

3. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position between the middle and the
hot (right) position.

3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

dial to the

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position between the middle and the
hot (right) position.
Ventilation: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode directs outside air to the side and
center ventilators.
1. Push the air recirculation button
to the
OFF position. (The indicator light turns off.)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

dial to the

To remove frost from the outside surface of
the windshield quickly, turn the temperature
control dial to the maximum hot position and
the fan speed control
dial to maximum
(HI) position.
If it is difficult to defog the windshield, turn
the A/C button on.

Bi-level heating:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode directs cool air from the side and
center vents and warm air from the foot outlets.
When the temperature control dial is turned to

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-25

Black plate (174,1)

the maximum hot or cool position, the air
between the ventilators and the foot outlets is
the same temperature.

Air conditioner
operation
S35-D-110201-B5067E1C-0586-411F-A263-C1D511C1E269

Dehumidified heating:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the
air.

1. Push the air recirculation button
to the
OFF position. (The indicator light turns off.)

The air conditioner system should be operated
for approximately 10 minutes at least once a
month. This helps prevent damage to the air
conditioner system due to the lack of lubrication.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.

Cooling:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.

3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

1. Push the air recirculation button
to the
OFF position. (The indicator light turns off.)

3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.

4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicator
light will illuminate.)

Heating and defogging:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode heats the interior and defogs the
windows.

3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position between the middle and the
hot (right) position.

dial to the

1. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
2. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

dial to the

3. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position.

dial to the

4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicator
light will illuminate.)
5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position between the middle and the
cool (left) position.
.

For quick cooling when the outside temperature is high, push the air recirculation
button
to the ON position. Be sure to
push the air recirculation button to the OFF
position for normal cooling.
A visible mist may be seen coming from the
ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air
is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-26 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1. Push the air recirculation button
to the
OFF position. (The indicator light turns off.)

dial to the

Dehumidified defogging:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode is used to defog the windows and
dehumidify the air.
1. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
2. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

dial to the

3. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicator
light will illuminate.)
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position.

Black plate (175,1)

3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
desired temperature.
4. Press the outside air circulation
/air
recirculation
button once to change
operation of the air conditioner in the
following order.
Air recirculation mode ?Outside air circulation mode?Automatic control mode?Air
recirculation mode
When automatic control mode is set, the air
recirculation indicator and outside air circulation indicator will turn off.
SAA1792

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

Air flow control dial
Temperature control dial
Fan speed control dial
Rear window defroster button (See “Rear
window and outside mirror defroster switch” in
the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)
/Air recirculation
Outside air circulation
button
A/C (Air Conditioner) button

AUTOMATIC
AIR CONDITIONER
S35-D-110201-BEC77647-C26F-4618-9EB8-9389ACFE0521
Automatic
operation (AUTO)
S35-D-110201-1871447E-05CD-4F57-8BBF-AD87DCECB2B3

A visible mist may be seen coming from the
ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is
cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

The AUTO mode may be used all year around as
the system automatically controls constant
temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed.

Heating (A/C off):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1. Turn the air flow control dial and fan speed
control dial to the AUTO position.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn the
fan speed control dial to the OFF position.

2. If the A/C indicator light illuminates, push the
A/C button. (The A/C indicator light will turn
off.)

Cooling and dehumidified
heating:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1. Turn the air flow control dial and fan speed
control dial to the AUTO position.
2. If the A/C indicator light does not illuminate,
push the A/C button. (The A/C indicator
light will illuminate.)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-27

Black plate (176,1)

Air recirculation mode ?Outside air circulation mode?Automatic control mode?Air
recirculation mode
When automatic control mode is set, the air
recirculation indicator and outside air circulation indicator will turn off.
. Do not set the temperature lower than the
outside air temperature. Doing so may
cause the temperature to not be controlled properly.
. If the windows fog up, use dehumidified
heating instead of the A/C off heating.
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1. Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired
position.
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
desired temperature.
. To remove frost from the outside surface
of the windshield quickly, set the temperature control dial and fan speed
control dial to their maximum position.
. After the windshield is cleared, turn the
air flow control dial to the AUTO position
to set to the automatic mode.
. When the
or
position is
selected, the air conditioner will auto-

matically turn on when the outside air
temperature is above 238F (−58C) to
defog the windshield. The air recirculation mode will automatically turn off. The
outside air circulation mode
will be
selected to improve the defogging performance.

Manual S35-D-110201-64BD9C67-FE06-4C14-8430-C1B0E10FB963
operation
The manual mode can be used to control the
heater and air conditioner to your desired
settings.
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn the
fan control dial to the OFF position.
Fan speed control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise to
increase the fan speed.
Turn the fan speed control dial counterclockwise
to decrease the fan speed.
Turn the fan speed control dial to the AUTO
position to change the fan speed to the
automatic mode.
Air flow control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Turn the air flow control dial to change the air
flow mode.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-28 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

:
:
:
:

Air flows from the center and side ventilators.
Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets.
Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.
Air flows from the defroster and foot
outlets.

Temperature control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Turn the temperature control dial to set the
desired temperature.
Air recirculation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the outside air circulation
/air recirculation
button to change the air circulation
mode.
When the indicator below the air recirculation
icon is illuminated, the flowing air is
recirculated inside the vehicle.
Outside air circulation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the outside air circulation
/air recirculation
button to change the air circulation
mode.
When the indicator below the outside air
circulation
icon is illuminated, the flowing
air is drawing from outside the vehicle.
Automatic air GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
intake control:
Press the outside air circulation
/air recirculation
button once to change operation of
the air conditioner in the following order.

Black plate (177,1)

Air recirculation mode ?Outside air circulation
mode?Automatic control mode?Air recirculation mode

(See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumer
information” section.)

When automatic control mode is set, the air
recirculation indicator and outside air circulation
indicator will turn off.

A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your
environmentally friendly air conditioner system.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
GUID-DF641D2F-1DDE-4BEF-B8EC-51EC605C221C
The air conditioning system is equipped with an
in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,
dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,
defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the
filter according to the specified maintenance log
shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance
Guide. To replace the filter, contact a NISSAN
dealer.

WARNING
The system contains refrigerant under
high pressure. To avoid personal injury,
any air conditioner service should be
done only by an experienced technician
with the proper equipment.

SAA2263

The filter should be replaced if the air flow
decreases significantly or if windows fog up
easily when operating the heater or air conditioning system.

SERVICING GUID-6DED59C6-5F9F-4BD9-990B-85372E93B241
AIR CONDITIONER
The air conditioner system in your NISSAN is
charged with a refrigerant designed with the
environment in mind. This refrigerant will not
harm the earth’s ozone layer. Special charging equipment and lubricant are required when
servicing your NISSAN air conditioner. Using
improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause
severe damage to your air conditioner system.

SAA1233
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-29

Black plate (178,1)

AUDIO SYSTEM
S35-D-110201-FF22825B-7F99-4AB6-9E28-41EB279FC012

OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air
conditioner)
S35-D-110201-204DEB50-2997-43B8-918C-A846A9D5B972

AUDIOS35-D-110201-3D092FAC-8CEF-44D7-BBC0-FFCD53E6E3D9
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

When the engine coolant temperature and
outside air temperature are low, the air flow
from the foot outlets may not operate. However,
this is not a malfunction. After the coolant
temperature warms up, the air flow from the
foot outlets will operate normally.

S35-D-110201-3A22B0FB-171D-47DD-B377-D4B26CA92D9C

1
2 , located on the
The sensors *
and *
instrument panel, help maintain a constant
temperature. Do not put anything on or around
the sensors.

Radio

Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
position and push the radio band select button
to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio with
the engine not running, the ignition switch
should be placed in the ACC position.
Radio reception is affected by station signal
strength, distance from radio transmitter, buildings, bridges, mountains and other external
influences. Intermittent changes in reception
quality normally are caused by these external
influences.
Using a cellular phone in or near the
vehicle may influence radio reception
quality.
Radio reception:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with
state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance
radio reception. These circuits are designed to
extend reception range, and to enhance the
quality of that reception.
However there are some general characteristics
of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect
radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even
when the finest equipment is used. These
characteristics are completely normal in a given
f
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ov
i
dedby
:
reception area, Inand
do
not
indicate
any mal-

4-30 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

function in your NISSAN radio system.
Reception conditions will constantly change
because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,
signal distance and interference from other
vehicles can work against ideal reception.
Described below are some of the factors that
can affect your radio reception.
Some cellular phones or other devices may
cause interference or a buzzing noise to come
from the audio system speakers. Storing the
device in a different location may reduce or
eliminate the noise.

Black plate (179,1)

Static and flutter: During signal interference from
buildings, large hills or due to antenna position,
usually in conjunction with increased distance
from the station transmitter, static or flutter can
be heard. This can be reduced by lowering the
treble setting to reduce the treble response.
Multipath reception: Because of the reflective
characteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same
time. The signals may cancel each other,
resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.
SAA0306

FM radio reception:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30
miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single
channel) FM having slightly more range than
stereo FM. External influences may sometimes
interfere with FM station reception even if the
FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). The
strength of the FM signal is directly related to the
distance between the transmitter and receiver.
FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting
many of the same characteristics as light. For
example they will reflect off objects.
Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from
a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade
and/or drift.

AM radio reception:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
AM signals, because of their low frequency, can
bend around objects and skip along the ground.
In addition, the signals can be bounced off the
ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of
these characteristics. AM signals are also
subject to interference as they travel from
transmitter to receiver.
Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing
through freeway underpasses or in areas with
many tall buildings. It can also occur for several
seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in
areas where no obstacles exist.

Satellite radioGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
reception (if so equipped):
When the satellite radio is used for the first time
or the battery has been replaced, the satellite
radio may not work properly. This is not a
malfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with the
satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any
metal or large building for the satellite radio to
receive all of the necessary data.
The satellite radio mode requires an active
SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and
Guam.
The satellite radio performance may be affected
if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite
radio signal.
If possible, do not put cargo near the satellite
antenna.
A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna
can affect satellite radio performance. Remove
the ice to restore satellite radio reception.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical
power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-31

Black plate (180,1)

.
.

.
SAA0480

Compact
Disc (CD) player
S35-D-110201-9FC2147B-E5F1-441F-8BDC-D54E3944EFF9
.

Do not force a compact disc into the CD
insert slot. This could damage the CD and/
or CD player.
During cold weather or rainy days, the player
may malfunction due to the humidity. If this
occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or

ventilate the player completely.
The player may skip while driving on rough
roads.
The CD player sometimes cannot function
when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Decrease the temperature before use.
Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round
discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging.
Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.
CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched,
covered with fingerprints, or that have pin
holes may not work properly.
The following CDs may not work properly:
— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)
— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)
— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)
Do not use the following CDs as they may
cause the CD player to malfunction.
— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs
— CDs that are not round
— CDs with a paper label
— CDs that are warped, scratched, or have
abnormal edges
This audio system can only play prerecorded
CDs. It has no capabilities to record or burn
CDs.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-32 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

If the CD cannot be played, one of the
following messages will be displayed.
CHECK DISC:
— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly
(the label side is facing up, etc.).
— Confirm that the CD is not bent or
warped and it is free of scratches.
PUSH EJECT:
This is an error due to the temperature inside
the player is too high. Remove the CD by
pushing the EJECT button, and after a short
time reinsert the CD. The CD can be played
when the temperature of the player returns
to normal.
UNPLAYABLE:
The file is unplayable in this audio system
(only MP3 or WMA CD).

Interface System for iPod® (vehicles
without USBGUID-3A8512AF-54E3-401F-83B8-5E5BCB445CFC
port) (if so equipped)
.

Some characters used in other languages
(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed
properly on the vehicle display. We recommend using English language characters
with an iPod®.
Large video podcast files cause slow
responses in the iPod®. The vehicle display
may momentarily black out, but it will soon
recover.

Black plate (181,1)

.
.

If the iPod® automatically selects large video
podcast files while in the shuffle mode, the
vehicle display may momentarily black out,
but it will soon recover.
Improperly plugging in the iPod® may cause
a checkmark to be displayed on and off
(flickering). Always make sure that the iPod®
is connected properly.
The iPod nano ® (2nd Generation) will
continue to fast forward or rewind if it is
disconnected during a seek operation.
An incorrect song title may appear when the
Play Mode is changed while using the iPod
nano® (2nd Generation).
Audiobooks may not play in the same order
as they appear on the iPod®.
The iPod nano ® (1st Generation) may
remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it
is connected during a seek operation. In this
case, please manually reset the iPod®.
If you are using an iPod® (3rd Generation
with Dock connector), do not use very long
names for the song title, album name or
artist name to avoid the iPod® from resetting
itself.
Be careful not to do the following, or the
cable could be damaged and a loss of
function may occur.

— Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40
mm) radius minimum).
— Twist the cable excessively (more than
180 degrees).
— Pull or drop the cable.
— Store objects with sharp edges in the
storage where the cable is stored.
— Spill liquids on the cable and connectors.
Do not connect the cable to the iPod® if the
cable and/or connectors are wet. It may
damage the iPod®.
If the cable and connectors are exposed to
water, allow the cable and/or connectors to
dry completely before connecting the cable
to the iPod® (wait 24 hours for it to dry).
If the connector is exposed to fluids other
than water, evaporative residue may cause a
short between the connector pins. In this
case, replace the cable, otherwise damage
to the iPod® and a loss of function may
occur.
If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,
connectors cracked, contamination such as
liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), do
not use the cable and contact a NISSAN
dealer to replace the cable with a new one.
When not in use for extended periods of
time, store the cable in a clean, dust free
environmentInat
room
temperature
and withf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ov
i
dedby
:

out direct sun exposure.
Do not use the cable for any other purposes
other than its intended use in the vehicle.
iPod® charging is only possible for devices
that support charging via a FireWire ®
connection.

.
.

12V-charge iPod®s are not chargeable with this
system.
iPod®, iPhone® and FireWire® are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.

*
*

USB (Universal Serial Bus) devices (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-4ADBF1EE-61FC-4537-A838-76C3A039A813

WARNING
Do not connect or disconnect the USB
device while driving. Doing so can be a
distraction. If distracted you could lose
control of your vehicle and cause an
accident or serious injury.

CAUTION
.

Do not force the USB device into the
USB port. Inserting the USB device
tilted or up-side-down into the port

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-33

Black plate (182,1)

may damage the USB device and
the port. Make sure that the USB
device is connected correctly into
the USB port.
.

Do not grab the USB port cover (if
so equipped) when pulling the USB
device out of the port. This could
damage the port and the cover.

Do not leave the USB cable in a
place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may
break the wire, USB device or the
port.

the cable is stored.
— Do not leave the USB device and
attached devices in the vehicle
compartment. When not in use
for extended periods of time,
store the cable and USB device
in a clean, dust free environment
at room temperature and without direct sun exposure.
— Do not use the cable for any
other purposes than its intended
use in the vehicle.

To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device, note
the following precautions.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device.
USB devices should be purchased separately
as necessary.

— Do not bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40 mm) radius
minimum).

This system cannot be used to format USB
devices. To format a USB device, use a personal
computer.

— Do not twist the cable excessively (more than 180 degrees).

In some states/area, the USB device for the
front seats plays only sound without images for
regulatory reasons, even when the vehicle is
parked.

— Do not pull or drop the cable.
— Do not hit or press the USB port
or USB device with hands, feet,
or objects.
— Do not store objects with sharp
edges in the storage area where

This system supports various USB memory
devices, USB hard drives and iPod® players.
Some USB devices may not be supported by
this system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-34 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

.
.

Partitioned USB devices may not be played
correctly.
Some characters used in other languages
(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed
properly on display. Using English language
characters with a USB device is recommended.

General notesGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
for USB use:
. The USB device may not function when the
passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Lower the temperature before
use.
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player
may malfunction due to humidity. If this
occurs, remove the USB device and dehumidify or ventilate the USB player completely.
. Do not connect a USB device if a connector,
cable or USB port is wet. Allow the
connector, cable, and USB port to dry
completely before connecting the USB
device. (Wait for 24 hours or more until it
is dry.) If the connector and USB port are
exposed to fluids other than water, evaporative residue may cause a short circuit
between the connector pins and USB port.
In this case, replace the cable and USB port.
Otherwise damage to the USB device and a
loss of function may occur.

Black plate (183,1)

If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,
connectors cracked, contamination such as
liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), do
not use the cable. Replace the cable with a
new one.
Do not put a USB device in a location where
static electricity occurs, electrical noise is
generated or hot air from the air conditioner
blows directly on it. Doing so may cause the
data stored on the USB device to be
corrupted.
®

Notes for iPodGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
use:
iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
.

Improperly plugging in the iPod® may cause
a checkmark to be displayed on and off
(flickering). Always make sure that the iPod®
is connected properly.
An iPod nano® (1st Generation) may remain
in fast forward or rewind mode if it is
connected during a seek operation. In this
case, please manually reset the iPod®.
An iPod nano® (2nd Generation) will continue to fast-forward or rewind if it is
disconnected during a seek operation.
An incorrect song title may appear when the
Play Mode is changed while using an iPod
nano® (2nd Generation)

.
.

Audiobooks may not play in the same order
as they appear on an iPod®.
Large video files cause slow responses in an
iPod®. The vehicle display may momentarily
black out, but will soon recover.
If an iPod® automatically selects large video
files while in the shuffle mode, the vehicle
display may momentarily black out, but will
soon recover.

Compressed
Audio Files (MP3/WMA)
S35-D-110201-C3996133-4D8C-45B5-A30C-933C6D736EBF
Explanation ofGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
terms:
. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures
Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the
most well known compressed digital audio
file format. This format allows for near “CD
quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of
normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an
audio track can reduce the file size by
approximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1
kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no
perceptible loss in quality. The compression
reduces certain parts of sound that seem
inaudible to most people.
. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a
compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA
codec offers greater file compression than
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
de
dby
:same amount of
digital audioInftracks
in
the

space when compared to MP3s at the same
level of quality.
. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
bits per second used by a digital music file.
The size and quality of a compressed digital
audio file is determined by the bit rate used
when encoding the file.
. Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency
is the rate at which the samples of a signal
are converted from analog to digital (A/D
conversion) per second.
. Multisession — Multisession is one of the
methods for writing data to media. Writing
data once to the media is called a single
session, and writing more than once is
called a multisession.
. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the
part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that
contains information about the digital music
file such as song title, artist, album title,
encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.
ID3 tag information is displayed on the
Album/Artist/Track title line on the display.
* Windows® and Windows Media® are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States of America
and/or other countries.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-35

Black plate (184,1)

The playback order is the order in which the
files were written by the writing software, so
the files might not play in the desired order.
Music playback order of compressed audio
files is as illustrated.

SAA2494

Playback order:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. The folder names of folders not containing
compressed audio files are not shown in the
display.
. If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB,
“Root Folder” is displayed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-36 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (185,1)

Specification chart (for FM-AM Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media

CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systems

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are
not supported.
MP3

Supported versions*1
WMA*2

Version

MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency

8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

Version

WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency

32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)
Folder levels
Displayable character codes*3
*1
*2
*3
*4

ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)
WMA tag (WMA only)
Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16
Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little
Endian)

Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-37

Black plate (186,1)

Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type A)):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media

CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0
CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are
not supported.

Supported file systems

USB memory: FAT16, FAT32
MP3
Supported versions*1
WMA*2

Version

MPEG1 Audio Layer 3

Sampling frequency

8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

Version

WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency

32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)

WMA tag (WMA only)

CD, CD-R, CD-RW
Folder levels

Displayable character codes*3
*1
*2
*3
*4

USB

Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
Folder levels: 8, Folders 255, Files: 2500 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
Memory size: 4GB
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16
Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little
Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-38 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (187,1)

Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type B)):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media

CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0

Supported file systems

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet
writing) is not supported.
MP3

Supported versions*1
WMA

Version

MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency

8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

Version

WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency

32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate
Tag information
Folder levels
Displayable character codes*2
*1
*2

48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)
Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16
Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little
Endian)

Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-39

Black plate (188,1)

Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Symptom

Cause and Countermeasure
Check if the disc was inserted correctly.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before
using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

Cannot play

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes
and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of
MP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time before the music
starts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required
before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skips

The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc.,
might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files

Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma”, or when play is
Move immediately to the next song when playing. prohibited by copyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the
next song.
The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play
The songs do not play back in the desired order. in the desired order.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-40 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (189,1)

Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A)):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Symptom

Cause and Countermeasure
Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before
using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

Cannot play

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CDDA data) will be played.
Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)” or “.WMA (.wma)” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and
number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of
compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality
It takes a relatively long time before the music
starts playing.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts
playing.

Music cuts off or skips

The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc.,
might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files

Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next song when playing.

If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by
copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the
The songs do not play back in the desired order. desired order.
Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-41

Black plate (190,1)

Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type B)):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Symptom

Cannot play

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data)
will be played.
Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes
and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time before the music
starts playing.

If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required
before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skips

The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc.,
might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files

Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3” or “.wma”, or when play is
Move immediately to the next song when playing prohibited by copyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the
next song.
Songs do not play back in the desired order
The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play
in the desired order.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-42 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (191,1)

15.
16
17.
18.
19.

PWR (power) button/VOL (volume) control knob
AUX IN jack
AUDIO button
TUNE/FF·REW button
SCAN/RPT (repeat) button

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC
(CD) PLAYER
S35-D-110201-7F3EC8FB-22B5-4244-A10C-C0DBE2251A7F
For all operation precautions, see “Audio operation precautions” earlier in this section.

Audio main
operation
S35-D-110201-CB88F338-7D68-4C7D-B2E4-2761839D6DD6
Head unit:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
high frequency ranges automatically in both
radio reception and CD playback.

SAA2782

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

MUTE button
DISP (display)/TEXT button
FM·AM radio band select button
CD PLAY button
Station preset buttons
iPod® button
AUX (auxiliary) button

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14

Audio display
CLOCK button
CD EJECT button
iPod® MENU button
SEEK/TRACK button
ENTER button
BACK button

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

ON·OFF/Volume
control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position, and then push the PWR button while
the system is off to call up the normal mode
(radio, CD, AUX and iPod®) which was playing
immediately before the system was turned off.
While the system is on, pushing the PWR button
turns the system off.
Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.
MUTE button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the
button to mute the audio sound.
Push the

button again to release the mute

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-43

Black plate (192,1)

setting.
AUDIO button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the AUDIO button to change the selecting
mode as follows.

CLOCK button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the CLOCK button to turn on or off the
CLOCK display.

NOS2545

Push the TUNE (
,
) or SEEK (
,
)
button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired
level. Use the TUNE or SEEK button also to
adjust Fade or Balance modes. Fade adjusts the
sound level between the front and rear speakers
and Balance adjusts the sound between the
right and left speakers.

SIC4131

Adjust the clock according to the following
procedure.

To turn the beep sound off or on, push the TUNE
or SEEK button until the desired mode is
displayed. This turns on or off the beep sound
when audio buttons are pushed.

1. Push and hold the CLOCK button
the clock display starts to flash.

1
*

until

2 to adjust
2. Push the SEEK/TRACK button *
the hours.

To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (Spd
Sen Vol) mode to OFF, LOW, MID or HIGH,
push the TUNE or SEEK button until the desired
mode is displayed.

3. Push the TUNE/FF·REW button
adjust the minutes.
4. Push the CLOCK button
the clock set mode.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the
desired level, push the AUDIO button repeatedly
until the normal mode display reappears. Otherwise, the normal mode display will automatically
reappear after approximately 5 seconds.

1
*

3
*

again to exit

The display will return to the regular clock
display after 5 seconds.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-44 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (193,1)

Radio operation
S35-D-110201-5CFF91BB-BBB0-4B7F-B234-E74EABB5CC53
Radio (FM/AM)
band select:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button will
change the band as follows:
AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
radio will automatically change from stereo to
monaural reception.
When the radio band select button is pushed
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position, the radio will come on at the station last
played.
TUNE
(Tuning):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the TUNE button
or
for manual
tuning. To move quickly through the stations,
push and hold the TUNE button.
SEEK
tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the SEEK button
or
to tune from
low to high or high to low frequencies and to
stop at the next broadcasting station.
SCAN tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the SCAN button to tune from low to high
frequencies and stops at each broadcasting
station for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again

during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN
tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that
station.
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5
seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
station.
to
Station
memory operations:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
12 stations can be set for the FM band (6 each
for FM1 and FM2), and 6 can be set for the AM
band for easy access.
1. Choose the radio band using the radio band
select button.
2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,
SCAN or TUNE button.
3. Push and hold the desired radio station
preset button
to
until a beep sound is
heard. (The radio mutes when the radio
station preset button is pushed.)
4. The station indicator will then come on and
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now
complete.
5. Other buttons can be set in the same
manner.
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that
case, reset the desired stations.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Radio Data System
(RDS):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a
data information service transmitted by some
radio stations on the FM band (not AM band)
encoded within a regular radio broadcast.
Currently, most RDS stations are in large cities,
but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data.
RDS can display:
.
.
.

Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.
Station name, such as “The Groove”.
Music or programming type such as “Classical”, “Country” or “Rock”.
. Traffic reports about delays or construction.
If the station broadcasts RDS information, the
RDS icon is displayed.
RADIO DISPLAY
change:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the DISP button is pushed during the FM
radio mode, the radio display will change in the
following order.
FM radio:
Frequency ↔ PS (Programme Service)/PTY
(Programme type)
In the FM radio mode, pushing the DISP button
will switch the frequency display to the PTY
display (if available), and if the DISP button is
not pushed again within 5 seconds, it will

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-45

Black plate (194,1)

automatically switch to the PS display. If PTY is
not available, pressing the DISP button will only
switch between the frequency display and the
PS display.

Compact
Disc (CD) player operation
S35-D-110201-8EDF958F-CBBC-4976-8BEB-2FC7318F874F
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position, and insert the CD into the slot with the
label side facing up. The CD will be guided
automatically into the slot and start playing.
After loading the disc, the number of tracks on
the disc will appear on the display.

CD play GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
information:
When the DISP button is pushed for less than
1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the
disc information display will change as follows:
CD:

NOS2585

CD with MP3 or WMA:

If the radio is already operating, it will automatically turn off and the CD will play.
If the system has been turned off while the CD
was playing, pushing the PWR button will start
the CD.
Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
CD PLAY:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the CD button is pushed with the system
off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on
and the CD will start to play.
When the CD button is pushed with the CD
loaded and the radio playing, the radio will
automatically be turned off and the CD will start
to play.

NOS2586

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind):
CD:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the
or
button is pushed while
the CD is being played, the CD will play while
fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is
released, the CD will return to normal play
speed.
CD with MP3 or WMA:
When the
or
button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
the folders in the CD will change.
When the
or
button is pushed for more
than 1.5 seconds
CD
I
nf
owhile
r
mat
i
onPthe
r
ovi
ded
by
: is being played,

4-46 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

the CD will play while forwarding or rewinding.
When the button is released, the CD will return
to the normal play speed.
APS (Automatic Program
Search) FF, APS
REW:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the
button is pushed while the CD is
being played, the program next to the present
one will start to play from its beginning. Push
several times to skip through programs. The CD
will advance the number of times the button is
pushed. (When the last program on the CD is
skipped through, the first program will be
played.)
When the
button is pushed, the program
being played returns to its beginning. Push
several times to skip back through programs.
The CD will go back the number of times the
button is pushed.
SCAN tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for
more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
played, the beginning of all the tracks of CD will
be played for 10 seconds in sequence.
Pushing the button again during this 10 second
period will stop SCAN tuning.
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within
10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next

Black plate (195,1)

connecting the iPod® to the vehicle, the iPod®
can only be operated by the vehicle audio
controls.

disc program.
RANDOM
(RDM)/REPEAT (RPT):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the RPT button is pushed for less than
1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the
play pattern can be changed as follows:

To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet,
fully depress the center connector button to
unlatch the connector and pull the connector
straight out of the outlet. To disconnect the
cable from the iPod®, fully depress the side
connector buttons and pull the iPod® connector
straight out of the iPod®.

CD:
NOS2554

CD with MP3 or WMA:
NOS2587

CD EJECT:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
When this button is pushed while the CD is
being played, the CD will come out and the
system will turn off.
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it
will be pulled back into the slot to protect
it.

SAA3427

InterfaceS35-D-110201-B1BD16DD-8E4F-4352-971B-0EE7967EDE42
system for iPod® operation
®
Connecting iPod
:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
®
The iPod outlet connector is located in the
1
center console. Connect the cable *
as
illustrated, and then connect the other end of
2 . Your vehicle is
the cable to your iPod® *
equipped with the specialized cable for connecting the iPod® to your vehicle audio unit. The
battery of your iPod® is charged while it is
connected to the vehicle if the iPod® supports
charging via a FireWire® connection.

When the connection is complete, a NISSAN
logo will be displayed on the iPod® and an iPod®
icon on the audio display illuminates. While

* iPod®, iPhone® and FireWire® are a trademark
of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
Compatibility: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The following models are available:
.
.
.
.
.
.

Fourth generation iPod® (Firmware version
3.1.1 or later)
Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version
1.1.2 or later)
First generation iPod Classic® (Firmware
version 1.3 or later)
Second generation iPod Classic® (Firmware
version 1.3 or later)
First, second and third generation iPod
touch® (Firmware version 3.1.0 or later)
First and second generation iPod mini®
(Firmware version 1.4.1 or later)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-47

Black plate (196,1)

iPod photo® (Firmware version 1.2 or later)
First generation iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.3.1 or later)
. Second generation iPod nano® (Firmware
version 1.1.3 or later)
. Third generation iPod nano® (Firmware
version 1.2 or later)
. iPhone® (Firmware version 3.1 or later)
. iPhone® 3G (Firmware version 3.1 or later)
. iPhone® 3GS (Firmware version 3.1 or later)
The fourth and fifth generation iPod nano®, iPod
touch®, the second generation iPod Classic®
and iPhone® 3G may not work with the system
in some cases.
.
.

Top menu
item selecting:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the iPod® MENU button is pushed while
the iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod®
operation is shown on the audio display. The
items on the menu list can be scrolled by
pushing the SEEK button
or
and the
TUNE button
or
while the iPod® is
operational. To select an item, push ENTER. The
display can be changed as follows:
NOS2559

For more information about each item, see the
iPod® Owner’s Manual.

Make sure that your iPod® firmware is updated.
* 12V-charge iPod®s are not chargeable with
this system.
iPod® button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position. Then, push the iPod® button to switch
to the iPod® mode.
If another audio source is playing and the iPod®
is connected, pushing the iPod® button changes
to the iPod® mode.
If the system has been turned off while the iPod®
was playing, pushing the PWR button will start
the iPod®.

.
.

ENTER,
BACK button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the ENTER button is pushed while
the top menu is displayed, program details
are shown on the audio display.
To select the program, push to search using
the SEEK
or
and ENTER button.
When the BACK button is pushed, it returns
to the previous display.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-48 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

iPod® play
information:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the DISP button is pushed while a
program is being played, the program information display will change as follows:
NOS2560

* Artist Name will not be displayed for a Podcast.
FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind) button: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the
or
button is pushed for more
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the
iPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the iPod® will
return to the normal play speed.
When the
or
button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the
next track or the beginning of the current track
on the iPod® will be played.
APS (Automatic Program
Search) FF, APS
REW button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the
or
button is pushed for more
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing,
numbers of tracks can be skipped through.
When the
or
button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while iPod® is playing, the next

Black plate (197,1)

track or the beginning of the current track on the
iPod® will be played.

When the AUX button is pushed with no device
plugged into the jack, the audio system does not
change to the AUX mode.

REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
When the RPT button is pushed while a track is
being played, the play pattern can be changed
as follows:

NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo
mini plug cable when connecting your music
device to the audio system. Music may not play
properly when a monaural cable is used.

Except Podcast and Audiobook:
NOS2562

Podcast:
ALL REPEAT ↔ TRACK REPEAT
Audiobook:
NOS2563

AUX (Auxiliary)
input
S35-D-110201-62552443-6B6E-4335-BC14-EDB1F675D5A5
AUX IN jack: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
standard analog audio input such as from a
portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
laptop computer.
AUX (Auxiliary)
button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
With an AUX device plugged in, push the AUX
button repeatedly until the display changes to
the AUX mode.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-49

Black plate (198,1)

JVH0160X
Models with satellite radio

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-50 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (199,1)

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

RPT (repeat) play button
RDM (random) play button
Radio station preset select buttons
AUX IN jack
TUNE·SCROLL control knob/TUNE·FOLDER
control knob
ENTER/SETTING button

FM-AM-SAT(if so equipped) RADIO
WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER
(Type A)S35-D-110201-36B80692-3C57-45F7-900C-1872B77C8641
For all operation precautions, see “Audio operation precautions” earlier in this section.
For models with satellite radio:
.

.
JVH0339X
Models without satellite radio

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

FM·AM band select button
CD EJECT button
XM band select button/CD button
DISP (display) button
Color display
iPod® MENU button
Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button for

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

SEEK/TRACK
Radio SCAN tuning button
Radio CAT (category)/FF (fast forward) button
for SEEK/TRACK
BACK button
CD·AUX button/AUX button
PWR (power)
button/VOL
control knob
I
nf
o
r
mat
i
onPr
ovi
ded(volume)
by
:

No satellite radio reception is available when
the SAT band option is selected unless the
optional satellite receiver and antenna are
installed, and there is an active SiriusXM
Satellite Radio subscription.
The satellite radio mode requires an active
SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The
satellite radio is not available in Alaska,
Hawaii and Guam.
It may take some time to receive the
activation signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satellite Radio. After receiving the
activation signal, an available channel list will
be automatically updated in the radio. Place
the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to
update the channel list.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-51

Black plate (200,1)

Audio main
operation
S35-D-110201-62364244-60D7-41AF-886E-4DC38A679472
Head unit:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
high frequency ranges automatically in both
radio reception and CD playback.
PWR/Volume GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
control:
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position, and then push the PWR button while
the system is off to turn on the last audio source,
which was playing immediately before the
system was turned off. While the system is on,
pushing the PWR button turns the system off.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.
ENTER/SETTING
button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The settings screen will appear when pushing
the ENTER/SETTING button.

The following items are available in the settings
screen.
.

Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade
Controls the sound of the audio system.
Balance adjusts the sound between the left
and right speakers. Fade adjusts the sound
between the front and rear speakers.
Select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Balance” or
“Fade” using the TUNE·SCROLL or
TUNE·FOLDER control knob and then push

the ENTER/SETTING button. Turn the TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER control
knob to adjust the Bass, Treble, Balance
and Fade of the screen to the preferred
level.
Speed Sens Vol.
To change the Speed Sensitive Volume
(Speed Sens Vol.) level from off (0) to 5,
turn the TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER
control knob.
AUX Vol.
Controls the volume level of incoming sound
when an auxiliary device is connected to the
system. To change the AUX Vol. level from 0
(off) to 3, turn the TUNE·SCROLL or
TUNE·FOLDER control knob.
Brightness and Contrast
Adjust the brightness and contrast of the
screen.
Select the “Brightness” or “Contrast” using
the TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER control knob and then push the ENTER/
SETTING button. Turn the TUNE·SCROLL
or TUNE·FOLDER control knob to adjust the
brightness and contrast of the screen to the
preferred level.
Clock Adjust
Adjust the clock according to the following
procedure. InformationProvidedby:

4-52 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

JVH0117X

2.
3.
4.
5.

Push the ENTER/SETTING button 1 until
“Setting Clock” and “Clock Adjust” appear on
the display.
Turn the TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER
control knob 2 to adjust the hour.
Push the ENTER/SETTING button 1 .
Turn the TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER
control knob 2 to adjust the minute.
Push the ENTER/SETTING button 1 .

*
*

On-Screen Clock
When this item is turned on, a clock is
always displayed in the upper right corner of
the screen.
Select the “On-Screen Clock” using the
TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER control
knob and then push the ENTER/SETTING

Black plate (201,1)

button. You can toggle between ON and
OFF using the TUNE·SCROLL or
TUNE·FOLDER control knob.
RDS Display
When this has been set to ON, RDS (radio
data system) information will be shown on
the display. Select RDS Display and then
push the ENTER/SETTING button. You can
toggle between ON and OFF using the
TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER control
knob.
iPod Menu language
The iPod menu language can be set to
English, French or Spanish.
Select iPod menu language and then push
the ENTER/SETTING button. Use the TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER control
knob to select the preferred language.

DISP button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Display of the screen can be canceled by
pushing the DISP button. You can then listen
to music that is being played back. If you want to
display the screen again, either push the DISP
button once more or push the FM·AM, SiriusXM
Satellite Radio or CD·AUX button.

Switching the GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
display:
. Models with satellite radio
Pushing the CD·AUX button will switch the
displays as follows:
CD ? iPod®/USB ? AUX ? CD
. Models without satellite radio
Pushing the AUX button will switch the
displays as follows:
iPod®/USB ? AUX ? iPod®/USB
BACK button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to
the previous display.

FM-AM-SAT(if so equipped) radio operation S35-D-110201-60FFC3FC-9361-461B-81BC-20D3709F43CC
radio (FM/AM)
band select:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pushing the radio band select button will
change the band as follows:
AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
radio (SAT) band select (models with
satellite radio):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pushing the XM band select button will change
the band as follows:

while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position, the radio will come on at the channel
last played.
The last channel played will also come on when
the PWR button is pushed to ON.
The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,
Hawaii and Guam.
If another audio source is playing when the radio
band select button is turned to ON, the audio
source will automatically be turned off and the
last radio channel played will come on.
When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
radio will automatically change from stereo to
monaural reception.
TUNE (Tuning):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. For AM and FM radio
Tu r n t h e r a d i o T U N E · S C R O L L o r
TUNE·FOLDER control knob for manual
tuning.
. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Tu r n t h e r a d i o T U N E · S C R O L L o r
TUNE·FOLDER control knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any
category is not selected.

XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1
When the XM In
band
select
button
is pushed
f
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
dedby
:
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-53

Black plate (202,1)

SEEK tuning/CAT (category)
(models with satellite
radio):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. For AM and FM radio
or
to tune
Push the SEEK button
from low to high or high to low frequencies
and to stop at the next broadcasting station.
. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Push the SEEK button
or
to tune
to the first channel of the next or previous
category.
SCAN tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the Radio SCAN tuning button to tune
from low to high frequencies and stop at each
broadcasting station/channel for 5 seconds.
Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds
period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will
remain tuned to that station/channel.
If the Radio SCAN tuning button is not pushed
within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the
next station/channel.
1
*

6 Station memory operations:
to *
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band
(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 12 for SiriusXM
Satellite Radio (6 each for XM1 and XM2) (if so
equipped) and 6 stations can be set for the AM
band.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio band
select button.
2. Tune to the desired station/channel using
the SEEK·CAT (models with satellite radio),
SEEK·TRACK (models without satellite
radio), SCAN button or the radio TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER control knob.
3. Push and hold the desired station preset
1 to *
6 until the radio mutes.
button *
4. The station indicator will then come on and
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now
complete.
5. Other buttons can be set in the same
manner.
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that
case, reset the desired stations/channels.

Compact
Disc (CD) player operation
S35-D-110201-958C8E38-8A90-4269-B514-51CE021D428B
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into
the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will
be guided automatically into the slot and start
playing.
After loading the CD, the number of tracks on
the CD and the play time will appear on the
display.
If the radio is already operating, it will autoI
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-54 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

matically turn off and the CD will play.
If the system has been turned off while the CD
was playing, pushing the PWR button will start
the CD.
Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
(models with satellite radio)
(models without
satellite radio)PLAY:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the CD·AUX or CD button is pushed with
the system off and the CD loaded, the system
will turn on and the CD will start to play.
When the CD·AUX or CD button is pushed with
the CD loaded and the radio playing, the radio
will automatically be turned off and the CD will
start to play.
Next/Previous Track and Fast
Forward/Rewind:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the FF or REW button is pushed for more
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
the CD will play while fast forwarding or
rewinding. When the button is released, the
CD will return to normal play speed.
When the FF or REW button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
the next track or the beginning of the current
track on the CD will be played.

Black plate (203,1)

REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT):
When the RPT play button is pushed while the
CD is played, the play pattern can be changed
as follows:
(CD)
Normal Û 1 Track Repeat
(CD with compressed audio files)
Normal ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat ?
Normal
RANDOM
(RDM):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the RDM play button is pushed while a
CD is being played, the play pattern can be
changed as follows:
(CD)
Normal Û 1 Disc Random
(CD with compressed audio files)
Normal ? 1 Disc Random ? 1 Folder Random
? Normal
CD EJECT:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

will be pulled back into the slot to protect
it.
BACK button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to
the previous display.

AUX (Auxiliary)
input
S35-D-110201-E0FF4825-DE84-48E0-9279-016D03B82FF0
AUX IN jack: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
standard analog audio input such as from a
portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
laptop computer.
CD·AUX (models with satellite radio)
AUX (models without satellite radio)
button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the AUX button is pushed with no device
plugged into the jack, the audio system does not
change to the AUX mode.
NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo
mini plug cable when connecting your music
device to the audio system. Music may not play
properly when a monaural cable is used.

SAA3434

USB memory
operation
S35-D-110201-BBB7A1D4-6F01-42CB-BE51-82F827F232A4
Audio main operation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The USB outlet connector is located in the
center console. Open the lid and connect a USB
memory as illustrated. Then, switch to the USB
memory mode automatically.
If the system has been turned off while the USB
memory was playing, pushing the PWR button
will start the USB memory.

When this button is pushed while the CD is
being played, the CD will be ejected.
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-55

Black plate (204,1)

CAUTION
.

Depending on size and shape of
USB device, the console lid may not
fully close. Do not force console lid
closed as this may damage USB
device.
Do not force the USB device into the
USB port. Inserting the USB device
tilted or up-side-down into the port
may damage the USB device and
the port. Make sure that the USB
device is connected correctly into
the USB port. (Some USB devices
come with a
mark as a guide.
Make sure that the mark is facing
the correct direction before inserting the device.)
Do not locate objects near the USB
device to prevent the objects from
leaning on the USB device and the
port. Pressure from the objects may
damage the USB device and the
port.

(models with satellite radio)
(models without
satellite radio) PLAY:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the AUX button is pushed with the system
off and the USB memory inserted, the system
will turn on.

Folder selection:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To change to another folder in the USB memory,
turn the folder selector or choose a folder
displayed on the screen using the multi-function
controller.

If another audio source is playing and a USB
memory is inserted, push the AUX button
repeatedly until the center display changes to
the USB memory mode.

REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT):
When the RPT button is pushed while the USB
memory is played, the play pattern can be
change as follows.

Next/Previous File and Fast
Forward/Rewind:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the FF or REW button is pushed for more
than 1.5 seconds while a USB memory is being
played, the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding. When the button is
released, the USB memory will return to normal
play speed.

To change the play mode, push the RPT button
repeatedly and the mode will change as follows.

When the FF or REW button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while the USB memory is
being played, the next track or the beginning of
the current track on the USB memory will be
played.
The multi-function controller can also be used to
select tracks when the USB memory is being
played.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-56 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Normal ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat ?
Normal
RANDOM
(RDM):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the RDM button is pushed while a USB
memory is being played, the play pattern can be
changed as follows.
To change the play mode, push the RDM button
repeatedly, and the mode will change as follows.
Normal ? All Random ? 1 Folder Random ?
Normal
BACK button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to
the previous display.

Black plate (205,1)

Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

CAUTION
.

Depending on size and shape of
iPod® and iPod® cable, the console
lid may not fully close. Do not force
console lid closed as this may
damage iPod® and iPod® cable.

Do not force the iPod® cable into
the USB port. Inserting the iPod®
cable tilted or up-side-down into the
port may damage the iPod® cable
and the port. Make sure that the
iPod® cable is connected correctly
into the USB port. (Some iPod®
cable come with a
mark as a
guide. Make sure that the mark is
facing the correct direction before
inserting the iPod® cable.)

Do not locate objects near the iPod®
cable to prevent the objects from
leaning on the iPod® cable and the
port. Pressure from the objects may
damage the iPod® cable and the
port.

JVH0121X

iPod® player
operation
S35-D-110201-45FBF3C4-1CC5-4DB6-A3EE-952B17BC488A
®
Connecting iPod
:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The USB outlet connector is located in the
center console. Open the lid and connect the
iPod® cable to the USB connector. The battery
of the iPod® is charged while the connection to
the vehicle.

Depending on the version of the iPod®, the
display on the iPod® shows a NISSAN or
Accessory Attached screen when the connection is completed. When the iPod® is connected
to the vehicle, the iPod® music library can only
be operated by the vehicle audio controls.
* iPod® and iPhone® are a trademark of Apple

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Compatibility: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The following models are available:
Third generation iPhone® (Firmware version
IOS4/4.0)
. Fourth generation iPhone® (Firmware version IOS4/4.0)
. Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version
1.3)
. First generation iPod Classic® (Firmware
version 1.1.1 or 1.1.2PC)
. Second generation iPod Classic® (Firmware
version 2.0.1)
. First generation iPod touch ® (Firmware
version 1.1.5 or 2.2.1)
. Second and third generation iPod touch®
(Firmware version 2.2.1 or IOS4/4.0.0)
. First generation iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.3.1)
. Second generation iPod nano® (Firmware
version 1.1.3)
. Third generation iPod nano® (Firmware
version 1.1.2PC or 1.1.3PC)
. Fourth generation iPod nano® (Firmware
version 1.0.2 or 1.0.4)
. Fifth generation iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.0.1 or 1.0.2)
The iPod touch® may not response quickly with
the system in some cases.
.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-57

Black plate (206,1)

Make sure that the iPod® firmware is updated.
Audio main operation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
position. Then, push the CD·AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.
If the system has been turned off while the iPod®
was playing, pushing the PWR button will start
the iPod®.
iPod® MENU
button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position. Then, push the iPod® button to switch
to the iPod® mode.
®

If another audio source is playing and the iPod
is connected, pushing the iPod® button changes
to the iPod® mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod®
was playing, pushing the PWR button will start
the iPod®.
When the iPod® MENU button is pushed while
the iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod®
operation is shown on the audio display. The
items on the menu list can be scrolled by
pushing the
or
while the iPod® is
operational. To select an item, push ENTER.
Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in
the following order.

. Now playing
. Playlists
. Artists
. Albums
. songs
. Podcasts
. Genres
. Composers
. Audiobooks
. Shuffle songs
For more information about each item, see the
iPod® Owner’s Manual.
Next/Previous Track and Fast
Forward/Rewind:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the FF or REW button is pushed for more
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the
iPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the iPod® will
return to the normal play speed.
When the FF or REW button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the
next track or the beginning of the current track
on the iPod® will be played.
The multi-function controller can also be used to
select tracks when the iPod® is playing.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-58 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT):
When the RPT play button is pushed while a
track is being played, the play pattern can be
changed as follows:
Repeat Off ? 1 Track Repeat? All Repeat ?
Repeat Off
RandomGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RDM):
When the RDM play button is pushed while a
track is being played, the play pattern can be
changed as follows:
Shuffle Off ? Track Shuffle ? Albums Shuffle
? Shuffle Off
BACK button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to
the previous display.

Black plate (207,1)

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT
DISC (CD)
PLAYER (Type B)
S35-D-110201-A34993EA-D4E6-4D0E-A0D9-4178E013D125
For all operation precautions, see “Audio operation precautions” earlier in this section.
The satellite radio mode requires an active
SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and
Guam.
It may take some time to receive the activation
signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satellite
Radio. After receiving the activation signal, an
available channel list will be automatically
updated in the radio. Place the ignition switch
from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list.

Audio main
operation
S35-D-110201-EC1E62D8-FD17-46CD-9549-AB5994BB95AB
Head unit:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
high frequency ranges automatically in both
radio reception and CD playback.
SAA3425

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

XM band select button
CD insert slot
CD EJECT button
TUNE/SCROLL and AUDIO control knob
Radio station preset buttons
AUX button
ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob

8.
9.
10.

FF (forward)/REW (rewind) or SEEK/CATEGORY button
CD button
FM·AM band select button

No satellite radio reception is available unless an
SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription is active.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

ON·OFF/Volume
control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position, and then push the ON·OFF button
while the system is off to turn on the last audio
source, which was playing immediately before
the system was turned off. While the system is
on, pushing the ON·OFF button turns the system
off.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-59

Black plate (208,1)

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.

FM-AM-SAT
radio operation
S35-D-110201-0C647E9F-E647-4371-8C51-BFF85FD6BA69

Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, push
the Audio control knob. When the display shows
the setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,
Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio control
knob to set the desired setting. For the other
setting methods, see “How to use touch screen”
earlier in this section.

When the radio band select button is pushed
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position, the radio will come on at the channel
last played.

This vehicle has some sound effect functions as
follows:
. Speed Volume
For more details, see “How to use the setup
button” earlier in this section.
Adjusting AUXGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
level:
The volume level of incoming sound can be
selected from “Quiet”, “Medium” and “Loud”
when an auxiliary device is connected to the
system. For more details, see “How to use the
setup button” earlier in this section.
Switching the GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
display:
Pushing the AUX button will switch the displays
between USB/iPod® and AUX.

The last channel played will also come on when
the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.
If another audio source is playing when the radio
band select button is turned to ON, the audio
source will automatically be turned off and the
last radio channel played will come on.

TUNE (Tuning):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. For AM and FM radio
Turn the TUNE knob for manual tuning.
. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Turn the TUNE knob to seek channels from
all of the categories when any category is
not selected.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
radio will automatically change from stereo to
monaural reception.
.
FM·AM radio
band select:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button will
change the band as follows:
AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
SiriusXM Satellite Radio band select:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pushing the XM band select button will change
the band as follows:
XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1
The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,
Hawaii and Guam.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-60 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SEEK
tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
For AM and FM radio
or
Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button
to tune from low to high or high to low
frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station.
For SiriusXM Satellite Radio
or
Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button
to tune to the first channel of the next or
previous category.

Tuning with the touch screen (AM and FM
radio):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When in AM or FM mode, the radio can be
tuned using the touch screen. To bring up the
visual tuner, touch the “Tune” key on the lower
right corner of the screen. A screen appears
with a bar running from low frequencies on the
left to high frequencies on the right. Touch the
screen at the location of the frequency you wish
to tune and the station will change to that

Black plate (209,1)

frequency. To return to the regular radio display
screen, touch the “OK” key.
to
Station
memory operations:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band
(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for SiriusXM
Satellite Radio (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3)
and 6 stations can be set for the AM band.
1. Choose the radio band using the radio band
select button.
2. Tune to the desired station/channel using
the SEEK/CATEGORY button or the TUNE
knob.
3. Push and hold the desired station preset
button
to
until the beep sound is
heard.
4. The station indicator will then come on and
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now
complete.
5. Other buttons can be set in the same
manner.
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that
case, reset the desired stations/channels.
Touch screen (SiriusXM
Satellite Radio):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is being
played, the following items are available with the
touch screen operation.

Channels
Displays a list of channels. Touch a preferred
channel displayed on the list to change to
that channel.
Categories
Displays a list of categories. Touch a
preferred channel displayed on the list to
display options within that category.

Compact
Disc (CD) player operation
S35-D-110201-63B58E87-669C-4423-9305-86EC6AF5209B
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into
the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will
be guided automatically into the slot and start
playing.
If the radio is already operating, it will automatically turn off and the CD will play.
If the system has been turned off while the CD
was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
start the CD.
Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the CD button is pushed with the system
off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on
and the CD will start to play.

automatically be turned off and the CD will start
to play.
While listening to a CD or an MP3/WMA CD,
certain text may be displayed (when a CD
encoded with text is being used). Depending on
how the CD or MP3/WMA CD is encoded, the
text is displayed listing the artist, album and
song title.
Next/Previous Track and Fast
Forward/Rewind:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the
or
button is pushed for more
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
the CD will play while fast forwarding or
rewinding. When the button is released, the
CD will return to normal play speed.
When the
or
button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
the next track or the beginning of the current
track on the CD will be played.
When the rewind button is pushed for less than
1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current
track starts playing, the previous track will be
played.

When the CD button is pushed with the CD
loaded and the radio playing, the radio will
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-61

Black plate (210,1)

the list to begin playing that song. If an MP3 CD
is playing, touching the “Browse” key will also
list the folders on the disc. Follow the procedure
for selecting a song with the touch screen to
choose a folder.
CD EJECT:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
When this button is pushed while the CD is
being played, the CD will be ejected.
SAA3401

Random:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play
pattern to the CD. When the random mode is
active, the
icon will be displayed to the left
of the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,
touching “Random” alternates between randomly playing songs within the current folder
and songs from the CD as a whole. The
icon is displayed to the left of the song title or
folder name to denote which pattern is applied.
To cancel Random mode, touch the “Random”
key until no
icon is displayed.

SAA3402

Repeat:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat play
pattern to the CD. When the repeat mode is
active, the
icon will be displayed to the left
of the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,
touching “Repeat” alternates between repeating
the current song and repeating the current
folder. The
icon is displayed to the left of
the song title or folder name to denote which
pattern is applied. To cancel Repeat mode,
touch the “Repeat” key until no
icon is
displayed.
Browse:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch the “Browse” key to display the titles on
I
nf
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ovi
ded
by
: title of a song in
the CD in list format.
Touch
the

4-62 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

If the CD comes out and is not removed, it
will be pulled back into the slot to protect
it.

AUX (Auxiliary)
input
S35-D-110201-BFB01D76-4C28-4AB6-9B76-289AAED6BAD3
AUX IN jack: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The AUX IN jack is located in the center console.
The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
standard analog audio input such as from a
portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
laptop computer.
AUX (Auxiliary)
button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To switch to the AUX mode, push the AUX
button when a compatible audio device is
connected into the AUX IN jack.
When the AUX button is pushed with no device

Black plate (211,1)

plugged into the jack, the audio system does not
change to the AUX mode.

CAUTION

NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo
mini plug cable when connecting your music
device to the audio system. Music may not play
properly when a monaural cable is used.

Depending on size and shape of
USB device, the console lid may not
fully close. Do not force console lid
closed as this may damage USB
device.

Do not force the USB device into the
USB port. Inserting the USB device
tilted or up-side-down into the port
may damage the USB device and
the port. Make sure that the USB
device is connected correctly into
the USB port. (Some USB devices
come with a
mark as a guide.
Make sure that the mark is facing
the correct direction before inserting the device.)

Do not locate objects near the USB
device to prevent the objects from
leaning on the USB device and the
port. Pressure from the objects may
damage the USB device and the
port.

SAA3433

USB memoryGUID-D2715C02-97AF-46F9-A58E-16E8B12F9706
operation
Audio main operation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The USB outlet connector is located in the
center console. Open the lid and connect a USB
memory as illustrated. Then, switch to the USB
memory mode automatically.
If the system has been turned off while the USB
memory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL
control knob will start the USB memory.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-63

Black plate (212,1)

PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the AUX button is pushed with the system
off and the USB memory inserted, the system
will turn on.
If another audio source is playing and a USB
memory is inserted, push the AUX button
repeatedly until the center display changes to
the USB memory mode.
SEEK/CATEGORY
button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button
while
an audio file on the USB device is playing to
return to the beginning of the current track. Push
the SEEK/CATEGORY button
several
times to skip backward several tracks.
Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button
while
an audio file on the USB device is playing to
advance one track. Push the SEEK/CATEGORY
button
several times to skip forward several
tracks. If the last track in a folder on the USB
device is skipped, the first track of the next folder
is played.
Push and hold the SEEK/CATEGORY button
or
for 1.5 seconds while an audio file
on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast
forward the track being played. The track plays
at an increased speed while reversing or fast
forwarding. When the button is released, the

audio file returns to normal play speed.
Random and repeat
play mode:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
While files on a USB device are playing, the play
pattern can be altered so that songs are
repeated or played randomly.
Random:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play
pattern to the USB device. When the random
mode is active, the
icon is displayed to the
left of the song title or album name to denote
which random pattern is applied. To cancel
Random mode, touch the “Random” key until no
icon is displayed.
Repeat:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat play
pattern to the USB device. When the repeat
mode is active, the
icon is displayed to the
left of the song title or album name to denote
which repeat pattern is applied. To cancel
Repeat mode, touch the “Repeat” key until no
icon is displayed.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-64 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SAA3435

iPod® player
operation
S35-D-110201-14D49E3C-C854-4E06-9C60-5D7DEE8745DD
®
Connecting iPod
:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To connect an iPod® to the vehicle so that the
iPod® can be controlled with the audio system
controls and display screen, use the USB jack
located in the center console. Open the
protective cover on the USB jack in the center
console and then connect the iPod® specific
end of the cable to the iPod® and the USB end
1 .
of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle *
If your iPod® supports charging via a USB
connection, its battery will be charged while
connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch
in the ACC or ON position.

Black plate (213,1)

While connected to the vehicle, the iPod® can
only be operated by the vehicle audio controls.

To disconnect the iPod® from the vehicle,
remove the USB end of the cable from the
USB jack on the vehicle, then remove the cable
from the iPod®.
* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.

CAUTION
.

Depending on size and shape of
iPod® and iPod® cable, the console
lid may not fully close. Do not force
console lid closed as this may
damage iPod® and iPod® cable.
®

Do not force the iPod cable into
the USB port. Inserting the iPod®
cable tilted or up-side-down into the
port may damage the iPod® cable
and the port. Make sure that the
iPod® cable is connected correctly
into the USB port. (Some iPod®
cable come with a
mark as a
guide. Make sure that the mark is
facing the correct direction before
inserting the iPod® cable.)

Do not locate objects near the iPod®
cable to prevent the objects from
leaning on the iPod® cable and the
port. Pressure from the objects may
damage the iPod® cable and the
port.

Compatibility: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The following models are available:
®

Fifth generation iPod (version 1.2.3 or
later)
. iPod Classic (version 1.1.1 or later)
. First generation iPod touch® (version 2.0.0
or later)
. Second generation iPod touch® (version
1.2.3 or later)
. First generation iPod nano (version 1.3.1 or
later)
. Second generation iPod nano® (version
1.1.3 or later)
. Third generation iPod nano® (version 1.1 or
later)
. Fourth generation iPod nano® (version 1.0.2
or later)
This unit may not control/operate correctly when
connected to some iPod versions/firmware and
iPhone.
.

Audio main operation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position. Then, push the
button repeatedly
to switch to the iPod® mode.
If the system has been turned off while the iPod®
was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
start the iPod®.
PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the
button is pushed with the system
off and the iPod® connected, the system will turn
on. If another audio source is playing and the
iPod® is connected, push the
button
repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.
Interface:
The interface for iPod® operation shown on the
vehicle display is similar to the iPod® interface.
Use the touch screen, BACK button or the
TUNE/SCROLL knob to navigate the menus on
the screen.
The following items can be chosen from the
menu list screen. For further information about
each item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual.
.
.
.

Playlists
Artists
Songs

®
Make sure that the
iPod
version
is updated.
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ovi
d
edby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-65

Black plate (214,1)

. Composers
. Audiobooks
. Podcasts
The following touch-panel buttons shown on the
screen are also available:
.
.

touch the “Repeat” key until no
displayed.

icon is

: returns to the previous screen.
: plays/pauses the music selected.

SEEK/CATEGORY
button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the
or
button is pushed for more
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the
iPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the iPod® will
return to the normal play speed.

SAA0451

CD/DVD/USB MEMORY CARE AND
CLEANING
S35-D-110201-C75B0B69-DD75-43C0-A5F4-2CF949045946

Random:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play
pattern to the iPod. When the random mode is
active, the
icon is displayed to the left of the
song title or album name to denote which
random pattern is applied. To cancel Random
mode, touch the “Random” key until no
icon
is displayed.
Repeat:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat play
pattern to the iPod. When the repeat mode is
active, the
icon is displayed to the left of the
song title or album name to denote which repeat
pattern is applied. To cancel Repeat mode,

CD/DVDS35-D-110201-7B256299-FD32-483A-BB5B-74544008F3F7
.

.
.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-66 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Handle a CD/DVD by its edges. Never touch
the surface of the disc. Do not bend the
disc.
Always place the discs in the storage case
when they are not being used.
To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the
center to the outer edge using a clean, soft
cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular
motion.
Do not use a conventional record cleaner or
alcohol intended for industrial use.

Black plate (215,1)

VOLUME control
switch
GUID-28FEC6B8-E1DE-41D8-B60B-C05C851D0868

A new disc may be rough on the inner and
outer edges. Remove the rough edges by
rubbing the inner and outer edges with the
side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

Push up or down the VOLUME control switch to
increase or decrease the volume.

Tuning switch

USB memory
(if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-05DDD64A-1C7F-49B9-9DCC-5BB6AEA55646
Do not touch the terminal portion of the USB
memory.
. Do not place heavy objects on the USB
memory.
. Do not store the USB memory in highly
humid locations.
. Do not expose the USB memory to direct
sunlight.
. Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory.
Refer to the USB memory Owner’s Manual for
the details.

S35-D-110201-5CA8CF8B-C0F5-481A-814C-213749094806

Memory change
(radio):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push up or down the tuning switch for less than
1.5 seconds to change the next or previous
radio preset.

SAA1779

1.
2.
3.

Tuning switch
VOLUME control switch
SOURCE select switch

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR
AUDIOS35-D-110201-C76F168B-0BEC-40AD-BD6D-4624D94C03CB
CONTROL (if so equipped)
The audio system can be operated using the
controls on the steering wheel.

SOURCE
select switch
S35-D-110201-ED6F6E26-E9A5-48A8-986D-E10281EAFC60
Push the SOURCE select switch to change the
mode to available audio source.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

SEEK tuning (radio):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push up or down the tuning switch for more than
1.5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio
station.
APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APS
REW (CD):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push up or down the tuning switch for less than
1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of the
present program or skip to the next program.
Push several times to skip back or skip through
programs.
This system searches for the blank intervals
between selections. If there is a blank interval
within one program or there is no interval
between programs, the system may not stop in
the desired or expected location.
FOLDER change
(CD with MP3 or WMA):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push up or down the tuning switch for more than
1.5 seconds to change the folders (if there are

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-67

Black plate (216,1)

any folders).

— The vehicle enters a garage with
a low ceiling.

iPod®:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
will increase or decrease the track number.

— The vehicle is covered with a car
cover.

USB:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
will increase or decrease the track number.
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds
will increase/decrease the folder number

SAA2102

ANTENNA
S35-D-110201-3A435C1C-B183-4681-AF7C-90168059490D
To remove the antenna, hold the bottom of the
antenna and turn it counterclockwise.
To install the antenna, turn the antenna clockwise and tighten.

CAUTION
.

To avoid damaging or deforming the
antenna, be sure to remove the
antenna under the following conditions.
— The vehicle enters an automatic
car wash.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-68 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Always properly tighten the antenna
rod during installation. Otherwise,
the antenna rod may break during
vehicle operation.

Black plate (217,1)

Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONE
SYSTEM (if so equipped)

CAR PHONE AND CB RADIO
S35-D-110201-DD1C2804-EB76-4872-9E54-AD4254F5BE6B

When installing a car phone or a CB radio in
your vehicle, be sure to observe the following
cautions, otherwise the new equipment may
adversely affect the electronic control modules
and electronic control system harness.

WARNING
.

A cellular phone should not be used
for any purpose while driving so full
attention may be given to vehicle
operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while
driving.
If you must make a call while your
vehicle is in motion, the hands-free
cellular phone operational mode is
highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full
attention may be given to vehicle
operation.

S35-D-110201-FB011E63-8BB9-46BA-A060-2A16AA9BD9B1

CAUTION
.

Keep the antenna as far away as
possible from the electronic control
modules.

Keep the antenna wire more than 8
in (20 cm) away from the electronic
control system harness. Do not
route the antenna wire next to any
harness.

Adjust the antenna standing-wave
ratio as recommended by the manufacturer.

Connect the ground wire from the
CB radio chassis to the body.

For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.

If you are unable to devote full
attention to vehicle operation while
talking on the phone, pull off the
road to a safe location and stop
your vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

WARNING
.

Use a phone after stopping your
vehicle in a safe location. If you
have to use a phone while driving,
exercise extreme caution at all
times so full attention may be given
to vehicle operation.

If you are unable to devote full
attention to vehicle operation while
talking on the phone, pull off the
road to a safe location and stop
your vehicle.

CAUTION
To avoid draining the vehicle battery,
use a phone after starting the engine.
Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth®
Hands-Free Phone System. If you have a
compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone,
you can set up the wireless connection between
your cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone
module. With Bluetooth® wireless technology,
you can make or receive a hands-free telephone
call in your vehicle.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-69

Black plate (218,1)

Once your cellular phone is connected to the invehicle phone module, no other phone connecting procedure is required. Your phone is
automatically connected with the in-vehicle
phone module when the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position with the connected
cellular phone turned on and carried in the
vehicle.

You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth®
cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.
However, you can talk on only one cellular phone
at a time.
Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
System, refer to the following notes.
.

Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®
functions share the same frequency band
(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the
wireless LAN functions at the same time may
slow down or disconnect the communication and cause undesired noise. It is
recommended that you turn off the wireless
LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®
functions.
Set up the wireless connection between a
compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle
phone module before using the Bluetooth®
Hands-Free Phone System.
Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones
may not be recognized by the in-vehicle

phone module. Please visit www.nissanusa.
com/bluetooth for a recommended phone
list and connecting.
You will not be able to use a hands-free
phone under the following conditions:
— Your vehicle is outside of the telephone
service area.
— Your vehicle is in an area where it is
difficult to receive radio waves; such as in
a tunnel, in an underground parking
garage, near a tall building or in a
mountainous area.
— Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it
from being dialed.
When the radio wave condition is not ideal
or ambient sound is too loud, it may be
difficult to hear the other person’s voice
during a call.
Immediately after the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position, it may be
impossible to receive a call for a short
period of time.
Do not place the cellular phone in an area
surrounded by metal or far away from the invehicle phone module to prevent tone quality
degradation and wireless connection disruption.
While a cellular phone is connected through
®
the Bluetooth
wireless
connection, the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-70 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

battery power of the cellular phone may
discharge quicker than usual. The Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System cannot
charge cellular phones.
If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
seems to be malfunctioning, see “Troubleshooting guide” later in this section. You can
also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for
troubleshooting help.
Some cellular phones or other devices may
cause interference or a buzzing noise to
come from the audio system speakers.
Storing the device in a different location
may reduce or eliminate the noise.
Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual
regarding battery charging, cellular phone
antenna, etc.
This wireless hands free car kit is based on
Bluetooth® technology,
— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz
— Output Power: 7,94 dBm E.I.R.P
— Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/
4DQPSK
— Number of Channel: 79
— This wireless equipment can’t be used
for any services related to safety because
there is the possibility of radio interference.

Black plate (219,1)

REGULATORY
INFORMATION
S35-D-110201-F1CF99FA-DF4D-4F1C-9382-2A9604425783
FCC Regulatory
information
S35-D-110201-306DC0A5-A71E-4099-9669-8B17CC42CFDF
.

CAUTION: To maintain compliance with
FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only
the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,
modification, or attachments could damage
the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1) this device may not cause interference
and
2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device

Bluetooth® trademark
GUID-1252895B-B425-49C6-BBFA-8EA9F654FFE8
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and
licensed to Visteon Corporation.

SAA3436

USING S35-D-110201-13F73A63-B264-4FC2-B9BF-49C3E770A44E
THE SYSTEM
The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows
hands-free operation of the Bluetooth® HandsFree Phone System.

IC Regulatory
information
S35-D-110201-5285DAB0-26CC-4E07-A0CA-271D322C0E42
.

Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference that
may cause undesired operation of the
device.
This Class B digital apparatus meets all
requirements of the Canadian InterferenceCausing Equipment Regulations.

If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may
not be available so full attention may be given to
vehicle operation.

Initialization
S35-D-110201-B6F81CD9-5344-4D85-A9DE-C284E952B6BB
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized, which takes a few seconds. If the
button is pushed before the initialization completes, the system will accept any command.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-71

Black plate (220,1)

Operating
tips
S35-D-110201-2FD5B1C0-EB73-44DB-ACF2-D363384115D4
To get the best performance out of the NISSAN
Voice Recognition system, observe the following:
.

.
.

Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
possible. Close the windows to eliminate
surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration
sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system
from recognizing voice commands correctly.
Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a
command. Otherwise, the command will not
be received properly.
Start speaking a command within 5 seconds
after the tone sounds.
Speak in a natural voice without pausing
between words.

Giving S35-D-110201-4F228DE0-FF8C-45CD-913D-E1D3ACE513CA
voice command
To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, push
and release the
button located on the
steering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak a
command.
The command given is picked up by the
microphone, and voice feedback is given when
the command is accepted.
.

If you need to hear the available commands
for the current menu again, say “Help” and
the system will repeat them.

If a command is not recognized, the system
announces, “Command not recognized.
Please say again.” Repeat the command in
a clear voice.
If you want to go back to the previous
command, you can say “Go back” or
“Correction” anytime the system is waiting
for a response.
You can cancel a command when the
system is waiting for a response by saying,
“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces
“Cancel” and ends the Voice Recognition
(VR) session. You can also push and hold
the
button for 5 seconds on the
steering wheel at any time to cancel the
VR session. Whenever the VR session is
cancelled, a double beep is played to
indicate you have exited the system.
If you want to adjust the volume of the voice
feedback, push the volume control switch (+
or −) on the steering wheel while being
provided with feedback. You can also use
the radio volume control knob.
In most cases you can interrupt the voice
feedback to speak the next command by
pushing the
button on the steering
wheel.
To use the system faster, you may speak the
second level commands with the main menu
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-72 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

command on the main menu. For example,
push the
button and after the tone say,
“Call Redial.” Note: The combined command of Call and (Speak Name) cannot be
used.

How toS35-D-110201-6424B4F4-E5FD-4CF0-88DD-02B9027CCC3D
say numbers
NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain
way to speak numbers in voice commands.
Refer to the rules and examples below.
.

Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”.
Example: 1-800-662-6200
— “One eight oh oh six six two six two oh
oh”, or
— “One eight zero zero six six two six two
oh oh”
Words can be used for the first 4 digits
places only.
Example: 1-800-662-6200
— “One eight hundred six six two six two oh
oh”,
— NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixty
two hundred, and
— NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty
two hundred.
Numbers can be spoken in small groups.
The system will prompt you to continuing
entering digits, if desired.

Black plate (221,1)

.
.

Example: 1-800-662-6200
— “One eight zero zero”
The system repeats the numbers and
prompts you to enter more.
— “six six two”
The system repeats the numbers and
prompts you to enter more.
— “six two zero zero”
You can say “Star” for “*” and “Pound” for
“#” at any time in any position of the phone
number. (Available only when using the
“Special Number” command.)
Example: 1-555-1212 *123
— “One five five five one two one two star
one two three”
Say “pound” for “#”. Say “star” for “*”
(available when using the “Special Number”
command and the “Send” command during
a call).
Say “plus” for “+” (available only when using
the “Special Number” command).
Say “pause” for a 2 second pause (available
only when storing a phone book number).
See “Making a call by entering a phone
number” later in this section and “List of
voice commands” later in this section for
more information.

NOTE:
For best results, say phone numbers as
single digits.
The voice command “Help” is available at any
time. Please say the “Help” command to get
information about how to use the system.
INFO
.

If you are controlling the telephone system
by voice command for the first time or do not
know the appropriate voice command,
speak “Help”. The system announces the
available commands.
When you speak numbers, you can speak
both “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Manual S35-D-110201-31E19BFD-30E3-47AD-B12A-3175F338B5EA
command selection
Commands can be selected manually. While the
commands are displayed on the audio screen,
select a command by operating the audio tuning
switch, and then push the
switch. Once a
command is manually selected, the voice
command function is cancelled. To return to
voice command mode, push the
switch to
cancel the current operation, and then perform
the first procedure of voice command.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

SAA1782

CONTROL
BUTTONS
S35-D-110201-703550E9-3DE2-433E-AB80-CD46939E5B53

The control buttons for the Bluetooth® HandsFree Phone System are located on the steering
wheel.
PHONE SEND
Push the
button to initiate a VR session or
answer an incoming call.
You can also use the
button to interrupt
system feedback and give a command at once.
PHONE END
While the voice recognition system is active,
push the
button to go back one step. Push
and hold the
button for 5 seconds to quit
the voice recognition system at any time.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-73

Black plate (222,1)

GETTING
STARTED
S35-D-110201-363B3716-4171-4E1D-92BB-B6C8C2F728AD

NOTE:
You must push the
button or the
button within 5 seconds to change
the language.

The following procedures will help you get
started using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
System with NISSAN Voice Recognition. For
additional command options, refer to “List of
voice commands” later in this section.

Current language

Choosing
a language
S35-D-110201-9ED1490B-F9A5-48AB-ADF8-DA6C6BE9BBA1

English

You can interact with the Bluetooth HandsFree Phone System using English, Spanish or
French.
To change the language, perform the following.
1. Push and hold the
5 seconds.

button for more than

2. The system announces: “Push the PHONE
SEND (
) button for the hands-free
phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or push the PHONE END (
)
button to select a different language.”
3. Push the

button.

For information on speaker adaptation, see
“Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode” later in this
section.
4. The system announces the current language
and gives you the option to change the
language to Spanish (in Spanish) or French
(in French). Use the following chart to select
the language.

Push
(TALK/
Push
(MODE/
PHONE SEND)
PHONE END)
to select
to select
Spanish

French

Spanish

English

French

English

French
Spanish

5. If you decide not to change the language, do
not push either button. After 5 seconds, the
VR session will end, and the language will
not be changed.

Connecting
procedure
S35-D-110201-70B0342B-394D-4E2C-ACD1-017AECE46CD1
NOTE:
The connecting procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary. If
the vehicle starts moving during the procedure, the procedure will be cancelled.

1. Push the
button on the steering wheel.
The system announces the available commands.
A . The system
2. Say: “Connect Phone” *
acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.
B . The system acknowl3. Say: “Add phone” *
edges the command and asks you to initiate
C .
pairing from the phone handset *

The connecting procedure of the cellular
phone varies according to each cellular
phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s
Manual for details. You can also visit www.
nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on
connecting NISSAN recommended cellular
phones.
When prompted for a Passkey code, enter
“1234” from the handset. The Passkey code
“1234” has been assigned by NISSAN and
cannot be changed.
4. The system asks you to say a name for the
D .
phone *
If the name is too long or too short, the
system tells you, then prompts you for a
name again.

NOS2623
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-74 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Also, if more than one phone is connected
and the name sounds too much like a name
already used, the system tells you, then

Black plate (223,1)

prompts you for a name again.

Making a call by entering a phone
number S35-D-110201-48F3CC44-24F0-42A7-9ED8-7F516582EFF2

NOS2624

1. Push the
button on steering wheel. A
tone will sound.
A . The system acknowledges
2. Say: “Call” *
the command and announces the next set of
available commands.
B . The system
3. Say: “Phone Number” *
acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.
Say: “Special Number” to dial more than 10
digits or any special characters.

4. Say the number you wish to call starting with
the area code in single digit format. If the
system has trouble recognizing the correct
phone number, try entering the number in
the following groups: 3-digit area code, 3digit prefix and the last 4-digits. For example,
555-121-3354 can be said as “five five five”
as the 1st group, then “one two one” as the
2nd group, and “three three five four” as the
3rd group. For dialing more than 10 digits or

any special characters, say “Special Number”. See “How to say numbers” earlier in
this section, for more information.

LIST OFS35-D-110201-89D632E4-E213-49DE-B708-658FF60A7E12
VOICE COMMANDS

5. When you have finished speaking the phone
number, the system repeats it back and
announces the available commands.
C . The system acknowledges
6. Say: “Dial” *
the command and makes the call.

For additional command options, see “List of
voice commands” later in this section.

Receiving
a call
S35-D-110201-89DA9BAB-3811-45B1-8BA4-9FBB801C0C2A
When you hear the ring tone, push the
button on the steering wheel.
Once the call has ended, push the
on the steering wheel.

button

NOTE:
If you do not wish to take the call when you
hear the ring tone, push the
button on
the steering wheel to reject the call.

NOS2625

When you push and release the
button on
the steering wheel, you can choose from the
commands on the Main Menu. The following
pages describe these commands and the
commands in each sub-menu.
Remember to wait for the tone before
speaking.
You can say “Help” to hear the list of commands
currently available anytime the system is waiting
for a response.
A menu item can also be selected by scrolling
the display with the SEEK switch and entering
by pushing the
button.
If you want to end an action without completing
it, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at anytime the
system is waiting for a response. The system will
end the VR session. Whenever the VR session
is cancelled, a double beep is played to indicate
you have exited the system.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

If you want to go back to the previous command,
you can say “Go back” or “Correction” anytime

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-75

Black plate (224,1)

the system is waiting for a response.

Call

S35-D-110201-0463C046-75B9-4CA6-8393-19E851C13897

to call. Refer to “Making a call by entering a
phone number” earlier in this section for more
details.
“Redial”

C
*

Use the Redial command to call the last number
that was dialed.
The system acknowledges the command, repeats the number and begins dialing.
JI0189

(speak name)

A
*

If a redial number does not exist, the system
announces, “There is no number to redial” and
ends the VR session.
“Call back”

See “Phonebook (phones without automatic
phonebook download function)” later in this
section to learn how to store entries.

The system acknowledges the command, repeats the number and begins dialing.

If there are multiple locations associated with
the name, the system asks the user to choose
the location.
Once the name and location are confirmed, the
system begins the call.
“Phone Number” (speak digits)

B
*

When prompted by the system, say the number

.
.

D
*

If there are entries stored in the phonebook, a
number associated with a name and location
can be dialed.

When prompted by the system, say the name of
the phonebook entry to call. The system
acknowledges the name.

wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter
commands.

Use the Call Back command to dial the number
of the last incoming call within the vehicle.

If a call back number does not exist, the system
announces, “There is no number to call back”
and ends the VR session.
“Special Number”
To dial more than 10 digits or any special
characters, please say “Special Number”. When
the system acknowledges the command, the
system will prompt you to speak the number.
“During a call”
During a call there are several command options
available. Push the
button
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
o
vi
dedby
: on the steering

4-76 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

“Help” — The system announces the available commands.
“Go back/Correction” — The system announces “Go back,” ends the VR session
and returns to the call.
“Cancel/Quit” — The system announces
“Cancel,” ends the VR session and returns
to the call.
“Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Send
command to enter numbers, “*” or “#”
during a call. For example, if you were
directed to dial an extension by an automated system:
Say: “Send one two three four.”
The system acknowledges the command
and sends the tones associated with the
numbers. The system then ends the VR
session and returns to the call. Say “star” for
“*”, say “pound” for “#”.
“Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Call
command to transfer the call from the
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System to
the cellular phone when privacy is desired.
The system announces, “Transfer call. Call
transferred to privacy mode.” The system
then ends the VR session.
To reconnect a call from the cellular phone

Black plate (225,1)

to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system, push the
button.
“Mute” — Use the Mute command to mute
your voice so the other party cannot hear it.
Use the mute command again to unmute
your voice.

NOTE:

Also, if the name sounds too much like a name
already stored, the system tells you, then
prompts you for a name again.
The system will ask you to transfer a phone
number stored in the cellular phone’s memory.
To enter a phone number by voice command:

If a call is ended or the cellular phone
network connection is lost while the Mute
feature is on, the Mute feature will be reset
to “off” for the next call so the other party
can hear your voice.

Phonebook (phones without automatic
phonebook
download function)
S35-D-110201-26A48EEF-193A-4F7A-A722-CFA61BDF26C6

NOS2627

“Transfer Entry”

tells you, then prompts you for a name again.

A
*

Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new
name in the system.
When prompted by the system, say the name
you would like to give the new entry.
For example, say: “Mary.”
If the name is too long or too short, the system

For example, say: “five five five one two one
two.” See “How to say numbers” earlier in this
section for more information.
To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular
phone’s memory:
Say: “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledges
the command and asks you to initiate the
transfer from the phone handset. The new
contact phone number will be transferred from
the cellular phone via the Bluetooth® communication link.
The transfer procedure varies according to each
cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s
Manual for details. You can also visit www.
nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on
transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones.

The system confirms the name, location and
number.
“Delete Entry”

B
*

Use the Delete Entry command to delete one
entry from the phonebook. After the system
acknowledges a command, say the name to
delete or say “List Names” to choose an entry.
“List Names”

C
*

Use the List Names command to hear all the
names in the phonebook. The system recites the
phonebook entries but does not include the
actual phone numbers. When playback of the
list is complete, the system returns to the main
menu.
Playback of the list can be stopped at any time
by pushing the
button on the steering
wheel. The system ends the VR session.

Phonebook (phones with automatic
phonebook
download function)
S35-D-110201-A16A631F-548A-4D41-AD75-635CD3062E55
NOTE:
Phonebook commands are not available
when the vehicle is moving.

The system repeats the number and prompts
you for the next command. When you have
finished entering numbers or transferring an
entry, choose “Store.”
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-77

Black plate (226,1)

Phone B.
“List names”

“Previous Name”
A
*

Use the List Names command to hear all the
names and locations in the phone book.
JI0200

For phones that support automatic download of
the phonebook (PBAP Bluetooth profile), the
“Phonebook” command is used to manage
entries to the vehicle phonebook. You can say
the name of an entry at this menu to initiate
dialing of that entry.
The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for
each phone paired with the system. Each name
can have up to 4 locations/phone numbers
associated with it.

The system recites the phone book entries but
does not include the actual phone numbers.
When the playback of the list is complete, the
system goes back to the main menu.
You can stop the playback of the list at any time
by pushing the
button on the steering
wheel. The system ends the VR session. See the
“Record Name” command in this section for
information about recording custom voice tags
for list entries that the system has difficulty
pronouncing.
B
*

When a phone is connected to the system, the
phonebook is automatically downloaded to the
vehicle. This feature allows you to access your
phonebook from the Bluetooth® system and call
contacts by name. You can record a custom
voice tag for contact names that the system has
difficulty recognizing. For more information see
“Record Name” in this section.

“Record name”

NOTE:

“Next Name”

Each phone has its own separate phonebook. You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if you are currently connected with

Use the Next Name command to move the next
name of list.

The system allows you to record custom voice
tags for contact names in the phonebook that
the vehicle has difficulty recognizing. This
feature can also be used to record voice tags
to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers.
Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the
system.
C
*

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-78 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

D
*

Use the Previous Name command to move the
previous name of list.

Recent S35-D-110201-A0FE88D4-B4CA-4E30-A7EC-6924630DE801
Calls

JI0201

Use the Recent Calls command to access
outgoing, incoming or missed calls.
“Outgoing”

A
*

Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing
calls made from the vehicle.
“Incoming”

B
*

Use the Incoming command to list the incoming
calls made from the vehicle.
“Missed”

C
*

Use the Missed command to list the missed
calls made to the vehicle that were not
answered.
“Call Back”

D
*

Use the Call Back command to dial the number
of the most recently received call.

Black plate (227,1)

C
*

ConnectS35-D-110201-DAF56654-BA68-4C50-89BF-A865A302EB6F
Phone

“Delete Phone”

NOTE:

Use the Delete Phone command to delete a
phone that is connected to the vehicle. The
system will list the names assigned to each
phone and then prompt you for the phone you
wish to delete. Deleting a phone from the vehicle
will also delete that phonebook for that phone.

Add Phone command is not available
when the vehicle is moving.

“Bluetooth Off”

D
*

Use the Bluetooth Off command to prevent a
wireless connection to your phone.
“Replace phone”
JI0202

Use the Connect Phone commands to manage
the phones connecting to the vehicle or to
enable the Bluetooth® function on the vehicle.
“Add Phone”

A
*

Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to
the vehicle. See “Connecting procedure” earlier
in this section for more information.
“Select Phone”

B
*

Use the Select Phone command to select from a
list of phones connected to the vehicle. The
system will list the names assigned to each
phone and then prompt you for the phone you
wish to select. Only one phone can be active at
a time.

E
*

This can be used to reconnect a new phone with
the vehicle you have changed your cellular
phone.

SPEAKER
ADAPTATION (SA) MODE
S35-D-110201-6F97B5D3-401C-46AD-9389-BD952ABFFFE3
Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-of
dialect users to train the system to improve
recognition accuracy. By repeating a number of
commands, the users can create a voice model
of their own voice that is stored in the system.
The system is capable of storing a different
speaker adaptation model for each connected
phone.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Training S35-D-110201-4BFA4231-662E-46CF-B928-4A1945741EA8
procedure
1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet
outdoor location.
2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the engine
running, the parking brake on, and the
transmission in Park.
3. Push and hold the
5 seconds.

button for more than

4. The system announces: “Push the PHONE
SEND (
) button for the hands-free
phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or push the PHONE END (
)
button to select a different language.”
5. Push the

button.

For information on selecting a different
language, see “Choosing a language” earlier
in this section.
6. If the connected phone is already in use, the
system will prompt you to overwrite. Follow
the instructions provided by the system.
7. When preparation is complete and you are
ready to begin, push the
button.
8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow the
instructions provided by the system.
9. When training is finished, the system will tell
you an adequate number of phrases have
been recorded.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-79

Black plate (228,1)

10. The system will announce that speaker
adaptation has been completed and the
system is ready.
The SA mode will stop if:
.
.
.

The
button is pushed for more than 5
seconds in SA mode.
The vehicle is driven during SA mode.
The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or
LOCK position.

TrainingS35-D-110201-A9BBF6B8-DFC7-4F2F-9DC8-78DC45C7C45F
phrases
During the SA mode, the system instructs you to
say the following phrases.
(The system will prompt you for each phrase.)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

phonebook transfer entry
dial 3 0 4 2 9
delete call back number
Incoming
Transfer entry
8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7
delete all entries
call 7 2 4 0 9
phonebook delete entry
next entry
dial star 2 1 7 0
yes

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

no
select
Missed
dial 8 5 6 9 2
Bluetooth on
Outgoing
call 3 1 9 0 2
9 7 pause pause 3 0 8
cancel
call back number
call star 2 0 9 5
delete phone
dial 8 3 0 5 1
Record Name
4 3 pause 2 9 pause 0
delete redial number
phonebook list names
call 8 0 5 4 1
correction
setup main menu
dial 7 4 0 1 8
memo pad delete
delete
dial 9 7 2 6 6
call 7 6 3 0 1
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-80 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

.
.
.

go back
call 5 6 2 8 0
dial 6 6 4 3 7

Black plate (229,1)

TROUBLESHOOTING
GUIDE
S35-D-110201-3D8483FA-076C-40CB-8565-9B227BA85009
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom

Solution
1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “List of voice commands” earlier in this section.
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

The System fails to interpret the command correctly. 4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too
noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to
improve the recognition response for the speaker. See “Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode” earlier in this section.
1. Ensure that the phonebook entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by
The system consistently selects the wrong entry from using the “List Names” command. See “Phonebook (phones without automatic phonebook download function)”
earlier in this section.
the phonebook.
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-81

Black plate (230,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

4-82 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (231,1)

5 Starting and driving
Precautions when starting and driving ................................
...
5-2
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................................
...
5-2
Three-way catalyst ..............................................................
...
5-3
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................
...
5-3
Avoiding collision and rollover .........................................
...
5-6
On-pavement and off-road driving precautions ..........
...
5-6
Off-road recovery ................................................................
...
5-6
Rapid air pressure loss ......................................................
...
5-7
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving .................................
...
5-7
Driving safety precautions .................................................
...
5-8
Ignition switch .........................................................................
...
5-10
Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) ......................
...
5-10
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................
...
5-12
Key positions .....................................................................
...
5-12
Before starting the engine ...................................................
...
5-13
Starting the engine ................................................................
...
5-13
Driving the vehicle .................................................................
...
5-14
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................
...
5-14
Parking brake ..........................................................................
...
5-19
Cruise control .........................................................................
...
5-19
Precautions on cruise control .......................................
...
5-19
Cruise control operations ...............................................
...
5-20

Break-in schedule .................................................................
...
Increasing fuel economy ......................................................
...
Sonar system (if so equipped) ..........................................
...
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ........................
...
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch operations .....
...
AWD warning light ........................................................
...
Parking/parking on hills ........................................................
...
Electric power steering system .........................................
...
Brake system ..........................................................................
...
Braking precautions ......................................................
...
Parking brake break-in ..................................................
...
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ...............................
...
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system .........................
...
Cold weather driving ............................................................
...
Freeing a frozen door lock ...........................................
...
Anti-freeze ........................................................................
...
Battery ...............................................................................
...
Draining of coolant water .............................................
...
Tire equipment ................................................................
...
Special winter equipment ............................................
...
Driving on snow or ice .................................................
...
Engine block heater (if so equipped) .......................
...

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

5-21
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-23
5-25
5-26
5-27
5-27
5-27
5-28
5-28
5-29
5-31
5-31
5-31
5-31
5-31
5-31
5-32
5-32
5-32

Black plate (232,1)

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING
AND DRIVING
S35-D-110201-172B5694-002F-4BAC-A54F-244D93B08401

EXHAUST
GAS (carbon monoxide)
S35-D-110201-422D581A-51A9-4E2E-9E55-85BD97561D40

WARNING
.

Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. They
could accidentally injure themselves
or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,
sunny days, temperatures in a
closed vehicle could quickly become
high enough to cause severe or
possibly fatal injuries to people or
animals.
Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from
sliding or shifting. Do not place
cargo higher than the seatbacks. In
a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal
injury.

If electrical wiring or other cable
connections must pass to a trailer
through the seal on the lift gate or
the body, follow the manufacturer’s
recommendation to prevent carbon
monoxide entry into the vehicle.

If a special body, camper or other
equipment is added for recreational
or other usage, follow the manufacturer’s recommendation to prevent
carbon monoxide entry into the
vehicle. (Some recreational vehicle
appliances such as stoves, refrigerators, heaters, etc. may also generate carbon monoxide.)

The exhaust system and body
should be inspected by a qualified
mechanic whenever:

WARNING
.

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they
contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is
dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.

If you suspect that exhaust fumes
are entering the vehicle, drive with
all windows fully open, and have the
vehicle inspected immediately.

Do not run the engine in closed
spaces such as a garage.

Do not park the vehicle with the
engine running for any extended
length of time.

Keep the lift gate closed while
driving, otherwise exhaust gases
could be drawn into the passenger
compartment. If you must drive with
the lift gate open, follow these
precautions:

— The vehicle is raised for service.
— You suspect that exhaust fumes
are entering into the passenger
compartment.

1. Open all the windows.

— You notice a change in the
sound of the exhaust system.

2. Set the
air recirculation to off
and the fan control to high to

— You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-2

circulate the air.

Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (233,1)

system, underbody, or rear of
the vehicle.

haust pollutants.
.

Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems can cause
overrich fuel flow into the three-way
catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do
not keep driving if the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating
conditions are detected. Have the
vehicle inspected promptly by a
NISSAN dealer.

Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.

Do not race the engine while warming it up.

Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine.

THREE-WAY
CATALYST
S35-D-110201-6C684C77-26EF-469E-8CDF-33CAC09CE017
The three-way catalyst is an emission control
device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust
gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at
high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING
.

The exhaust gas and the exhaust
system are very hot. Keep people,
animals or flammable materials
away from the exhaust system components.

Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry
grass, waste paper or rags. They
may ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION
.

Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously reduce the three-way
catalyst’s ability to help reduce ex-

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
S35-D-110201-5238C45C-5543-4990-B1F7-2C79DFC38991
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should determine the proper
tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more of your tires
is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when
the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for
proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s
responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,
even if under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
Starting and driving 5-3

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (234,1)

pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly. The TPMS
malfunction indicator is combined with the low
tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously
illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the
malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of
reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle
that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale
after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.

Additional information
GUID-1EB521A7-B20A-476D-B8B6-0AE64B1EF469
.
.

5-4

The TPMS does not monitor the tire
pressure of the spare tire.
The TPMS will activate only when the
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH
(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect
a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a

flat tire while driving).
The low tire pressure warning light does not
automatically turn off when the tire pressure
is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the
recommended pressure, the vehicle must be
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)
to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire
pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure
gauge to check the tire pressure.
The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning
appears in the vehicle information display
when the low tire pressure warning light is
illuminated and low tire pressure is detected.
The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning
turns off when the low tire pressure warning
light turns off.
The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning
appears for a period of time each time the
ignition switch is placed in the ON position
as long as the low tire pressure warning light
remains illuminated.
The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning
does not appear if the low tire pressure
warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS
malfunction.
Tire pressure rises and falls depending on
the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation
and the outside temperature. Low outside
temperature can lower the temperature of
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

the air inside the tire which can cause a
lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause
the low tire pressure warning light to
illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in
low ambient temperature, check the tire
pressure for all four tires.
For additional information, see “Low tire pressure warning light” in the “2. Instruments and
controls” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of emergency” section.

WARNING
.

If the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
off the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires
may permanently damage the tires
and increase the likelihood of tire
failure. Serious vehicle damage
could occur and may lead to an
accident and could result in serious
personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
pressure to the recommended COLD

Black plate (235,1)

FCC Notice:

tire pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label to turn
the low tire pressure warning light
OFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it
with a spare tire as soon as possible. (See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case
of emergency” section for changing
a flat tire.)
.

CAUTION
.

The TPMS may not function properly
when the wheels are equipped with
tire chains or the wheels are buried
in snow.

Do not place metalized film or any
metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the
windows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire
pressure sensors, and the TPMS will
not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarily
interfere with the operation of the TPMS and
cause the low tire pressure warning light to
illuminate. Some examples are:
.
.
.

Facilities or electric devices using similar
radio frequencies are near the vehicle.
If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is
being used in or near the vehicle.
If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/
AC converter is being used in or near the
vehicle.

For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving 5-5

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (236,1)

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER
GUID-8CC33DA4-1AF0-4342-B809-19CE1354D01B

WARNING
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
and prudent manner may result in loss
of control or an accident.
Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey
all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,
high speed cornering, or sudden steering
maneuvers, because these driving practices
could cause you to lose control of your vehicle.
As with any vehicle, a loss of control could
result in a collision with other vehicles or
objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,
particularly if the loss of control causes the
vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all
times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive
when under the influence of alcohol or drugs
(including prescription or over-the-counter
drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always
wear your seat belt as outlined in the “Seat
belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system” section of this
manual, and also instruct your passengers to do
so.
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in

5-6

collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an
unbelted or improperly belted person is
significantly more likely to be injured or
killed than a person properly wearing a
seat belt.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
DRIVING
PRECAUTIONS
S35-D-110201-200796C5-D538-48BF-A739-570F1F9B79A1
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
They have higher ground clearance than passenger cars to make them capable of performing
in a variety of on-pavement and off-road
applications. This gives them a higher center of
gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of
higher ground clearance is a better view of the
road, allowing you to anticipate problems.
However, they are not designed for cornering
at the same speeds as conventional passenger
cars any more than low-slung sports cars are
designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road
conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds.
As with other vehicles of this type, failure to
operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts help
reduce the risk of injury in collisions and
rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or
improperly belted person is significantly more
likely to be injured or killed than a person
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

properly wearing a seat belt.
Be sure to read “Driving safety precautions”
later in this section.

OFF-ROAD GUID-8AE1A9CD-5285-4296-880C-280D2FA43FBA
RECOVERY
If the right side or left side wheels leave the road
surface, maintain control of the vehicle by
following the procedure below. Please note that
this procedure is only a general guide. The
vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on
the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Do not apply the brakes.
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel
with both hands and try to hold a straight
course.
4. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the
vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle
speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive
the vehicle back onto the road surface until
vehicle speed is reduced.
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the
steering wheel until both tires return to the
road surface. When all tires are on the road
surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the
appropriate driving lane.

Black plate (237,1)

If you decide that it is not safe to return
the vehicle to the road surface based on
vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe
place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE
LOSS
GUID-6FF196AC-FF92-483D-9FE2-BD46481D5F0A
Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can
occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due
to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure
loss can also be caused by driving on underinflated tires.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling
and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway
speeds.
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually
inspect the tires for wear and damage. See
“Wheels and tires” in the “8. Maintenance and
do-it-yourself” section of this manual.
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”
while driving maintain control of the vehicle by
following the procedure below. Please note that
this procedure is only a general guide. The
vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on
the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING
The following actions can increase the
chance of losing control of the vehicle if
there is a sudden loss of tire air
pressure. Losing control of the vehicle
may cause a collision and result in
personal injury.
.

The vehicle generally moves or pulls
in the direction of the flat tire.

Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal.

Do not rapidly turn the steering
wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel
with both hands and try to hold a straight
course.
3. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location
off the road and away from traffic if possible.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually
stop the vehicle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and
either contact a roadside emergency service
to change the tire or see “Changing a flat
tire” in the “6. In case of emergency” section
of this Owner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND
DRIVING GUID-0C2FCF2D-F6C9-49A3-8519-5AED7405747D

WARNING
Never drive under the influence of
alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays
reaction time and impairs judgement.
Driving after drinking alcohol increases
the likelihood of being involved in an
accident injuring yourself and others.
Additionally, if you are injured in an
accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury.
NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,
you must choose not to drive under the influence
of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are
injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.
Although the local laws vary on what is
considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is
that alcohol affects all people differently and
most people underestimate the effects of
Starting and driving 5-7

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (238,1)

alcohol.

Do not drive across steep slopes.
Instead drive either straight up or
straight down the slopes. Off-road
vehicles can tip over sideways much
more easily than they can forward or
backward.

Heavy braking going down a hill
could cause your brakes to overheat
and fade, resulting in loss of control
and an accident. Apply brakes
lightly and use a low range to
control your speed.

Many hills are too steep for any
vehicle. If you drive up them, you
may stall. If you drive down them,
you may not be able to control your
speed. If you drive across them, you
may roll over.

Unsecured cargo can be thrown
around when driving over rough
terrain. Properly secure all cargo
so it will not be thrown forward
and cause injury to you or your
passengers.

Do not shift ranges while driving on
downhill grades as this could cause
loss of control of the vehicle.

Stay alert when driving to the top of
a hill. At the top there could be a
drop-off or other hazard that could
cause an accident.

If your engine stalls or you cannot
make it to the top of a steep hill,
never attempt to turn around. Your
vehicle could tip or roll over. Always
back straight down in R (Reverse)
range. Never back down in N (Neutral), using only the brake, as this
could cause loss of control.

To avoid raising the center of gravity
excessively, do not exceed the rated
capacity of the roof rack (if so
equipped) and evenly distribute the
load. Secure heavy loads in the
cargo area as far forward and as
low as possible. Do not equip the
vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual. This could cause
your vehicle to roll over.

Do not grip the inside or spokes of
the steering wheel when driving offroad. The steering wheel could
move suddenly and injure your
hands. Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of
the rim.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And
that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,
prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if
your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by
alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
S35-D-110201-E7A06B68-B9DA-4F86-B811-CCB6BF916820
Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and
off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep
water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly
designed for leisure use, unlike a conventional
off-road vehicle.
Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models are less capable than All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) models for rough road driving and
extrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, or
the like.
Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING
.

5-8

Drive carefully when off the road
and avoid dangerous areas. Every
person who drives or rides in this
vehicle should be seated with their
seat belt fastened. This will keep
you and your passengers in position
when driving over rough terrain.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (239,1)

Before operating the vehicle, ensure
that the driver and all passengers
have their seat belts fastened.

Always drive with the floor mats in
place as the floor may became hot.

Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds. With a higher
center of gravity, your NISSAN is
more affected by strong side winds.
Slower speeds ensure better vehicle
control.

Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires, even
with AWD engaged.

For AWD equipped vehicles, do not
attempt to raise two wheels off the
ground and shift the transmission to
any drive or reverse position with
the engine running. Doing so may
result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which
could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

Do not attempt to test an AWD
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for
emissions testing), or similar equip-

ment even if the other two wheels
are raised off the ground. Make sure
you inform test facility personnel
that your vehicle is equipped with
AWD before it is placed on a
dynamometer. Using the wrong test
equipment may result in drivetrain
damage or unexpected vehicle
movement which could result in
serious vehicle damage or personal
injury.

Always use tires of the same type,
size, brand, construction (bias, biasbelted or radial), and tread pattern
on all four wheels. Install traction
devices on the front wheels when
driving on slippery roads and drive
carefully.

Be sure to check the brakes immediately after driving in mud or water.
See “Brake system” later in this
section for wet brakes.

When a wheel is off the ground due
to an unlevel surface, do not spin
the wheel excessively. (AWD models)

Avoid parking your vehicle on steep
hills. If you get out of the vehicle
and it rolls forward, backward or
sideways, you could be injured.

Accelerating quickly, sharp steering
maneuvers or sudden braking may
cause loss of control.

If at all possible, avoid sharp turning
maneuvers, particularly at high
speeds. Your vehicle has a higher
center of gravity than a conventional
passenger car. The vehicle is not
designed for cornering at the same
speeds as conventional passenger
cars. Failure to operate this vehicle
correctly could result in loss of
control and/or a rollover accident.

Whenever you drive off-road
through sand, mud or water as deep
as the wheel hub, more frequent
maintenance may be required. See
the maintenance information in the
“NISSAN Service and Maintenance
Guide”.

Spinning the front wheels on slippery surfaces may cause the AWD
warning light to flash and the AWD
system to automatically switch from
the AWD mode to the 2WD mode.
This could reduce traction. Be especially careful when towing a trailer.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving 5-9

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (240,1)

IGNITION SWITCH
S35-D-110201-5700BCBC-6DD7-45B8-832F-13606871BC4B

(AWD models)

SSD0669

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-5BE72C3A-D258-4669-AB4A-70E75CB4440F
The Intelligent Key system can operate the
ignition switch without taking the key out from
your pocket or purse. The operating environment
and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key
system operation.

CAUTION
.

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when operating the vehicle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-10 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the
vehicle.

If the vehicle battery is discharged,
the ignition switch cannot be moved
from the LOCK position. Charge the
battery as soon as possible. See
“Jump starting” in the “6. In case of
emergency” section.

Black plate (241,1)

SSD0436

Operating
range
S35-D-110201-E7BEEF8F-362F-4C60-AE3A-079EA87D5DB5

The cargo area is not included in the
operating range, but the Intelligent Key may
function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed on the
instrument panel, inside the glove box or
door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not
function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door
or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent
Key may function.
Some indicators and warnings for operation are
displayed on the vehicle information display
between the speedometer and tachometer.
(See “Vehicle information display” in the “2.
Instruments and controls” section.)

SSD0392
Without Intelligent Key system

The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is
1 .
within the specified operating range *
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
discharged or strong radio waves are present
near the operating location, the Intelligent Key
system’s operating range becomes narrower
and may not function properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone
who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to turn
the ignition switch to start the engine.

SSD0437A
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

With Intelligent Key system

Starting and driving 5-11

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (242,1)

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION
(CVT)
S35-D-110201-7E60201D-5BC1-4A77-B022-2EB741764885
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition
switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position
until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)
position.
.

When turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, make sure that the selector
lever is in the P (Park) position.
. When removing the key from the ignition
switch (if it is inserted), make sure that the
selector lever is in the P (Park) position.
When the ignition switch cannot be turned to
the LOCK position:
1. The SHIFT P warning (if so equipped)
appears on the vehicle information display
and a chime sounds.

be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON
position with the foot brake pedal depressed.
1 is between the LOCK and
The OFF position *
ACC positions, although it is not marked on the
ignition switch.

KEY POSITIONS
S35-D-110201-06396A46-A2D1-4669-9D84-BF9FD54D3642
LOCK (0)
S35-D-110201-3766F96D-1AD8-4926-9BF6-89EEF00D4EE3
Except for the Intelligent Key equipped
model:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The key can only be removed from the ignition
switch at this position.
For the Intelligent
Key equipped model:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
PUSH OFF The ignition switch is locked at this position.
PUSH ON -

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked while
carrying the Intelligent Key.

3. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON
direction.

OFF (1) S35-D-110201-B63E5331-2F3F-4787-8587-50D4072E5971

4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.

ACC (2)
S35-D-110201-A6FC5348-7C27-49D0-A408-EB98CE521FDB

5. Remove the key, if it is inserted in the ignition
switch.

The electrical accessory power activates without
the engine turned on.

If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position, the selector lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position. The selector lever can

The power supply is turned off.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-12 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

ON (3) S35-D-110201-9D3A8F96-70AB-4768-80FB-4789116DD6AD
The ignition system and the electrical accessory
power activate without the engine turned on.

START S35-D-110201-79ACFB24-9ADC-4251-AB1C-2447A8767855
(4)
The engine starter activates and the engine will
start. The ignition switch, when released, will
automatically turn to the ON position.

CAUTION
As soon as the engine has started,
release the ignition switch immediately.

Black plate (243,1)

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE
S35-D-110201-EFA61046-21C4-4AD9-9C39-10A435B04B96

.
.

.
.
.
.
.

Make sure the area around the vehicle is
clear.
Check fluid levels such as engine oil, coolant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid as
frequently as possible, or at least whenever
you refuel.
Check that all windows and lights are clean.
Visually inspect tires for their appearance
and condition. Also check tires for proper
inflation.
Lock all doors.
Position seat and adjust head restraints.
Adjust inside and outside mirrors.
Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to
do likewise.
Check the operation of warning lights when
the ignition key is turned to the ON position.
(See “Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

STARTING THE ENGINE
S35-D-110201-87C2625E-B819-4174-914B-BC526532BA90

1. Apply the parking brake.

CAUTION

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
The starter is designed so that it does not
operate unless the selector lever is in either
of the above positions.
3. Crank the engine with your foot off the
accelerator pedal by turning the ignition
switch to START. Release the switch when
the engine starts. If the engine starts, but
fails to run, repeat the above procedure.
. If the engine is very hard to start in
extremely cold weather or when restarting, depress the accelerator pedal a little
(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold
it and then crank the engine. Release the
accelerator pedal when the engine starts.
. If the engine is very hard to start because
it is flooded, depress the accelerator
pedal all the way to the floor and hold it.
Crank the engine for 5 - 6 seconds. After
cranking the engine, release the accelerator pedal. Crank the engine with your
foot off the accelerator pedal by
turning the ignition switch to START.
Release the ignition switch when the
engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails
to run, repeat the above procedure.

Do not operate the starter for more
than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine
does not start, turn the ignition switch
off and wait 10 seconds before cranking
again, otherwise the starter could be
damaged.
4. Warm-up
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30
seconds after starting. Do not race the
engine while warming it up. Drive at
moderate speed for a short distance first,
especially in cold weather. In cold weather,
keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and
stopping the engine over a short period of
time may make the vehicle more difficult to
start.
5. To stop the engine, shift the selector lever to
the P (Park) position and turn the ignition
switch to the OFF position.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery discharge
and potential no-start conditions such as:

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving 5-13

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (244,1)

DRIVING THE VEHICLE
S35-D-110201-B37603AF-ECB2-481C-A92E-035B1AB0690B

1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery
power when the engine is not running
(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,
etc.)

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION
(CVT)
S35-D-110201-5418F86B-BA47-41F8-8576-D09AB3751BAF

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.

The recommended operating procedures for this
transmission are shown on the following pages.
Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle
performance and driving enjoyment.

In these cases, the battery may need to be
charged to maintain battery health.

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
in your vehicle is electronically controlled to
produce maximum power and smooth operation.

Engine power may be automatically reduced to protect the CVT if the engine
speed increases quickly when driving on
slippery roads or while being tested on
some dynamometers.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, push
the selector lever button and move the
selector lever to a driving position.
3. Release the parking brake and foot brake
pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in
motion.

WARNING
.

Do not depress the accelerator
pedal while shifting from P (Park)
or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D
(Drive), L (Low). Always depress
the brake pedal until shifting is
completed. Failure to do so could
cause you to lose control and have
an accident.

Cold engine idle speed is high, so
use caution when shifting into a
forward or reverse gear before the
engine has warmed up.

Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse) while vehicle is moving. Failure to do so could cause you to lose
control and have an accident.

StartingS35-D-110201-09A6574C-D46F-4EF2-9E5A-FADC6C34FAE0
the vehicle
1. After starting the engine, fully depress the
foot brake pedal before moving the selector
lever out of the P (Park) position.
This CVT is designed so that the foot
brake pedal must be depressed before
shifting from P (Park) to any driving
position while the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
The selector lever cannot be moved out
of the P (Park) position and into any of
the other positions if the ignition
switch is turned to the LOCK, OFF or
ACC position
or
the
key
is removed.
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onif
Pr
o
vi
dedb
y
:

5-14 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (245,1)

WARNING

CAUTION
.

Except in an emergency, do not shift
to the N (Neutral) position while
driving. Coasting with the transmission in the N (Neutral) position may
cause serious damage to the transmission.

When stopping the vehicle on an
uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle
by depressing the accelerator pedal.
The foot brake should be used for
this purpose.

Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of
control.

Apply the parking brake if the selector
lever is in any position while the engine
is not running. Failure to do so could
cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly
or roll away and result in serious
personal injury or property damage.

SSD0665

To move the selector lever,
:
:
:

Push the button A while depressing the
brake pedal.
Push the button.
Just move the selector lever.

Shifting S35-D-110201-06F074F0-546E-4865-A769-64F3F1CC3D96
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake
pedal, push the selector lever button and move
the selector lever from the P (Park) position to
any of the desired shift positions.

If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF or
ACC position for any reason while the selector
lever is in any positions other than the P (Park),
the ignition switch cannot be turned to the
LOCK position.
If the ignition switch cannot be turned to the
LOCK position, perform the following steps:
1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is
stopped.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
while depressing the foot brake pedal.
3. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving 5-15

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (246,1)

CAUTION
To prevent transmission damage, use
the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only
when the vehicle is completely stopped.
P (Park):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Use this selector position when the vehicle is
parked or when starting the engine. Make sure
the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake
pedal must be depressed and the selector
lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from N (Neutral) or any drive
position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.
When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake
first, then move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.

The engine can be started in this position. You
may shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled
engine while the vehicle is moving.
D (Drive):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Use this position for all normal forward driving.
L (Low) (if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Use this position for maximum engine braking on
steep downhill gradients/climbing steep slopes
and whenever approaching sharp bends. Do not
use the L position in any other circumstances.
JVS0100X

SPORT mode
switch
GUID-99239937-893E-4CAC-B84A-6159150240EC
In the SPORT mode, the engine and transmission are controlled to set the engine speed
higher than in the D (Drive) position. This
enhances throttle response for a “sporty” driving
feeling.

R (Reverse): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Use this position to back up. Make sure the
vehicle is completely stopped before selecting
the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal
must be depressed and the selector lever
button pushed in to move the selector
lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any
driving position to R (Reverse).
N (Neutral): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.

To turn on the SPORT mode, push the SPORT
mode switch. The SPORT mode indicator light
in the instrument panel illuminates. To turn off
the SPORT mode, push the SPORT mode
switch again. The SPORT mode indicator light
on the instrument panel turns off.
If the SPORT mode indicator light does not
illuminate when the SPORT mode switch is
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-16 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (247,1)

Accelerator
downshift — In D position —
S35-D-110201-F9EEE14F-5BF2-4256-B19A-D9E9E24F5809

turned on, the switch or system may have a
malfunction. In this case, contact your NISSAN
dealer. Even if there is a malfunction in the
switch or system, this will not affect normal
driving.
.

For passing or hill climbing, fully depress the
accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the
transmission down into a lower gear, depending
on the vehicle speed.

The SPORT mode automatically turns off if a
malfunction occurs.
The SPORT mode only operates at speeds
of above 20 MPH (30km/h).
If the engine is switched off with the SPORT
mode on, the SPORT mode resets to off
when the engine is restarted.

.
.

High fluid
temperature protection mode
S35-D-110201-481FB4B1-F6C4-49B8-8504-1DFAEEA834E0

JVS0097X

CAUTION
.

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy
may be reduced.

If the overdrive off mode is set when
the SPORT mode is on, the overdrive off mode will take priority.

Overdrive
(O/D) OFF switch
S35-D-110201-6B915A43-9062-4BFB-A3D9-25A6FE35E78C
When the O/D OFF switch is pushed with the
selector lever in the D (Drive) position, the
indicator light in the instrument panel illuminates.
Use the overdrive off mode when you need
improved engine braking.
To turn off the overdrive off mode, push the O/D
OFF switch again. The
indicator light will
turn off.
Each time the engine is started, or when the
selector lever is shifted to any position other
than the D (Drive) position, the overdrive off
mode will be automatically turned off.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

This transmission has a high fluid temperature
protection mode. If the fluid temperature becomes too high (for example, when climbing
steep grades in high temperature with heavy
loads, such as when towing a trailer), engine
power and, under some conditions, vehicle
speed will be decreased automatically to reduce
the chance of transmission damage. Vehicle
speed can be controlled with the accelerator
pedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may be
limited.

Fail-safeS35-D-110201-A143CA3E-686B-4C25-9A61-E13835FDD47C
If the vehicle is driven under extreme
conditions, such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking, the
fail-safe system may be activated. The MIL
may illuminate to indicate the fail-safe
mode is activated. (See “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in the “2. Instruments
and controls” section.) This will occur even
if all electrical circuits are functioning
properly. In this case, turn the ignition
Starting and driving 5-17

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (248,1)

2. Apply the parking brake.

switch to the OFF position and wait for 10
seconds. Then turn the switch back to the
ON position. The vehicle should return to
its normal operating condition. If it does
not return to its normal operating condition, have a NISSAN dealer check the
transmission and repair if necessary.

3. Remove the shift lock release cover
using a suitable tool.

B using a
4. Push down the shift lock release *
suitable tool.
C and move
5. Push the selector lever button *
the selector lever to the N (Neutral) position
D
while holding down the shift lock
*
release.

WARNING
When the high fluid temperature protection mode or fail-safe operation
occurs, vehicle speed may be gradually
reduced. The reduced speed may be
lower than other traffic, which could
increase the chance of a collision. Be
especially careful when driving. If necessary, pull to the side of the road at a
safe place and allow the transmission
to return to normal operation, or have it
repaired if necessary.

A
*

Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The
vehicle may be moved to the desired location.
SSD0667

Shift lock
release
S35-D-110201-E065713F-F36B-486B-97B3-054CF9D629B7
If the battery charge is low or discharged, the
selector lever may not be moved from the P
(Park) position even with the brake pedal
depressed and the selector lever button pushed.
To move the selector lever, release the shift lock.
The selector lever can be moved to the N
(Neutral) position. This allows the vehicle to be
moved if the battery is discharged.
To release the shift lock, perform the following
procedure:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position, and remove the key if it is inserted.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-18 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Replace the removed shift lock release cover
after the operation.
If the selector lever cannot be moved out of the
P (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check
the CVT system as soon as possible.

WARNING
If the selector lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position while the
engine is running and the brake pedal
is depressed, the stop lights may not
work. Malfunctioning stop lights could
cause an accident injuring yourself and
others.

Black plate (249,1)

PARKING BRAKE

CRUISE CONTROL

S35-D-110201-37FB1B7F-A7C8-447C-BDCE-AF83216954D5

S35-D-110201-6BA0E60E-E6DD-4377-9F64-19E20F97589F

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL S35-D-110201-E4BDAA6A-ABCA-43DB-9AF9-129EFB44F8C2

WARNING
.

Be sure the parking brake is fully
released before driving. Failure to
do so can cause brake failure and
lead to an accident.

Do not release the parking brake
from outside the vehicle.

Do not use the gear shift in place of
the parking brake. When parking, be
sure the parking brake is fully
engaged.

Do not leave children unattended in
a vehicle. They could release the
parking brake and cause an accident.

If the cruise control system malfunctions, it
will cancel automatically. The SET indicator
on the vehicle information display will then
blink to warn the driver.
If the engine coolant temperature becomes
excessively high, the cruise control system
will cancel automatically.
If the SET indicator on the vehicle information display blinks, turn the cruise control
main switch off and have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
The SET indicator on the vehicle information
display may blink when the cruise control
main switch is turned ON while pushing the
ACCEL/RES, COAST/SET or CANCEL
switch. To properly set the cruise control
system, perform the following procedures.

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brake pedal
1 .
*

To release:
1. Firmly apply the foot brake

2 .
*

2. Depress the parking brake pedal
the parking brake will be released.

1
*

and

WARNING

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning
light goes out.

Do not use the cruise control when
driving under the following conditions:

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

when it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed

in heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed
Starting and driving 5-19

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (250,1)

on winding or hilly roads

on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)

in very windy areas

the vehicle information display will illuminate.)
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your
vehicle will maintain the set speed.
.

To pass another vehicle, depress the
accelerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously
set speed.
. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed
on winding or hilly roads. If this happens,
drive without the cruise control.
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
following methods:

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.

SSD0668

1.
2.
3.
4.

ACCEL/RES switch
COAST/SET switch
CANCEL switch
MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE
CONTROL OPERATIONS
S35-D-110201-B1AAA37C-0645-4382-B965-6CDA161EFC80
The cruise control allows driving at a speed
between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)
without keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.
To turn on the cruise control, push the MAIN
switch on. The CRUISE indicator on the vehicle
information display will illuminate.
To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle
to the desired speed, push the COAST/SET
I
nf
or
ma
nPr
ovi
d
edby
:indicator light on
switch and release
it.tio(The
SET

5-20 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

.
.

Push the CANCEL switch. The SET indicator on the vehicle information display will
turn off.
Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicator on
the vehicle information display will turn off.
Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the CRUISE
and SET indicator on the vehicle information
display will turn off.
— If you depress the brake pedal while
pushing the ACCEL/RES or COAST/
SET switch and reset at the cruising
speed, the cruise control will disengage.
Turn the MAIN switch off once and then
turn it on again.
— The cruise control will automatically
cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8
MPH (12 km/h) below the set speed.

Black plate (251,1)

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

S35-D-110201-5AF1C016-DF79-45EE-9EC9-6B7A1E7369A1

Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
release the COAST/SET switch.
. Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.
When the vehicle attains the desired speed,
release the switch.
. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RES
switch. Each time you do this, the set speed
will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:

CAUTION
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),
follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and
ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle. Failure to
follow these recommendations may
result in shortened engine life and
reduced engine performance.

Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push the
COAST/SET switch and release it.
. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.
Release the switch when the vehicle slows
down to the desired speed.
. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET
switch. Each time you do this, the set speed
will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and
release the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle
will resume the last set cruising speed when the
vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

GUID-08316153-E8EB-4B1D-A83C-780DAE9E7643

— If you move the selector lever to the N
(Neutral) position, the cruise control will
be canceled.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:

.
.
.
.

Avoid driving for long periods at constant
speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the
engine over 4,000 rpm.
Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.
Avoid quick starts.
Avoid hard braking as much as possible.
Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles
(800 km). Your engine, axle or other parts
could be damaged.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain
cruising speeds with a constant accelerator
position.
Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.
Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.
Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.
Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.
Select a gear range suitable to road conditions.
Avoid unnecessary engine idling.
Keep your engine tuned up.
Follow the recommended periodic maintenance schedule.
Keep the tires inflated to the correct
pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire
wear and lowers fuel economy.
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
Improper alignment increases tire wear and
lowers fuel economy.
Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy. Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
When cruising at highway speeds, it is more
economical to use the air conditioner and
leave the windows closed to reduce drag.
Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.
(See “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” in the “9. Technical and consumer
information” section.)
Starting and driving 5-21

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (252,1)

SONAR SYSTEM (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-490E89DD-C779-4DC2-9A67-AD666DE770E4

may be altered causing inaccurate
measurement of obstacles or false
alarms.

CAUTION
Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound and the chime
may not be heard.

SSD0723

WARNING
.

The sonar system is a convenience
but it is not a substitute for proper
parking. Always look around and
check that it is safe to do so before
parking. Always move slowly.
Read and understand the limitations of the sonar system as contained in this section. Inclement
weather may affect the function of
the sonar system; this may include
reduced performance or a false
activation.

This system is not designed to
prevent contact with small or moving objects.

The system is designed as an aid to
the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging
the vehicle. The system will not
detect small objects below the
bumper, and may not detect objects
that are too close to the bumper or
on the ground.

If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-22 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the sonar system is operational.
The sonar system sounds a tone to warn the
driver of obstacles near the bumper. The system
detects rear obstacles when the selector lever is
in the R (Reverse) position. The system may not
detect objects at speeds above 6 MPH (10
km/h) and may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
The sonar system detects obstacles up to 3.3 ft
(1 m) from the rear bumper with a decreased
coverage area at the outer corners of the rear
bumper. Refer to the illustration for approximate
zone coverage areas. As you move closer to the
obstacle, the rate of the tone increases. When
the obstacle is less than 11.8 in (30 cm) away,
the tone will sound continuously.

Black plate (253,1)

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-720F0BC2-3B55-4DBD-B301-E1E82EFAD720

Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumper
fascia) free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt (do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects). If the sensors are covered, it will affect
the accuracy of the sonar system.

WARNING
.

Do not attempt to test an AWD
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for
emissions testing) or similar equipment even if the other two wheels
are raised off the ground. Make sure
that you inform the test facility
personnel that your vehicle is
equipped with AWD before it is
placed on a dynamometer. Using
the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which
could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

If the sonar system malfunctions, the beep
sounds for 3 seconds when the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position. Have
the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SSD0418

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) LOCK
SWITCH
OPERATIONS
S35-D-110201-E7D4937A-2081-4CEB-9B79-163753F74E25
The AWD LOCK switch located on the lower
side of the instrument panel. This switch is used
to select the AUTO or LOCK mode depending
on the driving conditions.
Each time you push the lower part of the switch
A , the AWD mode will switch:
*
AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving 5-23

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (254,1)

LOCK mode
S35-D-110201-52FD59B2-DFA7-49E6-842D-D91CD91B8135
The AWD LOCK indicator light
illuminate.

*3:

will
.

If the AWD LOCK switch is operated while
accelerating or decelerating, or if the ignition
switch is turned off, you may feel a jolt. This
is normal.
The oil temperature of power train parts will
increase if the vehicle is continuously
operated under conditions where the difference in rotation between the front and rear
wheels is large (wheel slip), such as when
driving the vehicle on rough roads through
sand, mud or freeing a stuck vehicle. In
these cases, the AWD warning light blinks
rapidly and the AWD mode changes to
2WD to protect the powertrain parts. If you
stop driving with the engine idling and wait
until the warning light stops blinking, the
AWD returns to the AUTO mode.

AUTO mode
S35-D-110201-F8749644-00DD-4275-920B-A9BD3EAB4EC8
The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.
AWD
mode

Wheel driven

AWD
LOCK
indicator
light

Use
conditions

AUTO

Distribution of torque
to the front and rear
wheels changes automatically, depending
on road conditions en- Turns
countered [100:0] ↔ off.
[50:50].
This results in improved driving stability.
*1

For driving on
paved or
slippery
roads

LOCK

AWD
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
LOCK
*2, *3

For driving on
rough
roads

*1:

*2:

When the rotation difference between the front
and rear wheels is large, the AWD mode may
change from AUTO to LOCK for a while,
however, this is not a malfunction.
LOCK mode will change to AUTO mode
automatically when the vehicle has been driven
at a high speed. The AWD LOCK indicator light
turns off.

LOCK mode will automatically be cancelled
when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF
position.

WARNING
.

When driving straight, shift the AWD
LOCK switch to AUTO. Do not operate the AWD LOCK switch when
making a turn or backing up.

Do not operate the AWD LOCK
switch with the front wheel spinI
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-24 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

ning.
.

Engine idling speed is high while
warming up the engine. Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces.

When turning the vehicle in LOCK
mode on paved roads, you may feel
a braking effect. This is a normal
condition of the AWD model.

Black plate (255,1)

while the engine is running, the warning light will
come on.
The warning light may blink rapidly (about twice
per second) while trying to free a stuck vehicle
due to high powertrain oil temperature. The
driving mode may change to 2WD. AUTO mode
may change to LOCK mode before the warning
light blinks. If the warning light blinks rapidly
during operation, stop the vehicle with the
engine idling in a safe place immediately. Then
if the light turns off after a while, you can
continue driving.

checked by a NISSAN dealer as
soon as possible.
.

The powertrain may be damaged if
you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly.

Never drive on dry hard surface
roads in the LOCK mode, as this
will overload the powertrain and
may cause a serious malfunction.

A large difference between the diameters of
front and rear wheels will make the warning light
blink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pull
off the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.
Check that all tire sizes are the same, tire
pressure is correct and tires are not worn.

CAUTION
SSD0336B

AWD WARNING
LIGHT
S35-D-110201-3BC7286A-1220-41F9-A284-3DEC13D72208

If the warning light remains on after
the above operation, have your
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
as soon as possible.

If the warning light comes on while
driving there may be a malfunction
in the AWD system. Reduce the
I
nf
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ovi
d
edby
: your vehicle
vehicle speed
and
have

The AWD warning light is located in the meter.
The AWD warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position. It
turns off soon after the engine is started.
If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system

Starting and driving 5-25

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (256,1)

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
GUID-DF673D76-EF6A-4032-840A-C9929934DE7D

SSD0488

go and cannot be moved without
depressing the foot brake pedal.

WARNING
.

Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry
grass, waste paper or rags. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
Safe parking procedures require
that both the parking brake be set
and the transmission placed into P
(Park). Failure to do so could cause
the vehicle to move unexpectedly or
roll away and result in an accident.
Make sure the selector lever has
been pushed as far forward as it can

Never leave the engine running
while the vehicle is unattended.

Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-26 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into
traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good
practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.
. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: *
1
Turn the wheels into the curb and move
the vehicle forward until the curb side
wheel gently touches the curb.
. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *
2
Turn the wheels away from the curb and
move the vehicle back until the curb side
wheel gently touches the curb.
. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
3
CURB: *
Turn the wheels toward the side of the
road so the vehicle will move away from
the center of the road if it moves.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position and remove the key, if inserted.

Black plate (257,1)

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
SYSTEM

BRAKE SYSTEM

S35-D-110201-5655C900-7810-4966-B711-3C0BA783C55E

WARNING
.

If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the steering will not work.
Steering will be harder to operate.
When the electric power steering
warning light illuminates with the
engine running, the power assist for
the steering will cease operation.
You will still have control of the
vehicle but the steering will be
harder to operate.

The electric power steering system is designed
to provide power assist while driving to operate
the steering wheel with light force.
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly
or continuously while parking or driving at a very
low speed, the power assist for the steering
wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent
overheating of the electric power steering
system and protect it from getting damaged.
While the power assist is reduced, steering
wheel operation will become heavy. When the
temperature of the electric power steering
system goes down, the power assist level will
return to normal. Avoid repeating such steering

S35-D-110201-3275E820-EF43-446C-84CA-9CC25DE76F9B

wheel operations that could cause the electric
power steering system to overheat.
You may hear a sound when the steering wheel
is operated quickly. However, this is not a
malfunction.
If the electric power steering warning light
illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the electric power steering system is
not functioning properly and may need servicing.
Have the electric power steering system
checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See “Electric
power steering warning light” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)
When the electric power steering warning light
illuminates with the engine running, the power
assist for the steering will cease operation. You
will still have control of the vehicle. However,
greater steering effort is needed, especially in
sharp turns and at low speeds.

BRAKING
PRECAUTIONS
S35-D-110201-36A420DF-DDD9-4970-91D6-6FDB3410EA51
The brake system has two separate hydraulic
circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still
have braking at two wheels.
You may feel a small click and hear a sound
when the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly.
This is not a malfunction and indicates that the
brake assist mechanism is operating properly.

VacuumS35-D-110201-127E404B-D271-4E47-9AAA-019A819737A5
assisted brakes
The brake booster aids braking by using engine
vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the
vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,
greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be
required to stop the vehicle and the stopping
distance will be longer.

Using the
brakes
S35-D-110201-EB326E31-0F05-490F-9A4D-C49C106D08C5
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while
driving. This will cause overheating of the
brakes, wearing out the brake and pads faster
and reduce gas mileage.
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and
downshift to a lower gear before going down a
slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may
reduce braking performance and could result in
loss of vehicle control.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving 5-27

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (258,1)

WARNING
.

While driving on a slippery surface,
be careful when braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abrupt braking
or accelerating could cause the
wheels to skid and result in an
accident.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
Braking will be harder.

Wet brakes
S35-D-110201-8FADFC38-A56F-4709-966C-E2E9C1A22C2C
When the vehicle is washed or driven through
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your
braking distance will be longer and the vehicle
may pull to one side during braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed
while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-up
the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to
normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds
until the brakes function correctly.

PARKING
BRAKE BREAK-IN
S35-D-110201-22F565D3-8BC6-45BD-8717-77912EC9319F
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the
stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened
or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or
drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the
best braking performance.
This procedure is described in the vehicle
service manual and can be performed by a
NISSAN dealer.

ANTI-LOCK
BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
S35-D-110201-BADDA557-0F21-4253-B08D-550F96292928

WARNING
.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
is a sophisticated device, but it
cannot prevent accidents resulting
from careless or dangerous driving
techniques. It can help maintain
vehicle control during braking on
slippery surfaces. Remember that
stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal
surfaces even with ABS. Stopping
distances may also be longer on
rough, gravel or snow covered
roads, or if you are using tire chains.
Always maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
I
nf
or
mat
i
ondriver
Pr
ovi
dedby
: responsible
Ultimately,
the
is

5-28 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

for safety.
.

Tire type and condition may also
affect braking effectiveness.
— When replacing tires, install the
specified size of tires on all four
wheels.
— When installing a spare tire,
make sure that it is the proper
size and type as specified on the
Tire and Loading Information
label. See “Tire and loading
information label” in the “9.
Technical and consumer information” section of this manual.
— For detailed information, see
“Wheels and tires” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
section of this manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls
the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard
braking or when braking on slippery surfaces.
The system detects the rotation speed at each
wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to
prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By
preventing each wheel from locking, the system
helps the driver maintain steering control and
helps to minimize swerving and spinning on

Black plate (259,1)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
SYSTEM
S35-D-110201-D6FDB021-412C-46AD-9A43-77A8616112D0

slippery surfaces.

Using the
system
S35-D-110201-EECE86D6-FF8F-42C2-B139-BF05AF32B3BE
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady
pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The
ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from
locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
may result in increased stopping distances.

Self-testS35-D-110201-B89EE4B7-4EC0-42A0-AAC9-0035053E8A9B
feature
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric
pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
tests the system each time you start the engine
and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward
or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may
hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and does not
indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses
a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and
illuminates the ABS warning light on the
instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during the
self-test or while driving, have the vehicle
checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Normal S35-D-110201-3C7B8B73-5F7B-44E6-B702-4024AAD51CEB
operation
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH
(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to
road conditions.
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels
are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly
applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This
action is similar to pumping the brakes very
quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or
feel a vibration from the actuator when it is
operating. This is normal and indicates that the
ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are
hazardous and extra care is required while
driving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system
uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs
and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the
following functions.
.

Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel
slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is
transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on
the same axle.
. Controls brake pressure and engine output
to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle
speed (traction control function).
. Controls brake pressure at individual wheels
and engine output to help the driver maintain
control of the vehicle in the following
conditions:
— understeer (vehicle tends to not follow
the steered path despite increased
steering input)
— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to
certain road or driving conditions).
The VDC system can help the driver to maintain
control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss
of vehicle control in all driving situations.
When the VDC system operates, the VDC
warning light
in the instrument panel flashes
so note the following:
.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

The road may be slippery or the system may
determine some action is required to help
Starting and driving 5-29

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (260,1)

keep the vehicle on the steered path.
You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal
and hear a noise or vibration from under the
hood. This is normal and indicates that the
VDC system is working properly.
. Adjust your speed and driving to the road
conditions.
See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.
.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC
warning light
illuminates in the instrument
panel. The VDC system automatically turns off.
The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC
system. The VDC off indicator
illuminates to
indicate the VDC system is off. When the VDC
switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC
system still operates to prevent one drive wheel
from slipping by transferring power to a non
slipping drive wheel. The VDC warning light
flashes if this occurs. All other VDC functions
are off, and the VDC warning light
will not
flash. The VDC system is automatically reset to
on when the ignition switch is placed in the off
position then back to the on position.
See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
off indicator light” in the “2. Instruments and

controls” section.
The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
that tests the system each time you start the
engine and move the vehicle forward or in
reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test
occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel
a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and
is not an indication of a malfunction.

This could adversely affect vehicle
handling performance, and the VDC
warning light
may illuminate.
.

If brake related parts such as brake
pads, rotors and calipers are not
NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system
may not operate properly and the
VDC warning light
may illuminate.

If engine control related parts are
not NISSAN recommended or are
extremely deteriorated, the VDC
warning light
may illuminate.

When driving on extremely inclined
surfaces such as higher banked
corners, the VDC system may not
operate properly and the VDC warning light
may illuminate. Do not
drive on these types of roads.

When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry,
elevator or ramp, the VDC warning
light
may illuminate. This is not
a malfunction. Restart the engine
after driving onto a stable surface.

If wheels or tires other than the
NISSAN recommended ones are

WARNING
.

The VDC system is designed to help
the driver maintain stability but
does not prevent accidents due to
abrupt steering operation at high
speeds or by careless or dangerous
driving techniques. Reduce vehicle
speed and be especially careful
when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.
Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspension parts such as
shock absorbers, struts, springs,
stabilizer bars, bushings and
wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are
extremely deteriorated, the VDC
system may
not
operate
properly.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-30 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (261,1)

COLD WEATHER DRIVING
S35-D-110201-BFC9DC49-B18B-4547-B2C1-822B40D3C815

used, the VDC system may not
operate properly and the VDC warning light
may illuminate.
.

The VDC system is not a substitute
for winter tires or tire chains on a
snow covered road.

FREEING A GUID-141B6DB3-B5C0-4E7F-8EE0-2A7622AB28C6
FROZEN DOOR LOCK
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply
deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes
frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the
key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.

ANTI-FREEZE
GUID-2773CB71-40A2-443B-9552-B7F45AAB30D8
In the winter when it is anticipated that the
outside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),
check the anti-freeze to assure proper winter
protection. For additional information, see “Engine cooling system” in the “8. Maintenance and
do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY
S35-D-110201-690C952E-7BC1-479E-B70E-6C8A62F3BCC3
If the battery is not fully charged during
extremely cold weather conditions, the battery
fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To
maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should
be checked regularly. For additional information,
see “Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-ityourself” section.

DRAINING OF
COOLANT WATER
GUID-8A3AE603-5D83-49FC-9E8F-A09867045DAD
If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including the
engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.
For details, see “Engine cooling system” in the
“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

TIRE EQUIPMENT
S35-D-110201-61BC6CE8-E002-4E5F-AC61-F13F41A296A1
SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide
superior performance on dry pavement. However, the performance of these tires will be
substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy
roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &
SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.
Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,
speed rating and availability information.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded
tires may be used. However, some U.S. states
and Canadian provinces prohibit their use.
Check local, state and provincial laws before
installing studded tires.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be
poorer than that of non-studded snow
tires.
Tire chains may be used. For details, see “Tire
chains” in the “8. Maintenance and do-ityourself” section of this manual.

All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) model
GUID-EE61DD03-84FE-4464-93B4-F693BED61CE7
If you install snow tires, they must also be the
same size, brand, construction and tread pattern
on all four wheels.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving 5-31

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (262,1)

SPECIAL
WINTER EQUIPMENT
S35-D-110201-08727745-6DB3-41EB-A116-4A77713528D6

Allow more stopping distance under
these conditions. Braking should be
started sooner than on dry pavement.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so
equipped)
S35-D-110201-BD5F9528-DB57-4ECE-BF7C-C0FA0439CFC3

Allow greater following distances
on slippery roads.

The engine block heater should be used when
the outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.

Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).
These may appear on an otherwise
clear road in shaded areas. If a
patch of ice is seen ahead, brake
before reaching it. Try not to brake
while on the ice, and avoid any
sudden steering maneuvers.

To use the engine
block heater
GUID-B8AF2CAF-E6EA-4CB7-964D-6D7EAF0F901E

Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

Snow can trap dangerous exhaust
gases under your vehicle. Keep
snow clear of the exhaust pipe and
from around your vehicle.

4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault
Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110volt AC (VAC) outlet.

It is recommended that the following items be
carried in the vehicle during winter:
.

A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove
ice and snow from the windows and wiper
blades.
A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the
jack to give it firm support.
A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.
Extra window washer fluid to refill the
reservoir tank.

.
.
.

DRIVING ONGUID-95DB7CAC-A319-4B34-942B-E334028E4579
SNOW OR ICE

WARNING
.

Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),
very cold snow or ice can be slick
and very hard to drive on. The
vehicle will have much less traction
or “grip” under these conditions. Try
to avoid driving on wet ice until the
road is salted or sanded.
Whatever the condition, drive with
caution. Accelerate and slow down
with care. If accelerating or downshifting too fast, the drive wheels
will lose even more traction.

Engine block heaters are used to assist with
cold temperature starting.

1. Turn the engine off.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine
block heater cord.
3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a
grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged in
for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on
outside temperatures, to properly warm the
engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to
turn the engine block heater on.
6. Before starting the engine, unplug and
properly store the cord to keep it away from
moving parts.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-32 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (263,1)

WARNING
.

Do not use your engine block heater
with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2-pronged adapter. You can
be seriously injured by an electrical
shock if you use an ungrounded
connection.

Disconnect and properly store the
engine block heater cord before
starting the engine. Damage to the
cord could result in an electrical
shock and can cause serious injury.

Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged
extension cord rated for at least
10A. Plug the extension cord into a
Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.
Failure to use the proper extension
cord or a grounded outlet can result
in a fire or electrical shock and
cause serious personal injury.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Starting and driving 5-33

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (264,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

5-34 Starting and driving

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (265,1)

6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch ..............................................
...
Flat tire .........................................................................................
...
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................
...
Changing a flat tire .............................................................
...
Jump starting ..............................................................................
...

6-2
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-9

Push starting ...........................................................................
...
If your vehicle overheats ......................................................
...
Towing your vehicle ..............................................................
...
Towing recommended by NISSAN ...........................
...
Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...............
...

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

6-11
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14

Black plate (266,1)

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
SWITCH

FLAT TIRE
S35-D-110201-EF2663AC-5667-4F76-8F00-52984A4E59BC

S35-D-110201-58538178-DA8D-4166-BF6A-386530D47FBC

to other traffic.
.

Turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning flasher lights are
on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignition
switch in any position.
Some state laws may prohibit the use of
the hazard warning flasher switch while
driving.

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other drivers when
you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)GUID-0C5C2AE1-3515-4587-A5FA-5B3AD2913F9D
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire
pressure of all tires except the spare. When
the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on
the vehicle information display, one or more of
your tires is significantly under-inflated. If the
vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the
TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low
tire pressure warning light. This system will
activate only when the vehicle is driven at
speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For more
details, see “Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders” in the “2. Instruments and
controls” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section.

WARNING
.

6-2

WARNING

If stopping for an emergency, be
sure to move the vehicle well off the
road.
Do not use the hazard warning
flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances
force you to drive so slowly that
your vehicle might become a hazard

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

In case of emergency

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (267,1)

may permanently damage the tires
and increase the likelihood of tire
failure. Serious vehicle damage
could occur and may lead to an
accident and could result in serious
personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
pressure to the recommended COLD
tire pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label to turn
the low tire pressure warning light
OFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it
with a spare tire as soon as possible.
.

as this may cause a malfunction of
the tire pressure sensors.

CHANGING GUID-7F502885-999B-4F16-9B7A-9469FE323A90
A FLAT TIRE
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
below.

Never change tires when the vehicle
is on a slope, ice or slippery areas.
This is hazardous.

Never change tires if oncoming
traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait
for professional road assistance.

Stopping
the vehicle
S35-D-110201-DA918CAE-0F67-4558-BF28-3DEF851F78D5
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
away from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking
brake. Move the selector lever to the P
(Park) position.
4. Turn off the engine.
5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to
signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.
6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle
and stand in a safe place, away from traffic
and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING
.

Make sure the parking brake is
securely applied and the transmission is shifted into the P (Park)
position. InformationProvidedby:
In case of emergency 6-3

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (268,1)

SCE0958

MCE0001A

Blocking
wheels
S35-D-110201-ED4AAED5-0B0B-4094-B7EA-EC3CABAC1551

1 at both the front and
Place suitable blocks *
back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat
tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is
jacked up.

WARNING

Getting S35-D-110201-00B2E6C6-F5E9-434D-8DD3-1F7939362975
the spare tire and tools
1. Open the lift gate.
2. Remove the cargo cover (if so equipped).
(See “Cargo cover” in the “2. Instruments
and controls” section.)
3. Lift up the luggage floor board
or separate type).

Be sure to block the wheel as the
vehicle may move and result in personal
injury.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

6-4

In case of emergency

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1 (foldable
*

SCE0858

4. Remove the lids of the luggage side boxes.

Black plate (269,1)

SCE0699

JVE0026X

Jacking tools

Spare tire

6. Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire.

Type A:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Rotate the clamp until it can be removed then
remove the spare tire.

Jacking tools: Remove the jack by turning it,
then remove the other tools.

Type B:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Rotate the clamp until it can be removed then
relocate the subwoofer to a side of the cargo
area and remove the spare tire.

SCE0859

5. Remove the luggage floor box (Type A or B)
by turning the clips counterclockwise.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

In case of emergency 6-5

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (270,1)

Jacking up the vehicle and removing the
damaged
tire
S35-D-110201-BC3D3D5D-920C-496B-A55B-07519536C45F

WARNING
.

Never get under the vehicle while it
is supported only by the jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.

Use only the jack provided with your
vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use
the jack provided with your vehicle
on other vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle
during a tire change.

Use the correct jack-up points.
Never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.

Never jack up the vehicle more than
necessary.

Never use blocks on or under the
jack.

Do not start or run the engine while
vehicle is on the jack, as it may
cause the vehicle to move.

Do not allow passengers to stay in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.

SCE0630

Removing
wheel cover (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-4604A27A-FD46-4A3C-8D40-A151EC14119E

WARNING
Never use your hands to remove the
wheel cover. This may cause personal
injury.
To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod
as illustrated.

1
*

2 between the wheel and jack rod
Apply cloth *
to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

6-6

In case of emergency

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Carefully read the caution label attached
to the jack body and the following instructions.

Black plate (271,1)

SCE0572

SCE0751

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
point as illustrated so the top of the jack
contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.
Align the jack head between the two
notches in the front or the rear as shown.
Also fit the groove of the jack head between
the notches as shown.
The jack should be used on level firm
ground.

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by
turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut
wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts
until the tire is off the ground.
3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever
and rod with both hands as shown above.
Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears
the ground. Remove the wheel nuts, and
then remove the tire.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

In case of emergency 6-7

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (272,1)

recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval.
. Adjust tire pressure to the COLD
pressure.

than 2 times, until they are tight.
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire
touches the ground. Then, with the wheel
nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely
in the sequence as illustrated. Lower the
vehicle completely.

COLD pressure:
After the vehicle has been parked for
three hours or more or driven less than
1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNING
.

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
tightened wheel nuts can cause the
wheel to become loose or come off.
This could cause an accident.

Do not use oil or grease on the
wheel studs or nuts. This could
cause the nuts to become loose.

Retighten the wheel nuts when the
vehicle has been driven for 600
miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a
flat tire, etc.).

SCE0039

InstallingS35-D-110201-B06784D0-8D13-49D1-B9F2-0F787FEEAEAE
the spare tire
The spare tire is designed for emergency
use. (See specific instructions under the
heading “Wheels and tires” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface
between the wheel and hub.
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten
the wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all the
wheel nuts contact the wheel surface
horizontally.
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel
nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence
1 ,*
2 ,*
3 ,*
4 ,*
5 ), more
as illustrated (*

6-8

As soon as possible, tighten the
wheel nuts to the specified torque
with a torque wrench.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened
to specification
at
all
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
o
vi
dedb
y
: times. It is

In case of emergency

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

COLD tire pressures are shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label
affixed to the driver side center pillar.

StowingS35-D-110201-46E8664C-3342-4146-A970-F78203D4273A
the damaged tire and the tools
1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and
tools in the storage area.
2. Replace the luggage floor box.
3. Replace the lids on the luggage side boxes.
4. Close the luggage floor board.
5. Replace the cargo cover (if so equipped).
6. Close the lift gate.

WARNING
.

Always make sure that the spare tire
and jacking equipment are properly
secured after use. Such items can

Black plate (273,1)

JUMP STARTING
S35-D-110201-48EEB8C9-1FF6-4C57-8DA2-F37CAF5AD9D0

become dangerous projectiles in an
accident or sudden stop.
.

The T-type spare tire and small size
spare tire are designed for emergency use. See specific instructions
under the heading “Wheels and
tires” in the “8. Maintenance and
do-it-yourself” section.

To start your engine with a booster battery, the
instructions and precautions below must be
followed.

Whenever working on or near a
battery, always wear suitable eye
protectors (for example, goggles or
industrial safety spectacles) and
remove rings, metal bands, or any
other jewelry. Do not lean over the
battery when jump starting.

Do not attempt to jump start a
frozen battery. It could explode
and cause serious injury.

Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan. It could come on at
any time. Keep hands and other
objects away from it.

WARNING
.

If done incorrectly, jump starting
can lead to a battery explosion,
resulting in severe injury or death.
It could also damage your vehicle.

Explosive hydrogen gas is always
present in the vicinity of the battery.
Keep all sparks and flames away
from the battery.

Do not allow battery fluid to come
into contact with eyes, skin, clothing
or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is
a corrosive sulfuric acid solution
which can cause severe burns. If
the fluid should come into contact
with anything, immediately flush the
contacted area with water.

Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.

The booster battery must be rated at
12 volts. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

In case of emergency 6-9

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (274,1)

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the selector
lever to the P (Park) position. Switch off all
unnecessary electrical systems (lights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).
3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so
equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly
wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion
hazard.
4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as
1 ? *
2 ? *
3 ? *
4 ).
illustrated (*
For the vehicle equipped with Intelligent Key system:
SCE0707

If the battery is discharged, the ignition
switch cannot be moved from the LOCK
position. Connect the jumper cables to
B before turning
the booster vehicle *
the ignition switch.

WARNING
Always follow the instructions below.
Failure to do so could result in damage
to the charging system and cause
personal injury.

CAUTION
.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle
B , position the two vehicles (*
A and *
B )
*
to bring their batteries into close proximity to
each other.
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (−) to body
ground (for example, as illustrated),
not to the battery.
Make sure the jumper cables do not
touch moving parts in the engine
compartment and that the cable
clamps do
not
contact
any other
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

6-10 In case of emergency

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

metal.
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and let it run for a few minutes.

B
*

6. Keep the engine speed of the booster
B at about 2,000 rpm, and start
vehicle *
A being jump
the engine of the vehicle *
started.

CAUTION
Do not keep the starter motor engaged
for more than 10 seconds. If the engine
does not start right away, turn the
ignition switch to the OFF position
and wait 10 seconds before trying
again.
7. After starting your engine, carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive
4 ? *
3 ? *
2 ? *
1 ).
cable (*
8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be
sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover
the vent holes as it may be contaminated
with corrosive acid.

Black plate (275,1)

PUSH STARTING

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

S35-D-110201-00D470C0-9627-4316-B628-96D5F00345E5

S35-D-110201-15996538-EB26-41A2-862D-02017A39A8B4

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION
CAUTION
Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models cannot be push-started
or tow-started. Attempting to do so may
cause transmission damage.

Do not continue to drive if your
vehicle overheats. Doing so could
cause engine damage or a vehicle
fire.
To avoid the danger of being
scalded, never remove the radiator
cap while the engine is still hot.
When the radiator cap is removed,
pressurized hot water will spurt out,
possibly causing serious injury.
Do not open the hood if steam is
coming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an
extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if
you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal
noise, etc., take the following steps:
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply
the parking brake and move the selector
lever to the P (Park) position.
Do not stop the engine.
2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the
windows, move the heater or air conditioner
temperature control to maximum hot and fan
control to high speed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for
steam or coolant escaping from the radiator
before opening the hood. (If steam or
coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)
Do not open the hood further until no steam
or coolant can be seen.
4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING
If steam or water is coming from the
engine, stand clear to prevent getting
burned.
5. Visually check drive belts for damage or
looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is
running. The radiator hoses and radiator
should not leak water. If coolant is leaking,
the water pump belt is missing or loose, or
the cooling fan does not run, stop the
engine.

WARNING
Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,
jewelry or clothing to come into contact
with, or get caught in, engine belts or
the engine cooling fan. The engine
In case of emergency 6-11

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (276,1)

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
S35-D-110201-E458A21E-F522-446E-AD11-E06DD9EFDDFC

cooling fan can start at any time.
6. After the engine cools down, check the
coolant level in the reservoir tank with the
engine running. Add coolant to the reservoir
tank if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired
at a NISSAN dealer.

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in
Canada) and local regulations for towing must
be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could
damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are
available from a NISSAN dealer. Local service
operators are familiar with the applicable laws
and procedures for towing. To assure proper
towing and to prevent accidental damage to
your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you
have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is
advisable to have the service operator carefully
read the following precautions.

WARNING
.

Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.

Never get under your vehicle after it
has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION
.

When towing, make sure that the
transmission, axles, steering system
and powertrain are in working condition. If any unit is damaged, dollies must be used.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

6-12 In case of emergency

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Always attach safety chains before
towing.

For information about towing your vehicle behind
a recreational vehicle (RV), see “Flat towing” in
the “9. Technical and consumer information”
section of this manual.

Black plate (277,1)

SCE0439
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
NISSANS35-D-110201-F96AC8F4-98D2-4F10-B053-82D6761A1F0F
All-Wheel
Drive (AWD) models
S35-D-110201-CED1A0D8-ADC3-4F6F-8821-518167544489
NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be
used when towing your vehicle or place the
vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION
Never tow AWD models with any of the
wheels on the ground as this may cause
serious and expensive damage to the
powertrain.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

In case of emergency 6-13

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (278,1)

When towing a CVT model with the
rear wheels on the ground (if you do
not use towing dollies): Always
release the parking brake.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck
vehicle)S35-D-110201-67C46576-6ABB-4C45-8C09-13FC485C5DFA

WARNING

SCE0438
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

Two-Wheel
Drive (2WD) models
S35-D-110201-E21C6C94-BCE3-4ED2-8CE3-1E4014D701BF
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the
ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as
illustrated.

CAUTION
.

Never tow Continuously Variable
Transmission (CVT) models with
the front wheels on the ground or
four wheels on the ground (forward
or backward), as this may cause
serious and expensive damage to

the transmission. If it is necessary to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
raised, always use towing dollies
under the front wheels.
.

When towing CVT models with the
front wheels on towing dollies:
— Turn the ignition switch to the
OFF position, and secure the
steering wheel in a straightahead position with a rope or
similar device.
— Move the selector lever to the N
(Neutral) position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

6-14 In case of emergency

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

Do not spin your tires at high speed.
This could cause them to explode
and result in serious injury. Parts of
your vehicle could also overheat
and be damaged.

Black plate (279,1)

hooks.

SCE0701
Rear

Pulling a stuck
vehicle
GUID-241C46D0-D4CF-4356-A55F-CB3B28F345C7

Rear:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Do not use the tie down hook to pull the vehicle.

Front:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1 (stored in
Securely install the recovery hook *
the luggage room) as illustrated.

Always pull the cable straight out
from the front of the vehicle. Never
pull on the vehicle at an angle.

Pulling devices should be routed so
they do not touch any part of the
suspension, steering, brake or cooling systems.

Pulling devices such as ropes or
canvas straps are not recommended
for use in vehicle towing or recovery.

SCE0678

Front

Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or
vehicle recovery.

CAUTION
.

Make sure that the hook is properly secured in
the original place after use.
.

Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural
members of the vehicle or the
recovery hook. Otherwise, the vehicle body will be damaged.
Do not use the vehicle tie down
hooks to free a vehicle stuck in
sand, snow, mud, etc. Never tow a
vehicle using
the
vehicle
tie down
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
d
edby
:

Rocking a stuck
vehicle
GUID-B828A8FE-C292-4C20-9C57-2AEA4FCB8CE2
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,
use the following procedure:
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system.
2. Make sure the area in front and behind the
vehicle is clear of obstructions.
3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear
an area around the front tires.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward.
. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
and D (Drive).
In case of emergency 6-15

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (280,1)

.
.
.

Apply the accelerator as little as possible
to maintain the rocking motion.
Release the accelerator pedal before
shifting between R and D.
Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55
km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few
tries, contact a professional towing service
to remove the vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

6-16 In case of emergency

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (281,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

In case of emergency 6-17

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (282,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

6-18 In case of emergency

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (283,1)

7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior .......................................................................
...
Washing .................................................................................
...
Waxing ...................................................................................
...
Removing spots ...................................................................
...
Underbody .............................................................................
...
Glass ......................................................................................
...
Wheels ...................................................................................
...
Chrome parts .......................................................................
...
Tire dressing .........................................................................
...

7-2
7-2
7-2
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-4

Cleaning interior .......................................................................
...
Air fresheners .....................................................................
...
Floor mats ...........................................................................
...
Seat belts ............................................................................
...
Corrosion protection ................................................................
...
Most common factors contributing to
vehicle corrosion ...............................................................
...
Environmental factors influence the rate
of corrosion ........................................................................
...
To protect your vehicle from corrosion .......................
...

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

7-4
7-4
7-5
7-6
7-6
7-6
7-6
7-6

Black plate (284,1)

CLEANING EXTERIOR
S35-D-110201-97E652FB-6FC1-4CAF-A36B-BA819E8B9785

water.

In order to maintain the appearance of your
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.
To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicle
as soon as you can:

CAUTION
.

after a rainfall to prevent possible damage
from acid rain
. after driving on coastal roads
. when contaminants such as soot, bird
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs
get on the paint surface
. when dust or mud builds up on the surface
Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle
inside a garage or in a covered area.

Do not use car washes that use acid
in the detergent. Some car washes,
especially brushless ones, use some
acid for cleaning. The acid may react
with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This
could affect their appearance, and
also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with
your car wash to confirm that acid
is not used.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in a
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body
cover.

Do not wash the vehicle with strong
household soap, strong chemical
detergents, gasoline or solvents.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surface
when putting on or removing the body
cover.

Do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or while the vehicle body is
hot, as the surface may become
water-spotted.

Avoid using tight-napped or rough
cloths, such as washing mitts. Care
must be taken when removing
caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not
scratched or damaged.

WASHING
S35-D-110201-F8B4AFF1-6753-4718-95B3-A25D459BF1B1
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and
plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly
using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or
general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with
clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

Rinse the vehicleInfo
thoroughly
with
plenty of clean
r
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

7-2

Appearance and care

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,
hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to
the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas
must be regularly cleaned. Take care that the
drain holes in the lower edge of the door are
open. Spray water under the body and in the
wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away
road salt.
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface
by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXING
S35-D-110201-7B44DE95-705F-4A49-ACA1-F7408FA91BFA
Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing
is recommended to remove built-up wax residue
and to avoid a weathered appearance before
reapplying wax.
A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the
proper product.
.

Wax your vehicle only after a thorough
washing. Follow the instructions supplied
with the wax.
. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,
cutting compounds or cleaners that may
damage the vehicle finish.
Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a
base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the
finish or leave swirl marks.

Black plate (285,1)

REMOVING
SPOTS
S35-D-110201-AF18F2E1-E555-466D-9323-0EAEAC5C0420
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,
insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible
from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage
or staining. Special cleaning products are
available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive
accessory stores.

UNDERBODY
S35-D-110201-F3F949ED-94FF-4B80-A59C-E2371D129B96
In areas where road salt is used in winter, the
underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will
prevent dirt and salt from building up and
causing the acceleration of corrosion on the
underbody and suspension. Before the winter
period and again in the spring, the underseal
must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSS35-D-110201-E54A40AE-67AC-4FD4-B3EA-7A763A8EA337
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust
film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass
to become coated with a film after the vehicle is
parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft
cloth will easily remove this film.

mage the electrical conductors, radio
antenna elements or rear window
defroster elements.

WHEELS
S35-D-110201-00E2038C-B5F0-4782-A428-93796F0E20A8

Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a
mild soap solution, especially during winter
months in areas where road salt is used. Salt
could discolor the wheels if not removed.

Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to
maintain their appearance.
.

Clean the inner side of the wheels when the
wheel is changed or the underside of the
vehicle is washed.
Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or
corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of
pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
NISSAN recommends that the road wheels
be waxed to protect against road salt in
areas where it is used during winter.

CAUTION
Do not use abrasive cleaners when
washing the wheels.

CAUTION
Follow the directions below to avoid
staining or discoloring the wheels:
.

Do not use a cleaner that uses
strong acid or alkali contents to
clean the wheels.

Do not apply wheel cleaners to the
wheels when they are hot. The
wheel temperature should be the
same as ambient temperature.

Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes
after the cleaner is applied.

CHROME
PARTS
S35-D-110201-7E5A50BC-120C-4BD7-B2A8-3446E4E5284F

CAUTION
When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools,
abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based
disinfectant cleaners. They could da-

Aluminum
alloy wheels
S35-D-110201-EB480337-BFBD-4E83-93DC-ACC1E16621EF

Clean chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Appearance and care 7-3

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (286,1)

CLEANING INTERIOR
S35-D-110201-587845C9-6398-4952-B930-68C63A2662F7

TIRE DRESSING
GUID-AAEE2877-2189-40B9-920D-DCBC9F09133D
NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire
dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to
the tires to help reduce discoloration of the
rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it
may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire
while driving and stain the vehicle paint.
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the
following precautions:
.

Use a water-based tire dressing. The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an
oil-based tire dressing.
Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help
prevent it from entering the tire tread/
grooves (where it would be difficult to
remove).
Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry
towel. Make sure the tire dressing is
completely removed from the tire tread/
grooves.
Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior
trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum
cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and
leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean
with a dry soft cloth.

CAUTION

Regular care and cleaning is required in order to
maintain the appearance of the leather.

Never use benzine, thinner, or any
similar material.

Small dirt particles can be abrasive
and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed
promptly. Do not use saddle soap,
car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning
fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may
damage the leather’s natural finish.

Never use fabric protectors unless
recommended by the manufacturer.

Do not use glass or plastic cleaner
on meter or gauge lens covers. It
may damage the lens cover.

Before using any fabric protector, read the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric
protectors contain chemicals that may stain or
bleach the seat material.
Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean
the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot
steam cleaners) on the seat. This can
damage the seat or occupant classification sensor. This can also affect the
operation of the air bag system and
result in serious personal injury.

AIR FRESHENERS
GUID-C3B241D4-0516-4BEC-97AC-5483C90DD06D
Most air fresheners use a solvent that could
affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air
freshener, take the following precautions:
.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

7-4

Appearance and care

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Hanging-type air fresheners can cause
permanent discoloration when they contact
vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air
freshener in a location that allows it to hang
free and not contact an interior surface.

Black plate (287,1)

Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on
the vents. These products can cause
immediate damage and discoloration when
spilled on interior surfaces.
Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions before using air fresheners.

easier to clean the interior. Mats should be
maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if
they become excessively worn.

FLOORS35-D-110201-B2E74394-B3E1-4495-9910-3041A54BCA20
MATS

WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference
that may result in a collision or injury:
.

SAI0038

NEVER place a floor mat on top of
another floor mat in the driver front
position.

Use only genuine NISSAN floor
mats specifically designed for use
in your vehicle model. See your
NISSAN dealer for more information.

Properly position the mats in the
floorwell using the floor mat positioning aid. See “Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s side only)” later
in this section.

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can
extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it

Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s side
only) S35-D-110201-6BE4BC91-9348-4906-A18E-C294E0C5E93A
This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets to
act as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor
mats have been specially designed for your
vehicle model. The driver’s side floor mat has
grommet holes in it. To install, position the mat
by placing the floor mat bracket hook through
the floor mat grommet hole while centering the
mat in the floorwell.
Periodically check to make certain that the mats
are properly positioned.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Appearance and care 7-5

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (288,1)

CORROSION PROTECTION
S35-D-110201-F44B796D-CF5C-45AD-A73C-62C26924B2AF

SEAT BELTS
S35-D-110201-C770D13E-C383-46EE-A06C-46D1543B0A62
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them
with a sponge dampened in a mild soap
solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in
the shade before using them.
See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat
belts and supplemental restraint system” section.

WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in
the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or
chemical solvents to clean the seat
belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTINGS35-D-110201-445B63E4-1AAA-434C-9044-B3020018D404
TO VEHICLE CORROSION
.

The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt
and debris in body panel sections, cavities,
and other areas.
Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or
minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE
RATE OF CORROSION
S35-D-110201-69B386BA-615F-4B49-A4C8-910975B562E2
Moisture
S35-D-110201-B65B2839-2AB8-424B-AB21-FD3BD4D02E89
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the
vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely
inside the vehicle, and should be removed for
drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

RelativeS35-D-110201-A7199B6A-97DE-4938-84D8-1900B1E54AB3
humidity
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high
relative humidity, especially those areas where
the temperatures stay above freezing where
atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt
is used.

Temperature
S35-D-110201-661832A3-A326-4D3F-8EC4-669D839F9197
A temperature increase will accelerate the rate
of corrosion to those parts which are not well
ventilated.

Air pollution
S35-D-110201-7FC55DDC-7BED-4DB0-B4B7-1A27762C50A3
Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air
in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will
accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will
also accelerate the disintegration of paint
surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM
CORROSION
S35-D-110201-A8AB3EBD-C334-46B0-9E9A-F382191A3E60
.

Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the
vehicle clean.
Always check for minor damage to the paint
and repair it as soon as possible.
Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors
open to avoid water accumulation.
Check the underbody for accumulation of
sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water
as soon as possible.

.
.
.

CAUTION
.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

7-6

Appearance and care

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

NEVER remove dirt, sand or other
debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose.

Black plate (289,1)

Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
.

Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electronic
components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing are
extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion
and deterioration of underbody components
such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake
lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be cleaned
periodically.
For additional protection against rust and
corrosion, which may be required in some areas,
consult a NISSAN dealer.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Appearance and care 7-7

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (290,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

7-8

Appearance and care

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (291,1)

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Maintenance requirement ........................................................
...
8-2
Scheduled maintenance ....................................................
...
8-2
General maintenance .........................................................
...
8-2
Where to go for service ....................................................
...
8-2
General maintenance ...............................................................
...
8-2
Explanation of maintenance items ...................................
...
8-2
Maintenance precautions ........................................................
...
8-5
Engine compartment check locations ..................................
...
8-6
QR25DE engine ..................................................................
...
8-6
Engine cooling system .............................................................
...
8-7
Checking engine coolant level .........................................
...
8-8
Changing engine coolant ..................................................
...
8-8
Engine oil ....................................................................................
...
8-9
Checking engine oil level ..................................................
...
8-9
Changing engine oil and filter ..........................................
...
8-9
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ............
...
8-11
Brake fluid ................................................................................
...
8-11
Window washer fluid ............................................................
...
8-12
Battery .......................................................................................
...
8-13
Jump starting .....................................................................
...
8-14
Drive belts ................................................................................
...
8-15
Spark plugs .............................................................................
...
8-15
Replacing spark plugs ....................................................
...
8-16

Air cleaner ...............................................................................
...
Windshield wiper blades .....................................................
...
Cleaning ...........................................................................
...
Replacing .........................................................................
...
Rear window wiper blade ...................................................
...
Brakes ......................................................................................
...
Self-adjusting brakes ....................................................
...
Brake pad wear indicators ..........................................
...
Fuses ........................................................................................
...
Engine compartment .....................................................
...
Passenger compartment ..............................................
...
Battery replacement ..............................................................
...
Keyfob ...............................................................................
...
Intelligent Key battery ....................................................
...
Lights ........................................................................................
...
Headlights ........................................................................
...
Exterior and interior lights ............................................
...
Wheels and tires ...................................................................
...
Tire pressure ...................................................................
...
Tire labeling .....................................................................
...
Types of tires ...................................................................
...
Tire chains .......................................................................
...
Changing wheels and tires ..........................................
...

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

8-16
8-17
8-17
8-17
8-18
8-18
8-18
8-18
8-19
8-19
8-20
8-22
8-22
8-23
8-25
8-26
8-27
8-31
8-31
8-34
8-36
8-37
8-38

Black plate (292,1)

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT
S35-D-110201-308D6977-4CEB-447B-A914-761AA0FAFDCB

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is
essential to maintain your vehicle’s fine mechanical condition, as well as its emission and engine
performance.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that
the scheduled maintenance, as well as general
maintenance, is performed.
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who
can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper
maintenance. You are a vital link in the maintenance chain.

SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
S35-D-110201-3A1DEF4E-C7A4-410C-B164-394507FB9145
For your convenience, both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your “NISSAN Service and
Maintenance Guide”. You must refer to that
guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is
performed on your vehicle at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE
S35-D-110201-D843A8B9-8AAA-4A7A-A67E-0EE527CB549A

These checks or inspections can be done by
yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a
NISSAN dealer.

WHERE
TO GO FOR SERVICE
S35-D-110201-2F655382-40D8-4EAD-859C-6E05E2D5CEAC
If maintenance service is required or your vehicle
appears to malfunction, have the systems
checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.
NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists
and are kept up-to-date with the latest service
information through technical bulletins, service
tips, and in-dealership information systems.
They are completely qualified to work on
NISSAN vehicles before work begins.

When performing any checks or maintenance
work, see “Maintenance precautions” later in
this section.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’s
service department performs the best job to
meet the maintenance requirements on your
vehicle.

Additional information on the following
items with “*” is found later in this section.

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE
S35-D-110201-EA45D551-31FD-45AC-84C7-86A06265D252
General maintenance includes those items
which should be checked during normal dayto-day operation. They are essential for proper
vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to
perform these procedures regularly as prescribed.
Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few
general automotive tools.

8-2

During the normal day-to-day operation of the
vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If
you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or
smell, be sure to check for the cause or have a
NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you
should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that
repairs are required.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE
ITEMS S35-D-110201-3BC260BA-690D-477C-91AC-4BE39984F115

OutsideS35-D-110201-BEFBD842-6721-4232-85DD-4674C0605138
the vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be
performed from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.
Doors and engine hood: Check that all doors
and the engine hood operate properly. Also
ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate
hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if
necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the primary
latch is released.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

When driving in areas using road salt or other
corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Black plate (293,1)

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.
Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all
operating properly and installed securely. Also
check headlight aim.

For additional information regarding tires, refer
to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking
the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,
and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if
necessary.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular
basis. Check the windshield at least every six
months for cracks or other damage. Have a
damaged windshield repaired by a qualified
repair facility.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every
7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks
or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often
and always prior to long distance trips. If
necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,
including the spare, to the pressure specified.
Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive
wear.

Inside the
vehicle
S35-D-110201-CC243554-AEAC-47F1-92F5-9C00AD8195A2

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
transmitter components: Replace the TPMS
transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap
when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.
Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle
should pull to either side while driving on a
straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or
abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for
wheel alignment.
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal
highway speeds, wheel balancing may be
needed.

The maintenance items listed here should be
checked on a regular basis, such as when
performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning
the vehicle, etc.
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for
smooth operation and make sure the pedal
does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep
the floor mat away from the pedal.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes
down further than normal, the pedal feels
spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to
stop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keep
the floor mat away from the pedal.
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the
vehicle to one side
when
applied.
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairly
steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely
with the selector lever in the P (Park) position
without applying any brakes.
Parking brake: Check the parking brake
operation regularly. The vehicle should be
securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the
parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs
adjusted, see a NISSAN dealer.
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt
system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters
and retractors) operate properly and smoothly,
and are installed securely. Check the belt
webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
Seats: Check seat position controls such as
seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure
they operate smoothly and that all latches lock
securely in every position. Check that the head
restraints move up and down smoothly and that
the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all
latched positions.
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the
steering conditions, such as excessive free play,
hard steering or strange noises.
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that
all warning lights and chimes are operating
properly.
Windshield defroster: Check that the air
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (294,1)

comes out of the defroster outlets properly and
in sufficient quantity when operating the heater
or air conditioner.
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that
the wipers and washer operate properly and that
the wipers do not streak.

Under the
hood and vehicle
S35-D-110201-72861ABE-E4F3-407B-92C6-F64761D7062A
The maintenance items listed here should be
checked periodically (for example, each time you
check the engine oil or refuel).
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.
It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under
severe condition require frequent checks of the
battery fluid level.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery discharge
and potential no-start conditions such as:
1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery
power when the engine is not running
(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,
etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be
charged to maintain battery health.
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake
fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on
the reservoir.
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level
when the engine is cold.
Engine drive belts*: Make sure that the drive
belts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking
the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the
engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to
drain back into the oil pan.
Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose
supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the
exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of
exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust
system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See
“Precautions when starting and driving” in the
“5. Starting and driving” section for exhaust gas
(carbon monoxide).)
Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,
oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has
been parked for a while. Water dripping from the
air conditioner after use is normal. If you should
notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,
check for the cause and have it corrected
immediately.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-4

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the
radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,
etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the
hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose
connections.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those
used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very
important to remove these substances, otherwise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel
lines and around the exhaust system. At the end
of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly
flushed with plain water, being careful to clean
those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate. For additional information, see “Cleaning
exterior” in the “7. Appearance and care”
section.
Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is
adequate fluid in the reservoir.

Black plate (295,1)

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
S35-D-110201-B74F7695-55EC-4CC1-AF27-7617EC3FC97C

When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care
to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or
damage to the vehicle. The following are general
precautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING
.

Park the vehicle on a level surface,
apply the parking brake securely
and block the wheels to prevent
the vehicle from moving. Move the
selector lever to P (Park).

Be sure the ignition switch is in the
OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or
repairs.

If you must work with the engine
running, keep your hands, clothing,
hair and tools away from moving
fans, belts and any other moving
parts.

It is advisable to secure or remove
any loose clothing and remove any
jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.
before working on your vehicle.
Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle.

If you must run the engine in an
enclosed space such as a garage, be
sure there is proper ventilation for
exhaust gases to escape.
Never get under the vehicle while it
is supported only by a jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.

Keep smoking materials, flame and
sparks away from fuel tank and the
battery.

The fuel filter or fuel lines should be
serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high
pressure even when the engine is
off.

CAUTION
.

Do not work under the hood while
the engine is hot. Turn the engine
off and wait until it cools down.
Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly
disposed engine oil, and engine
coolant and/or other vehicle fluids
can damage the environment. AlI
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

ways conform to local regulations
for disposal of vehicle fluid.
.

Never leave the engine or the CVT
related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch
is in the ON position.

Never connect or disconnect the
battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is
in the ON position.

Your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic engine cooling fan. It may
come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition key is in the
OFF position and the engine is not
running. To avoid injury, always
disconnect the negative battery
cable before working near the fan.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
gives instructions regarding only those items
which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.
A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
available. (See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information” in the “9. Technical and
consumer information” section.)
You should be aware that incomplete or
improper servicing may result in operating
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (296,1)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
S35-D-110201-0FD69969-98CF-4B76-993A-772AC6053520

difficulties or excessive emissions, and could
affect warranty coverage. If in doubt about
any servicing, we recommend that it be
done by a NISSAN dealer.

SDI2127

QR25DE
ENGINE
S35-D-110201-CE045E86-1FAB-4B03-A2FF-59AEDA4CE682
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

8-6

Engine oil filler cap
Brake fluid reservoir
Air cleaner
Engine coolant reservoir
Window washer fluid reservoir
Drive belt location
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

7.
8.
9.
10.

Engine oil dipstick
Radiator filler cap
Battery
Fuse/fusible link holder

Black plate (297,1)

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
S35-D-110201-5F27817E-CC25-4EF8-A3FD-71BAFE2E41C5

The engine cooling system is filled at the factory
with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and
50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze
and coolant protection. The antifreeze solution
contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional
engine cooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING
.

Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
hot. Wait until the engine and
radiator cool down. Serious burns
could be caused by high pressure
fluid escaping from the radiator.
See precautions in “If your vehicle
overheats” in the “6. In case of
emergency” section of this manual.

The radiator is equipped with a
pressure type radiator cap. To prevent engine damage, use only a
genuine NISSAN radiator cap.

SDI2128

Removing
the air duct
S35-D-110201-F68DC4EA-FB8C-4D98-9C23-A8AED598CAE0

A if necessary.
*
B with a suitable tool.
*
1
duct upward *
and then

Remove the air duct

1. Remove the clips
2. Pull the air
2 .
sideways *

Install the air duct securely after any inspection
or maintenance work is performed.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

CAUTION
.

Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling system
and cause damage to the engine,
transmission and/or cooling system.

When adding or replacing coolant,
be sure to use only Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide
antifreeze protection to −348F
(−378C). If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where
you operate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on the container.
If an equivalent coolant other than
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, follow the coolant manufacturer’s
instructions to maintain minimum
antifreeze protection to −348F
(−378C). The use of other types of
coolant solutions other than GenuMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (298,1)

CHANGING
ENGINE COOLANT
S35-D-110201-39600194-EC4B-4B12-A3A0-C8B0B7FE6BFC

ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant (blue) or equivalent may
damage the engine cooling system.
.

The life expectancy of the factory-fill
coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000
km) or 7 years. Mixing any other
type of coolant other than Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) , including Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of nondistilled water will reduce the life
expectancy of the factory-fill coolant. Refer to the NISSAN Service
and Maintenance Guide for more
details.

Major cooling system repairs should be performed by a NISSAN dealer. The service
procedures can be found in the appropriate
NISSAN Service Manual.
Improper servicing can result in reduced
heater performance and engine overheating.

WARNING
SDI2100

CHECKING
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
S35-D-110201-38BC8B2D-EDD2-4248-AF5D-D2E2CA096255
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when
the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below
2 , open the reservoir cap and
the MIN level *
1 . If the
add coolant up to the MAX level *
reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the
radiator when the engine is cold. If there is
insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator
with coolant up to the filler opening and also add
1 .
it to the reservoir up to the MAX level *
If the cooling system frequently requires
coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN
dealer.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-8

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

To avoid the danger of being
scalded, never change the coolant
when the engine is hot.

Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. Serious burns
could be caused by high pressure
fluid escaping from the radiator.

Avoid direct skin contact with used
coolant. If skin contact is made,
wash thoroughly with soap or hand
cleaner as soon as possible.

Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.
Check your local regulations.

Black plate (299,1)

ENGINE OIL
S35-D-110201-513ADAA0-E81C-4358-9E9B-247C261AFF68

opening. Do not overfill

3 .
*

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.
It is normal to add some oil between oil
maintenance intervals or during the breakin period, depending on the severity of
operating conditions.

CAUTION

SDI2129

CHECKING
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
S35-D-110201-E85752C2-C790-4D7B-A1A7-889A7C325F8D
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
the parking brake.

Oil level should be checked regularly.
Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the
engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.

Change the engine oil and filter according to the
maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service
and Maintenance Guide.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10
minutes for the oil to drain back into
the oil pan.

VehicleS35-D-110201-953D6A28-DEB2-4D1C-858B-690A9ECD35C6
set-up

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil
1 . If the
level. It should be within the range *
2 , remove the oil filler cap
oil level is below *
and pour recommended oil through the

CAUTION
Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle
damage.

CHANGING
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
S35-D-110201-EB3C8F8D-B9A5-464F-9C14-F73939411A2E

2. Run the engine until it reaches operating
temperature.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.
Reinsert it all the way.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using a
suitable floor jack and safety jack stands.
. Place the safety jack stands under the
vehicle jack-up points.
. A suitable adapter should be attached to
the jack stand saddle.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
the parking brake.
2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches
operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10
minutes.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (300,1)

Waste oil must be disposed of
properly.
. Check your local regulations.
Perform steps 4 to 9 when the engine oil
filter change is needed.
.

4. Remove the plastic cover over the oil filter
location by removing the small plastic clips.
C
5. Loosen the oil filter *
with an oil filter
wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it by
hand.

6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface
with a clean rag.
JVM0153X

Engine oil
and filter
S35-D-110201-EE672A53-2059-4431-9900-0CB4AB10F8FC
1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug
A .
*
2. Remove the oil filler cap

B .
*

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench and
completely drain the oil.

CAUTION
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the
engine oil is hot.

CAUTION
Be sure to remove any old gasket
material remaining on the mounting
surface of the engine. Failure to do so
could lead to engine damage.
7. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean
engine oil.
8. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight
resistance is felt, then tighten additionally
more than 2/3 turn.
Oil filter tightening torque:
11 to 15 ft-lb
(14.7 to 20.5
N·m)
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

9. Install the plastic cover.
10. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a
new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug
with a wrench.
Drain plug tightening torque:
22 to 29 ft-lb
(29 to 39 N·m)
Do not use excessive force.
11. Refill engine with recommended oil through
the oil filler opening, and install the oil filler
cap securely.
See “Capacities and recommended fuel/
lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumer information” section for drain and refill
capacity. The drain and refill capacity
depends on the oil temperature and drain
time. Use these specifications for reference
only. Always use the dipstick to determine
the proper amount of oil in the engine.
12. Start the engine and check for leakage
around the drain plug and the oil filter.
Correct as required.
13. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10
minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.
Add engine oil if necessary.

Black plate (301,1)

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

S35-D-110201-7025907A-6A12-49EB-839B-E4EDBE85FD64

After theS35-D-110201-60B8C37E-A45B-4E36-943D-A11F3FFE110B
operation

CAUTION

1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.
2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING
.

Prolonged and repeated contact
with used engine oil may cause skin
cancer.

Try to avoid direct skin contact with
used oil. If skin contact is made,
wash thoroughly with soap or hand
cleaner as soon as possible.

Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid
NS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.

Using transmission fluid other than
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2
will damage the CVT, which is not
covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
limited warranty.

S35-D-110201-7E9EAFC0-0C1F-4352-8FF8-CF6DE7EAF643

For additional brake fluid information, see
“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”
in the “9. Technical and consumer information”
section of this manual.

WARNING
.

Use only new fluid from a sealed
container. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake
system. The use of improper fluids
can damage the brake system and
affect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

Clean the filler cap before removing.

Brake fluid is poisonous and should
be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.

When checking or replacement is required, we
recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

Keep used engine oil out of reach of
children.

CAUTION
Do not spill the fluid on any painted
surfaces. This will damage the paint. If
fluid is spilled, immediately wash the
surface with water.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (302,1)

WINDOW WASHER FLUID
S35-D-110201-08AB7E18-0AB2-4479-9BCC-2BAE1A25E985

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically. Add window washer fluid when the low
window washer fluid warning light illuminates (if
so equipped).
To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift the
cap and pour the window washer fluid into the
reservoir opening.
Add a washer solvent to the water for better
cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield
washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for the mixture ratio.
SDI2131

SDI2130

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is
1 or the brake warning
below the MIN line *
light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super
Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3
2 . If fluid must be
fluid up to the MAX line *
added frequently, the system should be checked
by a NISSAN dealer.

Type A

Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving
conditions require an increased amount of
window washer fluid.
Recommended fluid:
Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

SDI2132
Type
Bi
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ov
dedby
:

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Do not substitute engine anti-freeze
coolant for window washer solution.
This may result in damage to the
paint.

Do not fill the window washer
reservoir tank with washer fluid
concentrates at full strength. Some
methyl alcohol based washer fluid

Black plate (303,1)

BATTERY
S35-D-110201-9895A1BD-E620-4124-903A-FD652172A3E7

concentrates may permanently stain
the grille if spilled while filling the
window washer reservoir tank.
.

Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer
reservoir tank. Do not use the
window washer reservoir tank to
mix the washer fluid concentrate
and water.

Keep the battery surface clean and dry.
Clean the battery with a solution of baking
soda and water.
Make certain the terminal connections are
clean and securely tightened.
If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or
longer, disconnect the negative (−) battery
terminal cable to prevent discharging it.

.
.

NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery discharge
and potential no-start conditions such as:
1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery
power when the engine is not running
(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,
etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.

contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or
painted surfaces. After touching a
battery or battery cap, do not touch
or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash
your hands. If the acid contacts your
eyes, skin or clothing, immediately
flush with water for at least 15
minutes and seek medical attention.
.

Do not operate the vehicle if the
fluid in the battery is low. Low
battery fluid can cause a higher load
on the battery which can generate
heat, reduce battery life, and in
some cases lead to an explosion.

When working on or near a battery,
always wear suitable eye protection
and remove all jewelry.

Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds. Wash hands after
handling.

Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.

In these cases, the battery may need to be
charged to maintain battery health.

WARNING
.

Do not expose the battery to flames
or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas
generated by the battery is explosive. Do not allow battery fluid to
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (304,1)

JUMP STARTING
S35-D-110201-FDDC2196-BE20-4DFF-95B0-75BBB4535EF5
If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”
in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If the
engine does not start by jump starting, the
battery may have to be replaced. Contact a
NISSAN dealer.

SDI1480C

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell. (Remove the
battery cover if it is necessary.) It should be
1 and LOWER
between the UPPER LEVEL *
2 lines.
LEVEL *
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled
water to bring the level to the indicator in each
filler opening. Do not overfill.

1. Remove the cell plugs

A .
*

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL
1 line.
*
If the side of the battery is not clear, check
the distilled water level by looking directly
1 indicates
above the cell; the condition *
2 needs more to
OK and the conditions *
be added.
3. Tighten cell plugs

A .
*

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under
severe conditions require frequent checks of the
battery fluid level.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (305,1)

DRIVE BELTS

SPARK PLUGS

S35-D-110201-32D18337-FF6D-4A43-A930-F2B2207ED3E2

S35-D-110201-0266E778-F80C-4CAC-8AC5-A90E6EFC3894

the belt is in poor condition or loose, have it
replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.
2. Have the belts checked regularly for condition.

WARNING
Be sure the engine and ignition switch
are off and that the parking brake is
engaged securely.

CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect
socket can damage the spark plugs.

SDI2090

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Alternator
Water pump
Drive belt auto-tensioner
Crankshaft pulley
Air conditioner compressor

WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF
or LOCK position before servicing drive
belts. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.
1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of
unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (306,1)

AIR CLEANER
S35-D-110201-FC8F2C69-51BD-4F6C-93D0-AFC7BAF9651D

flame if the engine backfires. If it
isn’t there, and the engine backfires,
you could be burned. Do not drive
with the air cleaner removed, and be
careful when working on the engine
with the air cleaner removed.
.

SDI2106

SDI2020

REPLACINGGUID-416121F9-5467-47CE-A990-CE8202B7CEDD
SPARK PLUGS
If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer
for servicing.

Iridium-tipped
spark plugs
S35-D-110201-A5BBA1E7-8DC0-4A27-A0A1-0258FE0396B7
It is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped
spark plugs as frequently as the conventional
type spark plugs since they will last much longer.
Follow the maintenance log shown in the
“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. Do
not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.
Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones.

Push the tabs
2 .
*

1 and pull out the filter element
*

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and
reused. Replace it according to the maintenance
log shown in the “NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. When replacing the filter, wipe
the inside of the air cleaner housing and the
cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING
.

Operating the engine with the air
cleaner removed can cause you or
others to be burned. The air cleaner
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
d
edby
:air, it stops
not only Infcleans
the

8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Never pour fuel into the throttle
body or attempt to start the engine
with the air cleaner removed. Doing
so could result in serious injury.

Black plate (307,1)

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
S35-D-110201-53E17982-E39E-49B7-A947-15ED15FB35C8

CLEANING
S35-D-110201-73406825-1B4C-487C-8E06-80AA8D836FC2
If your windshield is not clear after using the
windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters
when running, wax or other material may be on
the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a
washer solution or a mild detergent. Your
windshield is clean if beads do not form when
rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth
soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.
Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your
windshield is still not clear after cleaning the
blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION
Worn windshield wiper blades can
damage the windshield and impair
driver vision.

SDI2048

REPLACING
S35-D-110201-4CA420D3-F635-4329-9322-56E2AF5BBC2A

CAUTION

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.
A , and
2. Push and hold the release tab *
move the wiper blade down the wiper arm
1 .
*

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper
arm until a click sounds.
4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is
in the groove.

After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original
position; otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened.

Make sure the wiper blades contact
the glass; otherwise the arm may be
damaged from wind pressure.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (308,1)

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE

BRAKES

S35-D-110201-1FC3D998-09C7-4922-B13A-8E5CB6338E4A

S35-D-110201-B17410A9-2500-4B28-BA04-D63D7380523C

Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or
replacement is required.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have the
brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING
BRAKES
S35-D-110201-028DE896-EA01-45A9-899A-FB7698AAB5E4
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting
brakes.
The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the
brake pedal is applied.

WARNING
See a NISSAN dealer for a brake
system check if the brake pedal height
does not return to normal.

BRAKE S35-D-110201-8E781783-BE59-4675-AE08-8F80EAB3AD6D
PAD WEAR INDICATORS
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it
will make a high pitched scraping sound when
the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will
first occur only when the brake pedal is
depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,
the sound will always be heard even if the brake
pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes
checked as soon as possible if the wear warning
sound is heard.

SDI1865
A .
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle *
This may cause improper windshield washer
operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any
B . Be
objects with a needle or small pin *
careful not to damage the nozzle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Under some driving or climate conditions,
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise
may be heard. Occasional brake noise during

Black plate (309,1)

FUSES
S35-D-110201-72D2AD23-7C13-452F-9C08-5ED0D5BC2474

2. Open the engine hood.

light to moderate stops is normal and does not
affect the function or performance of the brake
system.

3. Remove the air cleaner duct. (See “Engine
compartment check locations” earlier in this
section.)

Proper brake inspection intervals should
be followed. For additional information, see the
maintenance log section of your “NISSAN
Service and Maintenance Guide”.

4. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover
1 and pushing the tab
using a suitable tool *
2 .
*
5. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller located
in the passenger compartment fuse box.

SDI2107

ENGINES35-D-110201-EF7088A6-CC7C-4081-9EF3-60446453E90D
COMPARTMENT

CAUTION
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on
the fuse box cover. This could damage
the electrical system or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate,
check for an open fuse.
1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight
switch are turned off.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (310,1)

SDI1753
A , replace it with a new
6. If the fuse is open *
B .
fuse *

7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical
system checked and repaired by a NISSAN
dealer.

Fusible S35-D-110201-236AFFF2-6A85-4D86-8CB6-6A361FB7E742
links
If any electrical equipment does not operate and
fuses are in good condition, check the fusible
links. If any of these fusible links are melted,
replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.

SDI2133

PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
S35-D-110201-ADA929EC-C7B9-4E8D-B793-60C0DEBB37E3

2. Pull to remove the fuse box cover

1 .
*
2 .
*

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller

8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (311,1)

and replace it with a new fuse of the same
rating.
How to remove the extended storage
switch:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1. To remove the extended storage switch, be
sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or
“LOCK” position.
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF”
position.
3. Remove the fuse box cover.
4. Pinch the storage switch and pull it in the
direction illustrated.
SDI1753
A , replace it with a new
4. If the fuse is open *
B .
fuse *

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical
system checked and repaired by a NISSAN
dealer.

JVM0089X

Extended storage
switch (if so equipped)
GUID-C7B28862-47E7-4FAE-A01A-DE7370C1F373
To reduce battery drain, the extended storage
switch comes from the factory switched off.
Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch is
pushed in (switched on) and should always
remain on.
If any electrical equipment does not operate,
remove the extended storage switch and check
for an open fuse.
NOTE:
If the extended storage switch malfunctions, or if the fuse is open, it is not
necessary to replace the switch. In this
case, remove the
extended
storage switch
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (312,1)

BATTERY REPLACEMENT
S35-D-110201-0DEB0410-1191-4FAE-9DC8-B9019D7525D8

the casing.

CAUTION

3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:

Be careful not to allow children to
swallow the battery and removed parts.

CR1620 or equivalent
Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.
. Hold the battery by the edges. Holding
the battery across the contact points will
seriously deplete the storage capacity.
. Make sure that the + side faces the
bottom case.
.

4. Close the lid securely and install the screw.
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance
for replacement.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
SDI2134

KEYFOB

GUID-A56F8FC6-0D6C-4580-A2AB-B2756D83072F

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:
1. Remove the screw.
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the
corner and twist it to separate the upper part
from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible

Black plate (313,1)

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the
corner and twist it to separate the upper part
from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect
the casing.

for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
CR2025 or equivalent
Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.
. Hold the battery by the edges. Holding
the battery across the contact points will
seriously deplete the storage capacity.
. Make sure that the + side faces the
bottom case.
.

SDI2451

INTELLIGENT
KEY BATTERY
S35-D-110201-6334A362-2949-483B-8BD4-808E92561299
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as
follows:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (314,1)

may cause undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts
1 , and then push them together *
2 until it
*
is securely closed.
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance
for replacement.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (315,1)

LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-DD4272B1-CED8-4C46-8F26-0A48F1D0C89C

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Headlight (high-beam)
Front turn signal/parking/side marker light
Front map light
Ceiling light
Front fog light
Headlight (low-beam)
High-mounted stop light
Cargo light
License plate light
Back-up light
Rear combination light (stop/tail/side marker
light)
Rear turn signal light

SDI2668

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (316,1)

HEADLIGHTS
S35-D-110201-FA3BA1AA-EEA0-42B6-9AC0-27B2DC9FEC37
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the
exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A
temperature difference between the inside and
the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is
not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect
inside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Replacing
S35-D-110201-88130121-CB19-405B-AC32-F8B7A74D8318
Xenon headlight
model:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

WARNING

Use the same number and wattage as originally
installed:
Low beam:
Wattage: 35
Bulb no.: D2R
High beam:
Wattage: 60
Bulb no.: HB3
Halogen headlight
model:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which
uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION

HIGH VOLTAGE
When xenon headlights are on, they
produce a high voltage. To prevent an
electric shock, never attempt to modify
or disassemble. Always have your xenon headlights replaced at a NISSAN
dealer. For additional information, see
“Headlight and turn signal switch” in
the “2. Instruments and controls” section.
If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer.

Do not leave the bulb out of the
headlight reflector for a long period
of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.
entering the headlight body may
affect bulb performance.

High pressure halogen gas is sealed
inside the halogen bulb. The bulb
may break if the glass envelope is
scratched or the bulb is dropped.

Only touch the plastic base when
handling the bulb. Never touch the
glass envelope.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact a
NISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originally
installed:
Low beam:
Wattage: 55
Bulb no.: H11
High beam:
Wattage: 60
Bulb no.: HB3

Black plate (317,1)

EXTERIOR
AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-57CCB661-474F-4B16-A4E0-FA7B38594BB2
Item
Front turn signal/parking/side marker light
Front fog light (if so equipped)

Wattage (W)

Bulb No.

27/8
35

S25
H8

18
21
21/5
5
8
2
LED
8
8
3.4

W16W
W21W
W21/5W
W5W
—
—
—
—
—
—

Rear combination light

SDI2137

Disconnect the battery negative cable before
replacing bulbs.
A
*
B
*

High-beam bulb
Low-beam bulb

back-up
turn signal
stop/tail/side marker
License plate light
Front map light
Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)
High-mounted stop light*
Ceiling light (if so equipped)
Cargo light
Glove box light*

*:
See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.
NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (318,1)

SDI2141
Front turn signal/parking/side marker light (Halogen
headlight model)

Xenon headlight model: See a NISSAN dealer
for replacement.
Halogen headlight model: Remove the bulb as
illustrated.
SDI2306

:
:

SDI2170
Front fog light

REMOVE
INSTALL

Replacement
procedures
S35-D-110201-CFA652EC-DF34-4605-85FA-A4F826DD3B31
All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E.
When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens
and/or cover.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (319,1)

SDI2138

SDI2139

SDI2140

Rear combination light (stop/tail/side marker/turn)

Back-up light

License plate light

Open the lift gate to remove the rear combination light assembly.

Open the lift gate to remove the back-up light
assembly. One screw is located behind the
cover on the lift gate.

The license plate light bulb can be accessed by
removing the cover on the inside of the lift gate.

A : Clip
*

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (320,1)

SDI1500B

SDI2030
Cargo light

Front map light

SDI1499A
Ceiling light

SDI2032
Vanity
mirror
light
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
ded
by
:

8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (321,1)

WHEELS AND TIRES
S35-D-110201-6C8A2EEE-8AF1-45BF-BAF6-930A9AF115CD

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” in the
“6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE
GUID-4D963F91-4B9F-407E-9917-79DCDB9F655A
Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
GUID-FB5E4DC6-E8CB-41DC-8DD9-88899CEDDA08
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire
pressure of all tires except the spare. When
the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on
the vehicle information display, one or more of
your tires is significantly under-inflated.
The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).
Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop
in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while
driving).
For more details, see “Low tire pressure warning
light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section, “Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section
and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”
in the “6. In case of emergency” section.

Tire inflation
pressure
S35-D-110201-90006E03-60AC-4BB9-8393-6BE63790C1B6
Check the pressure of the tires (including
the spare) often and always prior to long
distance trips. The recommended tire
pressure specifications are shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label under
the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire
and Loading Information label is affixed to
the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures
should be checked regularly because:
. Most tires naturally lose air over time.
. Tires can lose air suddenly when driven
over potholes or other objects or if the
vehicle strikes a curb while parking.
The tire pressures should be checked
when the tires are cold. The tires are
considered COLD after the vehicle has
been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate
speeds.
Incorrect tire pressure, including under inflation, may adversely affect tire
life and vehicle handling.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

WARNING
. Improperly inflated tires can fail
suddenly and cause an accident.
. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating
(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.
S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The vehicle weight capacity
is indicated on the Tire and
Loading Information label. Do
not load your vehicle beyond
this capacity. Overloading your
vehicle may result in reduced
tire life, unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure, or unfavorable handling
characteristics and could also
lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of
other vehicle components.
. Before taking a long trip, or
whenever you heavily load your
vehicle, use a tire pressure
gauge to ensure that the tire
pressures are at the specified
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (322,1)

level.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information
Booklet.

SDI2340

Tire and Loading
Information label
GUID-32B0B905-F78C-48F3-BB13-5DB6877F5C98
1
*
2
*

Seating capacity: The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in
the vehicle.
Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicle loading information” in the “9. Technical
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
dedby
:
and consumer
information”
section.

8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

3
*
4
*

Original size: The size of the tires
originally installed on the vehicle at the
factory.
Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to
this pressure when the tires are cold.
Tires are considered COLD after the
vehicle has been parked for 3 or more

Black plate (323,1)

5
*
6
*

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge
stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label.

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6
km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the
manufacturer to provide the best
balance of tire wear, vehicle handling,
driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the
vehicle’s GVWR.
Tire size — see “Tire labeling” later in
this section.
Spare tire size or compact spare tire
size (if so equipped)

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too
much air is added, press the core of the
valve stem briefly with the tip of the
gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release
air as needed.
SDI1949

Checking theGUID-35F5460B-53F3-48BD-8D36-DF9B4793C040
tire pressure
1. Remove the valve stem cap from the
tire.
2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto
the valve stem. Do not press too hard or
force the valve stem sideways, or air will
escape. If the hissing sound of air
escaping from the tire is heard while
checking the pressure, reposition the
gauge to eliminate this leakage.
3. Remove the gauge.

6. Install the valve stem cap.
7. Check the pressure of all other tires,
including the spare.
SIZE

COLD TIRE
INFLATION
PRESSURE

P215/70R16 99H

230 kPa,
33 PSI

P225/60FRONT
R17 98H
ORIGINAL
TIRE
P225/55R18 97V

230 kPa,
33 PSI
230 kPa,
33 PSI*1
260 kPa,
38 PSI*2

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (324,1)

P215/70R16 99H

230 kPa,
33 PSI

P225/60REAR
R17 98H
ORIGINAL
TIRE
P225/55R18 97V

230 kPa,
33 PSI

SPARE
TIRE

*1:
*2:
*3:

230 kPa,
33 PSI*1
260 kPa,
38 PSI*2

230 kPa,
33 PSI
Original tire
260 kPa,
38 PSI*3
420 kPa,
T155/9060 PSI
D16

2WD models
AWD models
AWD models with 18 inch tires

SDI1575
Example

TIRE LABELING
GUID-6492823C-D518-40D7-BE6F-A88DD582F0F3
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to
place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies
and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire
identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to
identify the tire in case of a recall.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SDI1606
Example

1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)
*
1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed
for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires
have this information.)
2. Three-digit number (215): This number
gives the width in millimeters of the tire
from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.
3. Two-digit number (60): This number,
known as the aspect ratio, gives the
tire’s ratio of height to width.
4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This number is
the wheel or rim diameter in inches.

Black plate (325,1)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This
number is the tire’s load index. It is a
measurement of how much weight each
tire can support. You may not find this
information on all tires because it is not
required by law.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not
drive the vehicle faster than the tire
speed rating.

SDI1607

2
*

2.
3.
4.

Example

TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a
new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX
XXXX)
DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department
of Transportation”. The symbol can be
placed above, below or to the left or
right of the Tire Identification Number.
Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identification mark
Two-digit code: Tire size
Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional)

6. Four numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For example, the
numbers 3103 means the 31st week of
2003. If these numbers are missing,
then look on the other sidewall of the
tire.
3 Tire ply composition and material
*
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indicate
the materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
4 Maximum permissible inflation pres*
sure
This number is the greatest amount of
air pressure that should be put in the
tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure.
5 Maximum load rating
*
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that can
be carried by the tire. When replacing
the tires on the vehicle, always use a
tire that has the same load rating as
the factory installed tire.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (326,1)

6
*

Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”
Indicates whether the tire requires an
inner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).
7 The word “radial”
*
The word “radial” is shown, if the tire
has radial structure.
8 Manufacturer or brand name
*
Manufacturer or brand name is shown.
Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that are
defined throughout this section, Intended
Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that
contains a whitewall, bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model
name molding that is higher or deeper than
the same molding on the other sidewall of
the tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewall
of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular
side that must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES S35-D-110201-C5EB9331-8635-4B71-B5C5-812F94ED321F
OF TIRES

WARNING
.

When changing or replacing tires,
be sure all four tires are of the same
type (Example: Summer, All Season
or Snow) and construction. A
NISSAN dealer may be able to help
you with information about tire type,
size, speed rating and availability.

Replacement tires may have a lower
speed rating than the factory
equipped tires, and may not match
the potential maximum vehicle
speed. Never exceed the maximum
speed rating of the tire.

Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could
affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire
Safety Information” (US) or “Tire
Safety Information” (Canada) in the
Warranty Information Booklet.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

All season
tires
S35-D-110201-46ECD967-CB74-4693-95E3-7177E1F912AF
NISSAN specifies all season tires on some
models to provide good performance all year,
including snowy and icy road conditions. All
Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON
and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction
than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.

SummerS35-D-110201-A515578D-1814-444A-A9E9-89BC82BB1F27
tires
NISSAN specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance on dry
roads. Summer tire performance is substantially
reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire
sidewall.
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or
icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of
SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four
wheels.

Snow tires
S35-D-110201-71AE78AE-072F-4EA0-8789-54B9B210A22B
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select
tires equivalent in size and load rating to the
original equipment tires. If you do not, it can
adversely affect the safety and handling of your
vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed
ratings than factory equipped tires and may not

Black plate (327,1)

match the potential maximum vehicle speed.
Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the
tire.
If you install snow tires, they must be the same
size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all
four wheels.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded
tires may be used. However, some U.S. states
and Canadian provinces prohibit their use.
Check local, state and provincial laws before
installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry
surfaces, may be poorer than that of nonstudded snow tires.

All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) models
GUID-A4E89E8F-8195-4A57-BA99-CD357C8FF81B

CAUTION
.

Always use tires of the same type,
size, brand, construction (bias, biasbelted or radial), and tread pattern
on all four wheels. Failure to do so
may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and
rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the
transmission, transfer case and differential gears.

ONLY use spare tires specified for
the AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires
of the same size, brand, construction and tread
pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment
should also be checked and corrected as
necessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

TIRE CHAINS
S35-D-110201-B43663A4-F981-4F85-8D61-36021FFAD0E3

CAUTION
NISSAN recommends using the following tire cables made by Peerless Chain
Company for this vehicle due to limited
tire clearance. Call 800-533-8056 to
order tire chains for your vehicle.
.

215/70R16 - Sno-trac1000 part number 0103855 with chain tightener
part number 2007020

225/60R17, 225/55R18 - Snotrac1000 part number 0103855 with
chain tightener part number
2007190

Failure to use the correct traction
device will cause damage to the brakes,
suspension or
other
parts.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovehicle
vi
dedby
:

The tire chain part numbers and Peerless Chain
Company phone number are correct at the time
of printing that is shown on the back cover of
this Owner’s Manual. Always confirm the correct
part numbers with Peerless Chain Company
before ordering.
Only use other types of traction devices if the
traction device manufacturer recommends it for
use on your specific vehicle and the tire and
wheel installed on your vehicle.
Use of traction devices may be prohibited
according to location. Check the local laws
before installing traction devices. When installing traction devices, make sure they are the
proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are
installed according to the traction device manufacturer’s suggestions. When using traction
devices, avoid fully loading your vehicle and
drive at reduced speeds. Failure to do so may
cause damage to the brakes and suspension
and adversely affect handling and performance.
Traction devices must be installed only on
the front wheels and not on the rear
wheels.
Do not drive with traction devices on paved
roads that are clear of snow. Driving with
traction devices in such conditions can cause
damage to the various mechanisms of the
vehicle due to some overstress.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (328,1)

It is recommended that wheel nuts be
tightened to the specification at each
tire rotation interval.

CAUTION
.

Do not use traction devices on dry
roads.

Never install traction devices on a Ttype spare tire as doing so could
damage the brakes, suspension or
other vehicle parts.

WARNING
. After rotating the tires, check
and adjust the tire pressure.

SDI1662

CHANGING
WHEELS AND TIRES
S35-D-110201-D6074349-60FC-438B-BCE0-C84E9A3E862C
Tire rotation
S35-D-110201-9D3D3FB2-8299-4665-A8E2-B8657B8A1F32
NISSAN recommends rotating the tires
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See “Flat
tire” in the “6. In case of emergency”
section for tire replacing procedures.)
As soon as possible, tighten the wheel
nuts to the specified torque with a
torque wrench.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tighnf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
: at all times.
tened to the Ispecification
8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. Retighten the wheel nuts when
the vehicle has been driven for
600 miles (1,000 km) (also in
cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. Do not include the spare tire or
any other small size spare tire in
the tire rotation.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information
Booklet.

Black plate (329,1)

. The original tires have built-in
tread wear indicators. When
wear indicators are visible, the
tire(s) should be replaced.

SDI1663

1.
2.

Wear indicator
Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear
and damage
S35-D-110201-2E6D7DC3-0C7F-4E12-A774-F3C188570BD7

WARNING
. Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the
tread. If excessive wear, cracks,
bulging or deep cuts are found,
the tire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.
Have tires, including the spare,
over 6 years old checked by a
qualified technician, because
some tire damage may not be
obvious. Replace the tires as
necessary to prevent tire failure
and possible personal injury.
. Improper service of the spare
tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to
repair the spare tire, contact a
NISSAN dealer.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information
Booklet.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Replacing wheels
and tires
GUID-5F49021B-1D68-4060-A4C5-6D4AD42F0837
When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread
design, speed rating and load carrying capacity
as originally equipped. (See “Specifications” in
the “9. Technical and consumer information”
section for recommended types and sizes of
tires and wheels.)

WARNING
.

The use of tires other than those
recommended or the mixed use of
tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or
tread patterns can adversely affect
the ride, braking, handling, ground
clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
tire chain clearance, speedometer
calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects
may lead to accidents and could
result in serious personal injury.

For 2WD models, if your vehicle was
originally equipped with 4 tires that
were the same size and you are only
replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install the
new tires on the rear axle. Placing
new tires on the front axle may
cause loss of vehicle control in
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (330,1)

some driving conditions and cause
an accident and personal injury.
.

If the wheels are changed for any
reason, always replace with wheels
which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a different off-set
could cause premature tire wear,
degrade vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the
brake discs/drums. Such interference can lead to decreased braking
efficiency and/or early brake pad/
shoe wear. See “Wheels and tires”
in the “9. Technical and consumer
information” section of this manual
for wheel off-set dimensions.
When a spare tire is mounted or a
wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
function and the low tire pressure
warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will
remain on after 1 minute. Contact
your NISSAN dealer as soon as
possible for tire replacement and/
or system resetting.
Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could
affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.

Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has
been repaired. Such wheels or tires
could have structural damage and
could fail without warning.

Wheel S35-D-110201-8E10EC16-9CEC-43D7-A91E-D33EB97AE66C
balance

The use of retread tire is not recommended.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire
Safety Information” (US) or “Tire
Safety Information” (Canada) in the
Warranty Information Booklet.

Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle.
Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle
could lead to mechanical damage.

CAUTION
Always use tires of the same type, size,
brand, construction (bias, bias-belted
or radial), and tread pattern on all four
wheels. Failure to do so may result in a
circumference difference between tires
on the front and rear axles which will
cause excessive tire wear and may
damage the transmission, transfer case
and differential gears (AWD models).

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-40 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling
and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can
get out of balance. Therefore, they should be
balanced as required.

For additional information regarding tires, refer
to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of S35-D-110201-0B8C9CF9-E364-45F1-8AD3-5412738974BF
wheels
See “Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance
and care” section for details about care of the
wheels.

Spare tire
S35-D-110201-E74B415C-3AFD-4581-B7A9-3FD301380EE5
When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY
USE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will not
function.
Observe the following precautions if the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used,
otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or
involved in an accident.

Black plate (331,1)

ONLY spare tire should be used on
the rear wheels and original tire
used on the front wheels (drive
wheels). Use tire chains only on
the front (original) tires.

WARNING
.

The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare
tire should be used for emergency
use. It should be replaced with the
standard tire at the first opportunity
to avoid possible tire or differential
damage.

Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoid sharp turns and
abrupt braking while driving.

Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster
rate than the standard tire. Replace
the spare tire as soon as the tread
wear indicators appear.

Do not use the spare tire on other
vehicles.

Do not use more than one spare tire
at the same time.

Do not tow a trailer while the
TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire
is installed.

Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure. Always keep the
pressure of the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,
4.2 bar). Always keep the pressure
of the full size spare tire (if so
equipped) at the recommended
pressure for standard tires, as indicated on the Tire and Loading
Information label.

With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY
spare tire installed do not drive your
vehicle at speeds faster than 50
MPH (80 km/h).

Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire
chains will not fit properly and may
cause damage to the vehicle.

When driving on roads covered with
snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE

Because the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire is smaller than the
original I
tire,
nf
or
mat
i
oground
nPr
ovi
dedby
:clearance is

reduced. To avoid damage to the
vehicle, do not drive over obstacles.
Also do not drive the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
since it may get caught.

CAUTION

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-41

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (332,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

8-42 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (333,1)

9 Technical and consumer information
Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ...................
...
9-2
Fuel recommendation .........................................................
...
9-3
Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .......................
...
9-5
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations ...............................................
...
9-6
Specifications .............................................................................
...
9-7
Engine ....................................................................................
...
9-7
Wheels and tires .................................................................
...
9-7
Dimensions and weights ...................................................
...
9-8
When traveling or registering your vehicle in
another country ..........................................................................
...
9-8
Vehicle identification .................................................................
...
9-8
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate .....................
...
9-8
Vehicle identification number (chassis number) ..........
... 9-9
Engine serial number ..........................................................
...
9-9
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .......................
...
9-9
Emission control information label ...............................
...
9-10
Tire and loading information label ................................
...
9-10
Air conditioner specification label ................................
...
9-10
Installing front license plate .................................................
...
9-11

Vehicle loading information .................................................
...
Terms .................................................................................
...
Vehicle load capacity ....................................................
...
Securing the load ..........................................................
...
Loading tips .....................................................................
...
Measurement of weights ..............................................
...
Towing a trailer .......................................................................
...
Maximum load limits ......................................................
...
Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximum
Gross Axle Weight (GAW) .........................................
...
Towing load/specification ............................................
...
Towing safety ..................................................................
...
Flat towing .......................................................................
...
Uniform tire quality grading .................................................
...
Treadwear ........................................................................
...
Traction AA, A, B and C ..............................................
...
Temperature A, B and C ..............................................
...
Emission control system warranty .....................................
...
Reporting safety defects .....................................................
...
Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test .........
...
Event Data Recorders (EDR) .............................................
...
Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information .....
...

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

9-12
9-12
9-13
9-14
9-15
9-15
9-16
9-16
9-18
9-20
9-20
9-24
9-25
9-25
9-25
9-25
9-26
9-26
9-27
9-28
9-28

Black plate (334,1)

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FUEL/LUBRICANTS
S35-D-110201-7D21A931-27C1-4A22-AAA3-BC246AE0D4F9

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure
instructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (Approximate)

Fuel
Engine oil*1
Drain and refill
With oil filter change
Without oil filter change
Cooling system
With reservoir
Reservoir
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid
Differential gear oil
Transfer oil
Brake fluid
Multi-purpose grease
Air conditioning system refrigerant
Air conditioning system lubricants
Window washer fluid

Recommended specifications

US measure

Imp measure

Liter

15-7/8 gal

13-1/4 gal

See “Fuel recommendation” later in this section.

4-7/8 qt
4-1/2 qt

4 qt
3-3/4 qt

4.6
4.3

.
.

7-3/4 qt
3/4 qt
—

6-3/8 qt
5/8 qt
—

7.3
0.75
—

—

Engine oil with API Certification Mark*2
Viscosity SAE 5W-30

Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2*3
Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE
80W-90*4
Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE
80W-90

Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “8.
Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.
—
—
—
NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
—
—
—
HFC-134a (R-134a)*6
—
—
—
NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent
Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent
1-1/4 gal
1 gal
4.5

*1: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.
*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” later in this section.
*3: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
limited warranty.
*4: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).
*5: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.
*6: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” later in this section for air conditioner specification label.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-2

Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (335,1)

FUEL RECOMMENDATION
S35-D-110201-A221234C-A924-408C-86C4-B0AED0C6451C
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane
rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)
number (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION
.

Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system, and may also
affect warranty coverage.
Under no circumstances should a
leaded gasoline be used, because
this will damage the three-way catalyst.
Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your
vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed
to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not
specifically designed for E-15 or E85 fuel can adversely affect the
emission control devices and systems of the vehicle. Damage caused
by such fuel is not covered by the
NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.
U.S. government regulations require
ethanol dispensing pumps to be

identified by a small, square, orange
and black label with the common
abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.

Gasoline specifications
GUID-FB0FC0E7-207A-41F4-86F5-B3D4696C057C
NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets
the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications where it is available. Many of the
automobile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system
and vehicle performance. Ask your service
station manager if the gasoline meets the
WWFC specifications.

ReformulatedGUID-7B630239-6E8B-4DD6-A634-A7A85BD8A7F4
gasoline
Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially
designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN
supports efforts towards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when
available.

Gasoline containing
oxygenates
GUID-ACAFD4CF-3803-48B3-AB06-1F34D57C0C20
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing
oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence.
NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels
of which the oxygenate content and the fuel
f
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ovi
dedby
:
compatibility for Inyour
NISSAN
cannot be readily

determined. If in doubt, ask your service station
manager.
If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take
the following precautions as the usage of such
fuels may cause vehicle performance problems
and/or fuel system damage.
.

The fuel should be unleaded and have
an octane rating no lower than that
recommended for unleaded gasoline.
If an oxygenate-blend, other than
methanol blend is used, it should
contain no more than 10% oxygenate.
(MTBE may, however, be added up to
15%.)
E-15 fuel contains more than 10%
oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adversely
affect the emission control devices
and systems of the vehicle and should
not be used. Damage caused by such
fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new
vehicle limited warranty.
If a methanol blend is used, it should
contain no more than 5% methanol
(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . It
should also contain a suitable amount
of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and
corrosion inhibitors, such methanol
Technical and consumer information 9-3

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (336,1)

blends may cause fuel system damage
and/or vehicle performance problems.
At this time, sufficient data is not
available to ensure that all methanol
blends are suitable for use in NISSAN
vehicles.
If any driveability problems such as engine
stalling and difficult hot-starting are experienced
after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately
change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a
low blend of MTBE.
Take care not to spill gasoline during
refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates
can cause paint damage.

E-15 fuel

GUID-EE71EE16-16BA-4A52-BE94-A163860092C2

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuel
ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 can
only be used in vehicles designed to run on E15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S.
government regulations require fuel ethanol
dispensing pumps to be identified with small,
square, orange and black label with the common
abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for
that region.

9-4

E-85 fuel

GUID-2E4CD94E-1192-45B9-916B-3787F129BF0E

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel
ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can
only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do
not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing
pumps to be identified by a small, square,
orange and black label with the common
abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for
that region.

Aftermarket fuel
additives
GUID-CEC1B382-6E18-485F-958A-F75011934C34
NISSAN does not recommend the use of any
aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel
injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve
deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these additives intended for gum,
varnish or deposit removal may contain active
solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful
to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating
tips
GUID-A306B15B-DFEF-40B6-A7F5-D6B25890AAD6
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating lower than recommended can cause
persistent, heavy “spark knock”. (Spark
knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If
severe, this can lead to engine damage. If
you detect a persistent heavy spark knock
even when using gasoline of the stated
octane rating, Inor
ifionyou
hear
steady spark
f
or
mat
Pr
ovi
dedby
:

Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

knock while holding a steady speed on
level roads, have a NISSAN dealer correct
the condition. Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle, for which
NISSAN is not responsible.
Incorrect ignition timing will result in spark
knock, after-run and/or overheating, which may
cause excessive fuel consumption or engine
damage. If any of the above symptoms are
encountered, have your vehicle checked at a
NISSAN dealer.
However, now and then you may notice
light spark knock for a short time while
accelerating or driving up hills. This is not a
cause for concern, because you get the
greatest fuel benefit when there is light
spark knock for a short time under heavy
engine load.

Black plate (337,1)

Oil viscosity

GUID-E4195374-9D10-473F-BA7C-56E3D3B9F144

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes
with temperature. Because of this, it is important
to select the engine oil viscosity based on the
temperatures at which the vehicle will be
operated before the next oil change. Choosing
an oil viscosity other than that recommended
could cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the
correct oil filter
GUID-4C0A1D71-5F5E-490A-B551-48CAC8DBB8CE

JVT0116X

1.
2.

API certification mark
API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION
S35-D-110201-511B0564-AE50-4334-B6D3-9D8F4C034698
Selecting theGUID-8D4FD86D-A2DA-4341-81D4-4CF7B1865601
correct oil
It is essential to choose the correct grade,
quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure
satisfactory engine life and performance, see
“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”
earlier in this section. NISSAN recommends the
use of an energy conserving oil in order to
improve fuel economy.
Select only engine oils that meet the American
Petroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-

tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval
Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE viscosity standard. These oils have the API
certification mark on the front of the container.
Oils which do not have the specified quality
label should not be used as they could cause
engine damage.

Oil additivesGUID-0A3C4262-C7F8-4C22-9C20-79A9670C31D8
NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil
additives. The use of an oil additive is not
necessary when the proper oil type is used and
maintenance intervals are followed.
Oil which may contain foreign matter or has
been previously used should not be used.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a
high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When
replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its
equivalent for the reason described in “Change
intervals”.

ChangeS35-D-110201-7567B092-EA86-43AA-AC44-4953DDF10C88
intervals
The oil and oil filter change intervals for your
engine are based on the use of the specified
quality oils and filters. Using an engine oil and
filter other than the specified quality, or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals
could reduce engine life. Damage to the engine
caused by improper maintenance or use of
incorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is
not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited
warranty.
Your engine was filled with a high quality engine
oil when it was built. You do not have to change
the oil before the first recommended change
Technical and consumer information 9-5

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (338,1)

interval. Oil and filter change intervals depend
upon how you use your vehicle.
Operation under the following conditions may
require more frequent oil and filter changes.
.

repeated short distance driving at cold
outside temperatures
. driving in dusty conditions
. extensive idling
. towing a trailer
. stop and go commuting
Refer to the “NISSAN Service and Maintenance
Guide” for the maintenance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS
S35-D-110201-8DF95390-B1EC-4255-9F4F-34D8A19F0BCB

system components.
The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your
NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozone
layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect
the earth’s atmosphere, certain governmental
regulations require the recovery and recycling of
any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service. A NISSAN dealer has the
trained technicians and equipment needed to
recover and recycle your air conditioning system
refrigerant.
Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your
air conditioning system.

The air conditioning system in your
NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the
refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil,
NISSAN A/C system oil Type S or the exact
equivalents.

CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or oil
will cause severe damage to the air
conditioning system and will require
the replacement of all air conditioner
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-6

Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (339,1)

SPECIFICATIONS
GUID-8D91DA47-BD49-4680-9F48-4B76244A0ADA

WHEELS
AND TIRES
S35-D-110201-933AA0E8-B3B1-4A14-92D7-9E7B142878DE

ENGINE
S35-D-110201-F2DD8848-CCBE-4E88-B6DA-6C4908AB37E8

Road wheel GUID-44AC539A-3F91-448E-A4D5-CA65C640823B

Model

QR25DE

Type
Cylinder arrangement
Bore 6 Stroke
Displacement
Firing order

Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC
4-cylinder, in-line
3.5 6 3.9 (89.0 6 100.0)
151.82 (2,488)
1-3-4-2

Idle speed
Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.)

in (mm)
cu in (cm3)
rpm
degree/rpm

No adjustment is necessary.

Spark plug

Standard

DILKAR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal)

in (mm)

0.043 (1.1)
Timing chain

Camshaft operation

Type

Size

Steel
Aluminum

16 6 6-1/2JJ
16 6 6-1/2J
17 6 7J

Offset in (mm)

1.57 (40)

18 6 7J
Spare

Tire

Conventional
16 6 4T

GUID-BB534AE7-3A12-455C-A852-BB5320A123EC

Type

Size

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

P215/70R16
99H
Conventional

Spare
*1:
*2:
*3:

1.57 (40)
1.18 (30)

P225/60R17
98H

Pressure PSI
(kPa) [Cold]
33 (230)

P225/55R18
97V

33 (230)*1
38 (260)*2

T155/90D16

60 (420)

Conventional

33 (230)
38 (260)*3

2WD models
AWD models
AWD models (P225/55R18 97V)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Technical and consumer information 9-7

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (340,1)

WHEN TRAVELING OR
REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN
ANOTHER
COUNTRY
S35-D-110201-97696DB0-9FA1-454C-9A54-75CB658B4436
DIMENSIONS
AND WEIGHTS
S35-D-110201-C0BD9505-CF16-45D9-ADC2-03F9DD3B48B2
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
(GVWR)
Gross Axle
Weight Rating
(GAWR)
Front
Rear
*1:
*2:
*3:

in (mm) 183.3 (4,655)*1
183.9 (4,670)*2
in (mm) 70.9 (1,800)
in (mm) 65.3 (1,658)
66.3 (1,683)*3
in (mm) 60.6 (1,540)
in (mm) 61.0 (1,550)
in (mm) 105.9 (2,690)
lb (kg)

lb (kg)

See the F.M.V.S.S. or
C.M.V.S.S. certification
label on the driver’s
side center pillar.

lb (kg)

Without front license plate bracket
With front license plate bracket
With roof rail

When planning to travel in another country, you should first find out if the fuel available is
suitable for your vehicle’s engine.

S35-D-110201-AF2DD131-9602-439B-9C4F-B002B286C468

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low
may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles
must be operated with unleaded gasoline.
Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas
where appropriate fuel is not available.
When transferring the registration of your
vehicle to another country, state, province
or district, it may be necessary to modify the
vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
emission control and safety standards vary
according to the country, state, province or
district; therefore, vehicle specifications may
differ.
When any vehicle is to be taken into
another country, state, province or district
and registered, its modifications, transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not
responsible for any inconvenience that
may result.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-8

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

STI0457

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(VIN) PLATE
S35-D-110201-3F76E755-25B1-43D9-AFCF-FF5F50E32C88
The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown. This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle
registration.

Black plate (341,1)

STI0553

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(chassisS35-D-110201-859767E6-F86B-4A5A-B7CB-B6320904327E
number)

SDI2121

ENGINE
SERIAL NUMBER
S35-D-110201-CB8324CE-1974-419D-AC72-4A30E1369F8B
The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

STI0448

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION
LABEL S35-D-110201-12E3C8D7-CF92-4ECA-8F69-6F7ACEA8B044
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification
label is affixed as shown. This label contains
valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross
Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of
manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

The vehicle identification number is located as
shown.
Remove the cover to access the number.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Technical and consumer information 9-9

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (342,1)

STI0494

STI0554

STI0555

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION
LABEL
GUID-66B2F781-E0EB-479C-AB4A-981653668323

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION
LABEL S35-D-110201-A6628635-F2F6-406F-8A41-BB648265F3A3

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION
LABEL S35-D-110201-AD318A46-F994-493D-A23F-30C24E4DCD3D

The emission control information label is attached to the underside of the hood as shown.

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as
illustrated.

The air conditioner specification label is attached to the underside of the hood as shown.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-10 Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (343,1)

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
GUID-8C7B3EDE-5B46-4444-AAEA-39E13F6CC646

Use the following steps to mount the license
plate:
Before mounting the license plate, confirm that
the following parts are enclosed in the plastic
bag.
.
.
.
.
1.

License plate bracket
J-nut 6 2
Screw 6 2
Screw grommet 6 2
Temporarily place the license plate bracket
A of it with the
by aligning the lower part *
B on the bumper.
lines *

2. Mark the pilot hole points with a felt-tip pen
through the holes of the license plate
bracket.
3. Remove the license plate bracket.
4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0.39 in
(10 mm) drill bit at the marked locations. (Be
sure that the drill only goes through the
fascia, or damage to the nut may
occur.)
5. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.
STI0599

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the
grommet hole to add 908 turn onto the part
C .
*
7. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracket
before placing the license plate bracket on
Technical and consumer information 9-11

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (344,1)

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
GUID-BB9A5124-3B7E-4C93-AAB5-7F52C2C592B1

the fascia.
8. Install the license plate bracket with screws.
9. Install the license plate with bolts that are no
longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

WARNING
. It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area inside the vehicle. In a collision, people riding
in these areas are more likely to
be seriously injured or killed.
. Do not allow people to ride in
any area of your vehicle that is
not equipped with seats and
seat belts.
. Be sure everyone in your vehicle
is in a seat and using a seat belt
properly.

TERMS
GUID-D054302B-C9E3-4215-B3F5-DCA601494CB0
It is important to familiarize yourself with the
following terms before loading your vehicle:
. Curb Weight (actual weight of your
vehicle) - vehicle weight including:
standard and optional equipment,
fluids, emergency tools, and spare tire
assembly. This weight does not include passengers and cargo.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-12 Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb
weight plus the combined weight of
passengers and cargo.
. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
- maximum total combined weight of the
unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,
hitch, trailer tongue load and any other
optional equipment. This information is
located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.
label.
. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) maximum weight (load) limit specified
for the front or rear axle. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.
S.S. label.
. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) - The maximum total weight rating
of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and
trailer.
. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,
Total load capacity - maximum total
weight limit specified of the load
(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.
This is the maximum combined weight
of occupants and cargo that can be
loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is

Black plate (345,1)

used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue
weight must be included as part of the
cargo load. This information is located
on the Tire and Loading Information
label.
. Cargo capacity - permissible weight of
cargo, the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD
CAPACITY
GUID-38380F31-0804-401A-AFE8-18E1DA7E686D
Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle
shown as “The combined weight of occupants and cargo” on the Tire and Loading
Information label. Do not exceed the
number of occupants shown as “Seating
Capacity” on the Tire and Loading Information label.
To get “the combined weight of occupants
and cargo”, add the weight of all occupants, then add the total luggage weight.
Examples are shown in the following
illustration.
STI0445

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Technical and consumer information 9-13

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (346,1)

Steps for determining
correct load limit
GUID-6705079D-CAFB-42C4-8404-44D73E33B351
1. Locate the statement “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on
your vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the
driver and passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available
amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the XXX
amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or
(640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,
load from your trailer will be transferred
to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm
that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.
(See “Measurement of weights” later in this
section.)
Also check tires for proper inflation pressures. See the Tire and Loading Information
label.

SIC3504

SECURING GUID-C5ADB899-0DC1-4071-8A50-14EE85DD830D
THE LOAD
There are tie down hooks located in the cargo
area as shown. The tie down hooks can be used
to secure cargo with ropes or other types of
straps.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-14 Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Do not apply a total load of more than 22
A or 7 lb. (31 N)
lb. (98 N) to a single hook *

Black plate (347,1)

B (if so equipped) when
to a single hook *
securing cargo.

WARNING
.

The child restraint top tether strap
may be damaged by contact with
items in the cargo area. Secure any
items in the cargo area. Your child
could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision if the top tether strap is
damaged.

Do not load your vehicle any heavier
than the GVWR or the maximum
front and rear GAWRs. If you do,
parts of your vehicle can break, tire
damage could occur, or it can
change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of
control and cause personal injury.

LOADING TIPS
GUID-CCF58CFF-D49E-4D69-894F-4222D9AD3A99
. The GVW must not exceed GVWR or
GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./
C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
. Do not load the front and rear axle to
the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the
GVWR.

WARNING
. Properly secure all cargo with
ropes or straps to help prevent it
from sliding or shifting. Do not
place cargo higher than the
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo could
cause personal injury.
. Do not load your vehicle any
heavier than the GVWR or the
maximum front and rear
GAWRs. If you do, parts of your
vehicle can break, tire damage
could occur, or it can change the
way your vehicle handles. This
could result in loss of control
and cause
personal
injury.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

. Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and
the tire, but can cause unsafe
vehicle handling and longer
braking distances. This may
cause a premature tire failure,
which could result in a serious
accident and personal injury.
Failures caused by overloading
are not covered by the vehicle’s
warranty.

MEASUREMENT
OF WEIGHTS
GUID-C42BDC9B-1E48-4CC9-93DD-223E72FBF0D1
Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts
that could affect the balance of your
vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive
to a scale and weigh the front and the rear
wheels separately to determine axle loads.
Individual axle loads should not exceed
either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR). The total of the axle loads should
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given
on the vehicle certification label. If weight
ratings are exceeded, move or remove
items to bring all weights below the ratings.
Technical and consumer information 9-15

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (348,1)

TOWING A TRAILER
GUID-6E94EE6F-56CB-48E7-B357-BC00A3528549

WARNING
Overloading or improper loading of a
trailer and its cargo can adversely affect
vehicle handling, braking and performance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION
.

Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy
load for the first 500 miles (800 km).
Your engine, axle or other parts
could be damaged.
For the first 500 miles (800 km) that
you tow a trailer, do not drive over
50 MPH (80 km/h) and do not make
starts at full throttle. This helps the
engine and other parts of your
vehicle wear in at the heavier loads.

guide includes information on trailer towing
capability and the special equipment required
for proper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD
LIMITS
GUID-95037A34-60C5-433B-A9E7-A5C73E63EA40
Maximum trailer
loads
GUID-FCEF4CF4-ACB1-4803-8234-31949C25EEFC
Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the
value specified in the “Towing Load/Specification” chart. The total trailer load equals trailer
weight plus its cargo weight.
.

When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs
(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brake
system MUST be used.
The maximum GCWR (Gross Combined Weight
Rating) should not exceed the value specified in
the following “Towing Load/Specification” chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight of the
towing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)
plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greater
than these or using improper towing equipment
could adversely affect vehicle handling, braking
and performance.
The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not
only related to the maximum trailer loads, but
also the places you plan to tow. Tow weights
appropriate for level highway driving may have to
be reduced on very steep grades or for low
traction situations (for example, on slippery boat
ramps).

Your new vehicle was designed to be used
primarily to carry passengers and cargo. Remember that towing a trailer places additional
loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and other systems.
A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is available
on the website at www.nissanusa.com. This

STI0541

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-16 Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Temperature conditions can also affect towing.
For example, towing a heavy trailer in high

Black plate (349,1)

outside temperatures on graded roads can
affect engine performance and cause overheating. The transmission high fluid temperature
protection mode, which helps reduce the
chance of transmission damage, could activate
and automatically decrease engine power.
Vehicle speed may decrease under high load.
Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and
vehicle load, weather and road conditions.

CAUTION
Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures are not covered
by NISSAN warranties.

WARNING
Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed. The
reduced speed may be lower than other
traffic, which could increase the chance
of a collision. Be especially careful
when driving. If the vehicle cannot
maintain a safe driving speed, pull to
the side of the road in a safe area.
Allow the engine to cool and return to
normal operation. See “If your vehicle
overheats” in the “6. In case of emergency” section of this manual.

STI0542

Tongue loadGUID-C04C8C9B-DDE9-4EED-8127-6EE524310929
When using a weight carrying or a weight
distributing hitch, keep the tongue load between
10 to 15% of the total trailer load within the
maximum tongue load limits shown in the
following “Towing Load/Specification” chart. If
the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange
cargo to allow for proper tongue load.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Technical and consumer information 9-17

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (350,1)

required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, such
as the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicle
and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing
capacity and trailer tongue load.
The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to
confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, Front
GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined Weight
Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

TI1012M

MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
(GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE
WEIGHT (GAW)
GUID-6D781F5A-F0FA-449E-936D-90A62CF6E861
The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification
label. The GVW equals the combined weight of
the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,
hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional
equipment. In addition, front or rear GAW must
not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.
certification label.
Towing capacities are calculated assuming a
base vehicle with driver and any options

All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured
using platform type scales commonly found at
truck stops, highway weigh stations, building
supply centers or salvage yards.
To determine the available payload capacity for
tongue load, use the following procedure.
1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.
S.S. certification label.
2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of
the passengers and cargo that are normally
in the vehicle when towing a trailer.
3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the
GVWR. The remaining amount is the available maximum tongue load.
To determine the available towing capacity, use
the following procedure.
1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the
“Towing Load/Specification” chart found
later in this section.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-18 Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the
GCWR. The remaining amount is the available maximum towing capacity.
To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weigh
your trailer on a scale with all equipment and
cargo, that are normally in the trailer when it is
towed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not
more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating
shown on the trailer and is not more than the
calculated available maximum towing capacity.
Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale
to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and
Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front
Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight
on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to
be moved or removed to meet the specified
ratings.
Example:
.

Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed
on a scale - including passengers, cargo
and hitch - 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg).
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) from
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label 4,233 lb. (1,920 kg).
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
from “Towing Load/Specification” chart 5,136 lb. (2,329 kg).

Black plate (351,1)

Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Towing Load/Specification” chart - 1,000 lb.
(453 kg).
4,233 lb. (1,920 kg)
− 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg)
= 100 lb. (45 kg)
5,136 lb. (2,329 kg)
− 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg)
= 1,003 lb. (455 kg)

Always verify that available capacities are within
the required ratings.

GVWR
GVW
Available for tongue
weight
GCWR
GVW
Capacity available for
towing

100 lb. (45 kg) / Available tongue weight
1,003 lb. (455 kg)
Available capacity
= 10 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be less than
the maximum towing capacity due to the
passenger and cargo load in the vehicle.
Remember to keep trailer tongue weight between 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. If the
tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange the
cargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do not
exceed the 10 to 15% tongue weight specification even if the calculated available tongue
weight is greater than 15%. If the calculated
tongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the total
trailer weight to match the available tongue
weight.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Technical and consumer information 9-19

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (352,1)

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION
GUID-B033984C-63D9-4226-9FF9-57007EB506CD

TOWING SAFETY
GUID-13068A2D-BD0C-46FD-BF4B-C8803F5A7767
Trailer hitch

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART
Unit: lb (kg)
Except for S grade (for US)
SV premium grade (for Canada)
SL grade (for Canada)

S grade (for US)
S grade (for Canada)
SV grade (for Canada)

1,500 (680)

1,000 (453)

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1
MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD
GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING
(GCWR)
RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2
1:
2:

150 (68)
5,636 (2,556)

5,136 (2,329)

Sway Control Device (SCD)

All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes.
Sway control devices are not offered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly
designed sway control device for your trailer.

Hitch ball

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

GUID-8AF788A7-F693-4EDE-9E1F-4BC7CB890262

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and
weight rating for your trailer:

9-20 Technical and consumer information

GUID-24230511-31D0-447D-B7C9-FF8558A7B458

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and
trailer. A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is
available from a NISSAN dealer. Make sure the
trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to
help avoid personal injury or property damage
due to sway caused by crosswinds, rough road
surfaces or passing trucks.

The required hitch ball size is stamped on
most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also
have the size printed on top of the ball.
Choose the proper class hitch ball based on
the trailer weight.
The diameter of the threaded shank of the
hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount
hole diameter. The hitch ball shank should
be no more than 1/16´´ smaller than the hole
in the ball mount.
The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be
long enough to be properly secured to the
ball mount. There should be at least 2
threads showing beyond the lock washer
and nut.

Black plate (353,1)

Sway controlGUID-CA43C3C2-6AFA-4A0F-945D-1C0EEDB8B5F8
device

struck from the rear, where practical, remove the hitch and/or receiver when not in use. After the hitch
is removed, seal the bolt holes to
prevent exhaust fumes, water or
dust from entering the passenger
compartment.

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffeting
caused by other vehicles can affect trailer
handling. Sway control devices may be used to
help control these affects. If you choose to use
one, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to
make sure the sway control device will work with
the vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake
system. Follow the instructions provided by the
manufacturer for installing and using the sway
control device.

Regularly check that all trailer hitch
mounting bolts are securely
mounted.

Class I hitchGUID-8755D6BA-3FF5-44C8-AAA8-87A25DC7A9B5

Tire pressures
GUID-24AC9370-4921-4DCC-A994-22A3A4903D8D

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball
mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers
of a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (909 kg).

CAUTION
.

The hitch should not be attached to
or affect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

Do not modify the vehicle exhaust
system, brake system, etc. to install
a trailer hitch.

To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is

When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle
tires to the recommended cold tire pressure
indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label.
Trailer tire condition, size, load rating and
proper inflation pressure should be in
accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers’ specifications.

Safety chainsGUID-C6AFFF2D-3488-4102-BC8F-7EB7C5A9DF69
Always use a suitable chain between your
vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains should
be crossed and should be attached to the hitch,
not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safety
chains can be attached to the bumper if the
hitch ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure to
leave enough slack
inProvthe
chains
to permit
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
i
dedby
:

turning corners.

Trailer lights

GUID-A29FE40B-6D31-4369-84A4-A3AB91FE8E44

CAUTION
When splicing into the vehicle electrical
system, a commercially available
power-type module/converter must be
used to provide power for all trailer
lighting. This unit uses the vehicle
battery as a direct power source for all
trailer lights while using the vehicle tail
light, stoplight and turn signal circuits
as a signal source. The module/converter must draw no more than 15
milliamps from the stop and tail lamp
circuits. Using a module/converter that
exceeds these power requirements may
damage the vehicle’s electrical system.
See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain
the proper equipment and to have it
installed.
Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or
local regulations. For assistance in hooking up
trailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer or
reputable trailer dealer.

Technical and consumer information 9-21

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (354,1)

Trailer brakesGUID-8900FB3E-5F3F-4B97-99B7-FF25587AD020
If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,
make sure it conforms to federal and/or local
regulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING
Never connect a trailer brake system
directly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips
GUID-9340413B-CD96-4DA1-9954-2F5798FB03D4
.

.
.

Be certain your vehicle maintains a level
position when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has an
abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition;
check for improper tongue load, overload,
worn suspension or other possible causes
of either condition.
Always secure items in the trailer to prevent
load shift while driving.
Keep the cargo load as low as possible in
the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity
low.
Load the trailer so approximately 60% of the
trailer load is in the front half and 40% is in
the back half. Also make sure the load is
balanced side to side.

Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,
vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation,
and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you
attach a trailer to the vehicle.
Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to
all federal, state or local regulations. If not,
install any mirrors required for towing before
driving the vehicle.
Determine the overall height of the vehicle
and trailer so the required clearance is
known.

Trailer towingGUID-74EA1701-DBB8-4BC7-AA72-370122A2DB72
tips
In order to gain skill and an understanding of the
vehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,
stopping and backing up in an area which is free
from traffic. Steering stability, and braking
performance will be somewhat different than
under normal driving conditions.
.
.

.
.
.

Always secure items in the trailer to prevent
load shift while driving.
Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or
lock to prevent the coupler from inadvertently becoming unlatched.
Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.
Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.
Always drive your vehicle at a moderate
speed. Some states or provinces have
specific speed limits for vehicles that are
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-22 Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.
When backing up, hold the bottom of the
steering wheel with one hand. Move your
hand in the direction in which you want the
trailer to go. Make small corrections and
back up slowly. If possible, have someone
guide you when you are backing up.
Always block the wheels on both vehicle and
trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is not
recommended; however, if you must do so:
.

CAUTION
If you move the shift selector lever to
the P (Park) position before blocking
the wheels and applying the parking
brake, transmission damage could occur.
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
2. Have someone place blocks on the downhill
side of the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowly
release the brake pedal until the blocks
absorb the vehicle load.
4. Apply the parking brake.
5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

Black plate (355,1)

6. Turn off the engine.
To drive away:
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift the transmission into gear.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are
clear from the blocks.
6. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.
.

.
.

When going down a hill, shift into a lower
gear and use the engine braking effect.
When going up a long grade, downshift the
transmission to a lower gear and reduce
speed to reduce chances of engine overloading and/or overheating.
If the engine coolant rises to an extremely
high temperature when the air conditioning
system is on, turn off the air conditioner.
Coolant heat can be additionally vented by
opening the windows, switching the fan
control to high and setting the temperature
control to the HOT position.
Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal
circumstances.
Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles
(800 km).

Have your vehicle serviced more often than
at intervals specified in the recommended
maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.
. When making a turn, your trailer wheels will
be closer to the inside of the turn than your
vehicle wheels. To compensate for this,
make a larger than normal turning radius
during the turn.
. Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely
affect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly causing vehicle sway. When being passed by
larger vehicles, be prepared for possible
changes in crosswinds that could affect
vehicle handling. If swaying does occur,
firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straight
ahead, and immediately (but gradually)
reduce vehicle speed. This combination will
help stabilize the vehicle. Never increase
speed.
Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to
allow the vehicle to coast and steer as
straight ahead as the road conditions allow.
This combination will help stabilize the
vehicle.
. Do not correct trailer sway by steering or
applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply
the brakes and pull to the side of the road in
a safe area.
3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is
balanced as described earlier in this section.
.

.
.

Be careful when passing other vehicles.
Passing while towing a trailer requires
considerably more distance than normal
passing. Remember the length of the trailer
must also pass the other vehicle before you
can safely change lanes.
Down shift the transmission to a lower gear
for engine braking when driving down steep
or long hills. This will help slow the vehicle
without applying the brakes.
Avoid holding the brake pedal down too
long or too frequently. This could cause the
brakes to overheat, resulting in reduced
braking efficiency.
Increase your following distance to allow for
greater stopping distances while towing a
trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.
Do not use cruise control while towing a
trailer.
Some states or provinces have specific
regulations and speed limits for vehicles
that are towing trailers. Obey the local
speed limits.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Technical and consumer information 9-23

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (356,1)

Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness
connections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after
50 miles (80 km) of travel and at every
break.
. When stopped in traffic for long periods of
time in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P
(Park) position.
. When launching a boat, don’t allow the
water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or
rear bumper.
. Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights
before backing the trailer into the water or
the trailer lights may burn out.
When towing a trailer, the transmission
fluid should be changed more frequently.
For additional information, see the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
earlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING
GUID-F394455A-C898-4202-848D-0A9978906EF4
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground is sometimes called flat towing. This
method is sometimes used when towing a
vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a
motor home.

CAUTION
.

Failure to follow these guidelines
can result in severe transmission
damage.

Whenever flat towing your vehicle,
always tow forward, never backward.

DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground (flat
towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE
internal transmission parts due to
lack of transmission lubrication.

DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) vehicle with any of the
wheels on the ground. Doing so
may cause serious and expensive
damage to the powertrain.

For emergency towing procedures
refer to “Towing
recommended
by
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-24 Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

NISSAN”in the “6. In case of emergency” section of this manual.

Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT)
GUID-F352AEB5-C025-400E-9D86-4285636C7FC3
All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) models:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of the
wheels on the ground.
Two-Wheel Drive
(2WD) models:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To tow a vehicle equipped with a Continuously
Variable Transmission (CVT), an appropriate
vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed
vehicle’s driving wheels. Always follow the dolly
manufacturer’s recommendations when using
their product.

Black plate (357,1)

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
GUID-2E89586F-1185-4678-8E25-B17ACB25CA9C

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality
Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to
federal safety requirements in addition to these
grades.
Quality grades can be found where applicable
on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARGUID-64C17F15-56C0-4908-8B5F-F468F2F4F522
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating
based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified
government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and one-half
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course
as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart significantly from
the norm due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA,
A, B AND C
GUID-FFF7629A-E8C2-4FBB-97B6-CB998B2902F5
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are
AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the
tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have poor

traction performance.

WARNING
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.

The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
speed, under-inflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and
possible tire failure.

TEMPERATURE
A, B AND C
GUID-4F10E116-4E8F-4764-8F27-16B98FF51AB7
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and
C, representing the tire’s resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material
of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum required by law.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Technical and consumer information 9-25

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (358,1)

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
WARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

GUID-245AA062-44BF-416A-97F4-D459EF2AC9AE

GUID-F1870D5E-CDB8-4A06-B98B-79F8686B10E3

Your NISSAN is covered by the following
emission warranties.

For USA
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying NISSAN.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,
SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You can
also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
You may notify NISSAN by contacting our
Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at
1-800-NISSAN-1.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

For US:
. Emission Defects Warranty
. Emissions Performance Warranty
Details of these warranties may be found with
other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your
NISSAN. If you did not receive a Warranty
Information Booklet, or it has become lost, you
may obtain a replacement by writing to:
.

Nissan North America, Inc.
Consumer Affairs Department
P.O. Box 685003
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For Canada:
Emission Control System Warranty
Details of this warranty may be found with other
vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information
Booklet which comes with your NISSAN. If you
did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet,
or it has become lost, you may obtain a
replacement by writing to:
.

Nissan Canada Inc.
5290 Orbitor Drive
Mississauga, Ontario,
L4W 4Z5

9-26 Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

For Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada in addition to
notifying NISSAN.
If Transport Canada receives complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may request that NISSAN
conduct a recall campaign. However,
Transport Canada cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or NISSAN.
You may contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll
free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also
report safety defects online at:
https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/
PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.
Additional information concerning motor
vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada’s Road Safety Information
Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at
www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere

Black plate (359,1)

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/
MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST
GUID-3B40933D-04EA-4271-9050-E3FEA1D4C2D0

(French speakers).
To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns
please contact our Consumer Information
Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
should never be tested using a two wheel
dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used
by some states for emissions testing), or similar
equipment. Make sure you inform test facility
personnel that your vehicle is equipped with
AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.
Using the wrong test equipment may result in
transmission damage or unexpected vehicle
movement which could result in serious vehicle
damage or personal injury.

condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not
blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is
“ready”.
Contact a NISSAN dealer to set “ready condition” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

Due to legal requirements in some states and
Canadian Provinces, your vehicle may be
required to be in what is called the “ready
condition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)
test of the emission control system.
The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when
it is driven through certain driving patterns.
Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtained
by ordinary usage of the vehicle.
If a powertrain system component is repaired or
the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be
reset to a “not ready condition”. Before taking
the I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/
maintenance test readiness condition. Place the
ignition switch in the ON position without
starting the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator
Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and
then blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Technical and consumer information 9-27

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (360,1)

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
GUID-D562961D-9AFE-4754-8C59-8C01CE2FEDDB

This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is
to record, in certain crash or near crash-like
situations, such as an air bag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data
related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems
for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds
or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.

How various systems in your vehicle were
operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passenger
safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing
the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
. Sounds are not recorded.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes
and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle
only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data
are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g. name,
gender, age and crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type

GUID-01ECFC68-80F1-4930-A150-93111F5483D4

of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special
equipment is required and access to the vehicle
or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties,
such as law enforcement, that have the special
equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will
only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle
owner or lessee or as otherwise required or
permitted by law.

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this
model year and prior can be purchased. A
genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best
source of service and repair information for your
vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the
factory trained technicians working at NISSAN
dealerships. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also be purchased.
For USA:
For current pricing and availability of genuine
NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:
1-800-450-9491
www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuine
NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:
1-800-247-5321

For Canada:
To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this
model year and prior, please contact your
nearest NISSAN dealer. For the phone number
and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area,
call the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

9-28 Technical and consumer information

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (361,1)

10 Index
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ............................
...
5-28
Advanced air bag system .........................................
...
1-45
Aiming control, Headlights........................................
...
2-33
Air bag system
Advanced air bag system ..................................
...
1-45
Front passenger air bag and status light.......
... 1-46
Front-seat mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag system ............................
...
1-49
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag system .............
...
1-49
Air bag warning labels...............................................
...
1-52
Air bag warning light......................................
...
1-52, 2-13
Air cleaner housing filter ...........................................
...
8-16
Air conditioner
Air conditioner operation....................................
...
4-24
Air conditioner service ........................................
...
4-29
Air conditioner specification label....................
...
9-10
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations.......................
...
4-29, 9-6
Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle
security system)...........................................................
...
2-26
Alcohol, drugs and driving..........................................
...
5-7
All-wheel drive (AWD)...............................................
...
5-23
All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light........................
...
2-9
Antenna..........................................................................
...
4-68
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............................
...
5-28
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light.......
... 2-9
Appearance care
Exterior appearance care ......................................
...
7-2
Interior appearance care .......................................
...
7-4
TM
Around view monitor..............................................
...
4-13
Audible reminders .......................................................
...
2-15
Audio operation precautions ....................................
...
4-30
Audio setup ....................................................................
...
4-5

Audio system................................................................
...
4-30
Steering wheel audio controls..........................
...
4-67
Autolight system..........................................................
...
2-31
Automatic
Air conditioner.......................................................
...
4-27
Door locks.................................................................
...
3-6
Average speed (MPH or km/h) ...............................
...
2-23
Avoiding collision and rollover ...................................
...
5-6

B
Back door (See lift gate) ..........................................
...
3-20
Battery............................................................................
...
8-13
Battery replacement, Intelligent Key................
...
8-23
Battery replacement, Keyfob .............................
...
8-22
Battery saver system...........................................
...
2-33
Keyfob battery replacement...............................
...
8-22
Before starting the engine ........................................
...
5-13
Belts (See drive belts)...............................................
...
8-15
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ................
...
4-69
Booster seats...............................................................
...
1-36
Brake
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .....................
...
5-28
Brake fluid..............................................................
...
8-11
Brake system.........................................................
...
5-27
Parking brake operation .....................................
...
5-19
Warning light.........................................................
...
2-10
Break-in schedule .......................................................
...
5-21
Brightness control
Display ON/OFF button ........................................
...
4-5
Instrument panel......................................................
...
2-7
Bulb check/instrument panel .....................................
...
2-9
Bulb replacement........................................................
...
8-25
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

C
Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .......
... 9-2
Car phone or CB radio .............................................
...
4-69
Cargo cover..................................................................
...
2-41
Cargo light....................................................................
...
2-51
Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst...................
...
5-3
CD/CF/USB memory care and cleaning ..............
...
4-66
Ceiling light...................................................................
...
2-50
Child restraints.............................................................
...
1-22
Booster seats........................................................
...
1-36
LATCH system ......................................................
...
1-24
Precautions on child restraints .........................
...
1-22
Child safety...................................................................
...
1-20
Child safety rear door lock .........................................
...
3-6
Chimes, Audible reminders ......................................
...
2-15
Circuit breaker, Fusible link ......................................
...
8-20
Cleaning exterior and interior............................
...
7-2, 7-4
Clock ......................................................
...
2-23, 4-44, 4-52
Clock (models with navigation system)...................
...
4-7
Coat hooks ...................................................................
...
2-43
Cold weather driving..................................................
...
5-31
Compact Disc (CD) player (See
audio system).......................................
...
4-46, 4-54, 4-61
Console box .................................................................
...
2-40
Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) fluid.....................................................................
...
8-11
Control panel buttons — color screen with
navigation system..........................................................
...
4-2
Controls, Steering wheel audio controls...............
...
4-67
Coolant
Capacities and
recommended fuel/lubricants...............................
...
9-2
Changing engine coolant......................................
...
8-8
Checking engine coolant level.............................
...
8-8
Corrosion protection ....................................................
...
7-6

Black plate (362,1)

Cover, Cargo cover ....................................................
...
Cruise control...............................................................
...
Cup holders..................................................................
...
CVT, Driving with CVT (Continuously
Variable Transmission) ...................................
...
5-12,

2-41
5-19
2-38
5-14

D
Daytime running light system...................................
...
2-33
Defroster switch, Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch...........................................................
...
2-30
Dimensions and weights .............................................
...
9-8
Drive belts.....................................................................
...
8-15
Driving
All-wheel drive (AWD)........................................
...
5-23
Cold weather driving...........................................
...
5-31
Distance (miles or km)........................................
...
2-23
Driving with CVT (Continuously
Variable Transmission) .............................
...
5-12, 5-14
On-pavement and off-road driving .....................
...
5-6
Precautions when starting and driving ..............
...
5-2
Safety precautions ..................................................
...
5-8

E
Economy, Fuel..............................................................
...
5-21
Elapsed time.................................................................
...
2-23
Electric power steering system ...............................
...
5-27
Electric power steering warning light ....................
...
2-10
Emission control information label..........................
...
9-10
Emission control system warranty...........................
...
9-26
Engine
Before starting the engine .................................
...
5-13
Break-in schedule ................................................
...
5-21
Capacities and
recommended fuel/lubricants...............................
...
9-2
Changing engine coolant......................................
...
8-8

Changing engine oil and filter..............................
...
8-9
Checking engine coolant level.............................
...
8-8
Checking engine oil level......................................
...
8-9
Coolant temperature gauge .................................
...
2-6
Engine block heater.............................................
...
5-32
Engine compartment check locations................
...
8-6
Engine cooling system...........................................
...
8-7
Engine oil...................................................................
...
8-9
Engine oil and oil filter recommendation...........
...
9-5
Engine oil viscosity..................................................
...
9-5
Engine serial number..............................................
...
9-9
Engine specifications .............................................
...
9-7
If your vehicle overheats.....................................
...
6-11
Starting the engine ..............................................
...
5-13
Event Data Recorders (EDR)...................................
...
9-28
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ................................
...
5-2
Exterior light indicator ................................................
...
2-13

F
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .................
...
9-9
Filter
Air cleaner housing filter ....................................
...
8-16
Changing engine oil and filter..............................
...
8-9
Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch).......
... 6-2
Flat tire.............................................................................
...
6-2
Flat towing ....................................................................
...
9-24
Floor mat cleaning ........................................................
...
7-5
Fluid
Brake fluid..............................................................
...
8-11
Capacities and
recommended fuel/lubricants...............................
...
9-2
Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) fluid..............................................................
...
8-11
Engine coolant .........................................................
...
8-7
Engine oil...................................................................
...
8-9
Window washer fluid ..........................................
...
8-12
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

10-2

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player....
... 4-43
FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc
(CD) player .......................................................
...
4-51, 4-59
Fog light switch ...........................................................
...
2-34
Front manual seat adjustment....................................
...
1-3
Front passenger air bag and status light..............
...
1-46
Front power seat adjustment .....................................
...
1-3
Front seat, Front seat adjustment.............................
...
1-3
Front-seat active head restraints ..............................
...
1-9
Fuel
Capacities and
recommended fuel/lubricants...............................
...
9-2
Fuel economy........................................................
...
5-21
Fuel octane rating ...................................................
...
9-3
Fuel recommendation.............................................
...
9-3
Fuel-filler cap.........................................................
...
3-21
Fuel-filler door.......................................................
...
3-21
Gauge ........................................................................
...
2-6
Loose fuel cap warning ...........................
...
2-18, 3-23
Fuses..............................................................................
...
8-19
Fusible links..................................................................
...
8-20

G
Gas cap.........................................................................
...
3-21
Gauge ..............................................................................
...
2-4
Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................
...
2-6
Fuel gauge ................................................................
...
2-6
Tachometer ...............................................................
...
2-5
Trip computer ........................................................
...
2-21
General maintenance ...................................................
...
8-2
Glove box......................................................................
...
2-40

H
Hands-Free Phone System, Bluetooth® ...............
...
4-69
Hazard warning flasher switch...................................
...
6-2

Black plate (363,1)

Head restraints ..............................................................
...
1-6
Headlights
Aiming control.......................................................
...
2-33
Bulb replacement.................................................
...
8-26
Headlight switch...................................................
...
2-32
Xenon headlights..................................................
...
2-30
Heated seats................................................................
...
2-35
Heater
Engine block heater.............................................
...
5-32
Heater and air conditioner operation ..............
...
4-24
Hood release................................................................
...
3-19
Hook
Coat hooks ............................................................
...
2-43
Luggage hook .......................................................
...
2-42
Utility hook .............................................................
...
2-43
Horn................................................................................
...
2-35
How to use the back button ......................................
...
4-5
How to use the setup button.....................................
...
4-5

I
Ignition switch..............................................................
...
5-10
Key positions.........................................................
...
5-12
Immobilizer system......................................................
...
2-26
Indicator lights..............................................................
...
2-13
Inside mirror..................................................................
...
3-24
Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ..........................
...
9-27
Instrument brightness control ....................................
...
2-7
Instrument panel............................................................
...
2-3
Intelligent Key system ................................................
...
3-10
Key operating range ............................................
...
3-12
Key operation ........................................................
...
3-13
Remote keyless operation..................................
...
3-16
Warning signals....................................................
...
3-14
Interior light replacement...........................................
...
8-27
Interior lights.................................................................
...
2-49
®
iPod connecting ........................................................
...
4-47

iPod® player operation...................................
...
4-57, 4-64
ISOFIX child restraint.................................................
...
1-24

J
Jump starting..................................................................
...
6-9

K
Keyless entry
(See remote keyless entry system) ....................
...
3-7
With Intelligent Key system (See Intelligent
Key system) ...........................................................
...
3-16
Keys..................................................................................
...
3-2
For Intelligent Key system..................................
...
3-10

L
Labels
Air bag warning labels........................................
...
1-52
Air conditioner specification label....................
...
9-10
Emission control information label...................
...
9-10
Engine serial number..............................................
...
9-9
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ...........
...
9-9
Tire and Loading information label .......
... 8-32, 9-10
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ....................
...
9-8
LATCH system .............................................................
...
1-24
License plate, Installing front license plate ..........
...
9-11
Lift gate..........................................................................
...
3-20
Light
Air bag warning light...........................................
...
1-52
Bulb replacement.................................................
...
8-25
Cargo light.............................................................
...
2-51
Ceiling light............................................................
...
2-50
Fog light switch ....................................................
...
2-34
Headlight switch...................................................
...
2-32
Headlights bulb
replacement
............................
...:
8-26
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby

Indicator lights.......................................................
...
2-13
Interior lights..........................................................
...
2-49
Map lights ..............................................................
...
2-49
Replacement..........................................................
...
8-25
Vanity mirror lights ...............................................
...
2-51
Warning/indicator lights and
audible reminders....................................................
...
2-9
Xenon headlights..................................................
...
2-30
Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement .....
... 8-27
Loading information (See vehicle
loading information) ....................................................
...
9-12
Lock
Automatic door locks .............................................
...
3-6
Door locks.................................................................
...
3-4
Lift gate lock..........................................................
...
3-20
Power door lock ......................................................
...
3-4
Loose fuel cap warning .................................
...
2-18, 3-23
Low fuel warning light................................................
...
2-11
Low tire pressure warning light...............................
...
2-11
Low tire pressure warning system
(See tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) ....
... 5-3
Luggage floor box.......................................................
...
2-41
Luggage hooks............................................................
...
2-42
Luggage side box .......................................................
...
2-41

M
Maintenance
Battery.....................................................................
...
8-13
General maintenance .............................................
...
8-2
Indicators for maintenance ................................
...
2-21
Inside the vehicle ....................................................
...
8-3
Maintenance precautions ......................................
...
8-5
Maintenance requirements....................................
...
8-2
Outside the vehicle.................................................
...
8-2
Seat belt maintenance........................................
...
1-19
Malfunction indicator light (MIL)..............................
...
2-14

10-3

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (364,1)

Manual air conditioner................................................
...
4-24
Manual front seat adjustment.....................................
...
1-3
Map lights .....................................................................
...
2-49
Master warning light...................................................
...
2-12
Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .................
...
3-4
Meter, Trip computer..................................................
...
2-21
Meters and gauges.......................................................
...
2-4
Instrument brightness control ..............................
...
2-7
Mirror
Inside mirror...........................................................
...
3-24
Outside mirrors.....................................................
...
3-25
Mirror, Vanity mirror ....................................................
...
3-26
Monitor, Rearview monitor ..........................................
...
4-9
Moonroof .......................................................................
...
2-47

N
Navigation setup............................................................
...
4-6
New vehicle break-in..................................................
...
5-21
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.....................
...
2-26

O
Off-road recovery..........................................................
...
5-6
Oil
Capacities and
recommended fuel/lubricants...............................
...
9-2
Changing engine oil and filter..............................
...
8-9
Checking engine oil level......................................
...
8-9
Engine oil...................................................................
...
8-9
Engine oil viscosity..................................................
...
9-5
Operation, Indicators for operation ........................
...
2-18
Outside air temperature ............................................
...
2-17
Outside mirrors............................................................
...
3-25
Overdrive OFF switch................................................
...
5-17
Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ........................
...
6-11

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual
order information .........................................................
...
9-28

P
Panic alarm ..........................................................
...
3-8, 3-17
Parking
Brake break-in.......................................................
...
5-28
Parking brake operation .....................................
...
5-19
Parking on hills .....................................................
...
5-26
Phone
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System .........
...
4-69
Car phone or CB radio ......................................
...
4-69
Power
Electric power steering system ........................
...
5-27
Front seat adjustment ............................................
...
1-3
Power door lock ......................................................
...
3-4
Power outlet ..........................................................
...
2-37
Power windows ....................................................
...
2-45
Precautions
Audio operation ....................................................
...
4-30
Braking precautions.............................................
...
5-27
Child restraints......................................................
...
1-22
Cruise control........................................................
...
5-19
Driving safety............................................................
...
5-8
Maintenance .............................................................
...
8-5
On-pavement and off-road driving .....................
...
5-6
Seat belt usage ....................................................
...
1-10
Supplemental restraint system..........................
...
1-39
When starting and driving ....................................
...
5-2
Push starting ................................................................
...
6-11

R
Radio ..............................................................................
...
4-30
Car phone or CB radio ......................................
...
4-69
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

10-4

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc
(CD) player ............................................................
...
4-43
Steering wheel audio controls..........................
...
4-67
Range (distance to empty) .......................................
...
2-23
Rapid air pressure loss................................................
...
5-7
Readiness for inspection/maintenance
(I/M) test........................................................................
...
9-27
Rear center seat belt .................................................
...
1-16
Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock...........
...
3-6
Rear seats.......................................................................
...
1-6
Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch...........................................................
...
2-30
Rear window wiper and washer switch ................
...
2-29
Rearview monitor...........................................................
...
4-9
Recorders, Event data ...............................................
...
9-28
Registering your vehicle in another country...........
...
9-8
Remote keyless entry function, For Intelligent
Key system....................................................................
...
3-16
Remote keyless entry system.....................................
...
3-7
Reporting safety defects ...........................................
...
9-26
Rollover............................................................................
...
5-6
Roof
Moonroof ................................................................
...
2-48
Roof rack................................................................
...
2-44

S
Safety
Child seat belts ....................................................
...
1-20
Towing safety.........................................................
...
9-20
Satellite radio operation ................................
...
4-53, 4-60
Seat adjustment
Folding front passenger’s seat ............................
...
1-5
Front manual seat adjustment..............................
...
1-3
Front power seat adjustment ...............................
...
1-3
Front seats................................................................
...
1-3

Black plate (365,1)

Seat belt(s)
Child safety............................................................
...
1-20
Infants......................................................................
...
1-21
Injured persons .....................................................
...
1-13
Larger children......................................................
...
1-21
Precautions on seat belt usage........................
...
1-10
Pregnant women ..................................................
...
1-13
Rear center seat belt ..........................................
...
1-16
Seat belt cleaning...................................................
...
7-6
Seat belt extenders..............................................
...
1-19
Seat belt hooks ....................................................
...
1-16
Seat belt maintenance........................................
...
1-19
Seat belt warning light........................................
...
2-12
Seat belts...............................................................
...
1-10
Seat belts with pretensioners ...........................
...
1-51
Shoulder belt height adjustment ......................
...
1-15
Small children........................................................
...
1-21
Three-point type ...................................................
...
1-13
Seat(s)
Heated seats.........................................................
...
2-35
Seats ..........................................................................
...
1-2
Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System), Engine start.................................................
...
2-26
Security system, Vehicle security system .............
...
2-25
Selector lever, Shift lock release ............................
...
5-18
Servicing air conditioner............................................
...
4-29
Settings..........................................................................
...
2-23
Shift lock release
Transmission..........................................................
...
5-18
SHIFT “P” warning......................................................
...
2-19
Shifting
CVT (Continuously
Variable Transmission) .............................
...
5-12, 5-14
Shoulder belt height adjustment .............................
...
1-15
Sonar system ...............................................................
...
5-22
Spare tire..............................................................
...
8-40, 9-7
Spark plugs ..................................................................
...
8-15

Sport mode switch .....................................................
...
5-16
Starting
Before starting the engine .................................
...
5-13
Jump starting............................................................
...
6-9
Precautions when starting and driving ..............
...
5-2
Push starting .........................................................
...
6-11
Starting the engine ..............................................
...
5-13
Status light, Front passenger air bag ....................
...
1-46
Steering
Electric power steering system ........................
...
5-27
Steering wheel switch for audio controls ......
... 4-67
Tilting steering wheel ..........................................
...
3-23
Storage ..........................................................................
...
2-38
Sun visors .....................................................................
...
3-24
Sunglasses holder ......................................................
...
2-39
Supplemental air bag warning labels.....................
...
1-52
Supplemental air bag warning light............
...
1-52, 2-13
Supplemental restraint system.................................
...
1-39
Precautions on supplemental
restraint system.....................................................
...
1-39
Switch
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch................
...
5-23
Audio control steering wheel switch...............
...
4-67
Autolight switch....................................................
...
2-31
Fog light switch ....................................................
...
2-34
Hazard warning flasher switch.............................
...
6-2
Headlight aiming control ....................................
...
2-33
Headlight switch...................................................
...
2-32
Ignition switch.......................................................
...
5-10
Overdrive OFF switch.........................................
...
5-17
Power door lock switch.........................................
...
3-5
Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch....................................................
...
2-30
Sport mode switch ..............................................
...
5-16
Turn signal switch ................................................
...
2-34
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch.....
... 2-36
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

System setup .................................................................
...
4-6

T
Tachometer .....................................................................
...
2-5
Temperature gauge, Engine coolant
temperature gauge........................................................
...
2-6
Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),
Engine start...................................................................
...
2-26
Three-way catalyst........................................................
...
5-3
Tilting steering wheel .................................................
...
3-23
Tire pressure, Low tire pressure warning light ....
... 2-11
Tires
Flat tire.......................................................................
...
6-2
Low tire pressure warning system......................
...
5-3
Tire and Loading information label .......
... 8-32, 9-10
Tire chains..............................................................
...
8-37
Tire dressing.............................................................
...
7-4
Tire pressure .........................................................
...
8-31
Tire pressure monitoring
system (TPMS) ...............................................
...
5-3, 6-2
Tire rotation............................................................
...
8-38
Types of tires.........................................................
...
8-36
Uniform tire quality grading ...............................
...
9-25
Wheel/tire size.........................................................
...
9-7
Wheels and tires..................................................
...
8-31
Tonneau cover (see cargo cover) ...........................
...
2-41
Touch screen..................................................................
...
4-3
Towing
Flat towing .............................................................
...
9-24
Tow truck towing..................................................
...
6-12
Towing safety.........................................................
...
9-20
Trailer towing.........................................................
...
9-16
TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system.................
...
5-3
TPMS, Tire pressure warning system......................
...
6-2
Traffic setup....................................................................
...
4-8
Trailer towing................................................................
...
9-16

10-5

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (366,1)

Transmission
Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) fluid..............................................................
...
8-11
Driving with CVT (Continuously
Variable Transmission) .............................
...
5-12, 5-14
Transmission selector lever lock release........
... 5-18
Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ....
... 3-7
Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system
(See Intelligent Key system).....................................
...
3-16
Traveling or registering your vehicle in
another country..............................................................
...
9-8
Trip computer ...............................................................
...
2-21
Turn signal switch .......................................................
...
2-34

U
Underbody cleaning .....................................................
...
7-3
Uniform tire quality grading ......................................
...
9-25
USB memory operation .................................
...
4-55, 4-63
Utility hook ....................................................................
...
2-43

V
Vanity mirror..................................................................
...
3-26
Vanity mirror lights ......................................................
...
2-51
Vehicle
Dimensions and weights .......................................
...
9-8
Identification number (VIN) ...................................
...
9-8
Information display ...............................................
...
2-16
Loading information .............................................
...
9-12
Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ..................
...
6-14
Security system ....................................................
...
2-25
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch.....
... 2-36
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system..........
...
5-29
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) warning light......
... 2-13
Ventilators......................................................................
...
4-23

Voice command (Bluetooth® Hands-Free
Phone System) ............................................................
...
4-75

W
Warning
Hazard warning flasher switch.............................
...
6-2
Lights..........................................................................
...
2-9
Tire pressure monitoring
system (TPMS) ...............................................
...
5-3, 6-2
Warning/indicator lights and
audible reminders....................................................
...
2-8
Warning labels, Air bag warning labels.................
...
1-52
Warning light
Air bag warning light................................
...
1-52, 2-13
All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light..................
...
2-9
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
warning light .............................................................
...
2-9
AWD warning light ..............................................
...
5-25
Brake warning light..............................................
...
2-10
Electric power steering warning light .............
...
2-10
Low fuel warning light.........................................
...
2-11
Low tire pressure warning light........................
...
2-11
Seat belt warning light........................................
...
2-12
Warranty, Emission control system warranty .......
... 9-26
Washer switch
Rear window wiper and washer switch .........
...
2-29
Windshield wiper and washer switch.............
...
2-28
Washing...........................................................................
...
7-2
Waxing.............................................................................
...
7-2
Weights (See dimensions and weights).................
...
9-8
Wheel/tire size...............................................................
...
9-7
Wheels and tires.........................................................
...
8-31
Care of wheels ........................................................
...
7-3
Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels .........................
...
7-3
Window washer fluid .................................................
...
8-12
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

10-6

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Window(s)
Cleaning ....................................................................
...
7-3
Power windows ....................................................
...
2-45
Windshield wiper and washer switch....................
...
2-28
Wiper
Rear window wiper and washer switch .........
...
2-29
Rear window wiper blade ..................................
...
8-18
Windshield wiper and washer switch.............
...
2-28
Wiper blades.........................................................
...
8-17

X
Xenon headlights.........................................................
...
2-30
XM setup.........................................................................
...
4-6

Black plate (367,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

10-7

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (369,1)

11 Epilogue

GAS STATION INFORMATION

S35-D-110201-D18CE73C-47CA-4965-9D6A-594E194C1200

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:
S35-D-110201-8353293D-A4BD-46C0-9633-FAB1DBA2F0B6
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane
rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)
number (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION
.

Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control systems, and may also
affect warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should a
leaded gasoline be used, since this
will damage the three way catalyst.

Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your
vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed
to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not
specifically designed for E-15 or E85 fuel can adversely affect the
emission control devices and systems of the vehicle. Damage caused
by such fuel is not covered by the
NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.

U.S. government regulations require
ethanol dispensing pumps to be

identified by a small, square, orange
and black label with the common
abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
For additional information, see “Capacities and
recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumer information” section.

ENGINES35-D-110201-942C3F30-2B84-4860-ADA6-9725D0B054EC
OIL RECOMMENDATION:
. Engine oil with API Certification Mark
. Viscosity SAE 5W-30
See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumer
information” section for engine oil and oil filter
recommendation.

COLD TIRE
PRESSURES:
S35-D-110201-F5A875D1-931B-459F-A004-D1F2497D37E7
The label is typically located on the driver side
center pillar or on the driver’s door. For
additional information, see “Wheels and tires”
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
section.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION:
GUID-C20D5137-E921-4C3D-8F6D-828773466D4B
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of
vehicle use, follow the recommendations outlined in the “Break-in schedule” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section of this Owner’s
Manual. Follow these recommendations for the
future reliability and economy of your new
vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : 
Create Date                     : 2012:05:18 10:37:13Z
Keywords                        : nissan;, rogue;, 2013;, owner, manual;, owner, guide;, owner’s, manual;, pdf;, vehicle, manual
Modify Date                     : 2013:04:23 15:36:17-05:00
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Producer                        : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.560/W Unicode
Metadata Date                   : 2013:04:23 15:36:17-05:00
Creator Tool                    : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.560/W Unicode
Document ID                     : uuid:7fe76fb6-701a-478f-b732-336209a91177
Instance ID                     : uuid:df095074-30fe-4552-88c0-1d24f7ff7d33
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : 2013 Nissan Rogue | Owner's Manual | Nissan USA
Description                     : Download the 2013 Nissan Rogue Owner's Manual at the official Nissan USA website.
Creator                         : 
Subject                         : Customer Supplied PDF file
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 371

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

2013 Nissan Rogue | Owner's Manual USA

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation